2014 Kia Sportage 82

Kia, THE COMPANY
Thank you for becoming the owner of a new Kia vehicle.

As a global car manufacturer focused on building high-quality, value
for money prices, Kia Motors is dedicated to providing you with a
customer service experience that exceeds your expectations.
All information contained in this Owner’s Manual is accurate at the

time of publication. However, Kia reserves the right to make changes
at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement can
be carried out.
This manual applies to all Kia models and includes descriptions and
explanations of optional as well as standard equipment. As a result,
you may encounter material in this manual that is not applicable to
your specific Kia vehicle.
Drive safely and enjoy your Kia!
Foreword
Thank you for choosing a Kia vehicle. The information and specifications provided in this manual
When you require service, remember that your Kia Dealer were accurate at the time of printing. Kia reserves the right to
knows your vehicle best. Your dealer has factory-trained tech- discontinue or change specifications or design at any time
nicians, recommended special tools, genuine Kia replacement without notice and without incurring any obligation. If you
parts and is dedicated to your complete satisfaction. have questions, always check with your Kia dealer.
Because subsequent owners require this important information We assure you of our continuing interest in your motoring
as well, this publication should remain with the vehicle if it is pleasure and satisfaction in your Kia vehicle.
sold.
This manual will familiarize you with operational, mainte-
nance and safety information about your new vehicle. It is sup-
plemented by a Warranty and Consumer Information manual
that provides important information on all warranties regarding
your vehicle.
We urge you to read these publications carefully and follow the
recommendations to help assure enjoyable and safe operation
of your new vehicle. © 2013 Kia MOTORS AMERICA, Inc.
Kia offers a great variety of options, components and features All rights reserved. May not be reproduced or translated in
for its various models. Therefore, some of the equipment whole or in part without the written consent of Kia MOTORS
described in this manual, along with the various illustrations, AMERICA, Inc.
may not be applicable to your particular vehicle. Printed in Korea
i
Introduction
How to use this manual / Fuel requirements / Vehicle break-in process / Vehicle handling instruction 1
Vehicle data collection and event data recorders / Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster
Your vehicle at a glance 2

Exterior overview / Interior overview / Instrument panel overview / Engine compartment
Safety features of your vehicle 3

Seats / Seat belts / Child restraint system / Air bag
Features of your vehicle

Keys / Door locks / Trunk / Windows / Hood / Fuel filler lid / Sunroof / Steering wheel / Mirrors / 4
Instrument cluster / Lighting / Wipers & Washers / Climate control system / Audio system / Etc.
table of contents Driving your vehicle
Before driving / Engine start/stop button / Transaxle / Brake system / Cruise control system / 5
Winter driving / Vehicle load limit / Etc.
What to do in an emergency 6
Road warning / Emergency while driving / Emergency starting / Engine overheat / TPMS / Flat tire / Towing / Etc.
Maintenance
Engine compartment / Maintenance service / Engine oil / Engine coolant / Brake fluid / Washer fluid / 7
Parking brake / Air cleaner / Wiper blades / Battery / Tire and wheels / Fuses / Light bulbs / Etc.
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects 8

Index I
Introduction
How to use this manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 1

Fuel requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
• Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol . . . . . . . . 1-3
• Do not use methanol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
• Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
• Operation in foreign countries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Vehicle handling instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Vehicle break-in process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Vehicle data collection and event data recorders . . 1-6
Introduction
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

A010000AAM The general layout of the manual is You will find various WARNINGs,
We want to help you get the greatest provided in the Table of Contents. CAUTIONs, and NOTICEs in this
possible driving pleasure from your Use the index when looking for a manual. These WARNINGs were
vehicle. Your Owner’s Manual can specific area or subject; it has an prepared to enhance your personal
assist you in many ways. We strong- alphabetical listing of all information safety. You should carefully read and
ly recommend that you read the in your manual. follow ALL procedures and recom-
entire manual. In order to minimize Sections: This manual has eight sec- mendations provided in these
the chance of death or injury, you tions plus an index. Each section WARNINGs, CAUTIONs and
must read the WARNING and CAU- begins with a brief list of contents so NOTICEs.
TION sections in the manual. you can tell at a glance if that section
Illustrations complement the words has the information you want.
in this manual to best explain how to
WARNING
enjoy your vehicle. By reading your A WARNING indicates a situa-
manual, you will learn about fea- tion in which harm, serious bod-
tures, important safety information, ily injury or death could result if
and driving tips under various road the warning is ignored.
conditions.
CAUTION
A CAUTION indicates a situation
in which damage to your vehicle
could result if the caution is
ignored.
✽ NOTICE
A NOTICE indicates interesting or
helpful information is being provid-
ed.
1 2
Introduction
FUEL REQUIREMENTS
A020101AHM-EU A020103AUN-EU
Your new vehicle is designed to use CAUTION Gasoline containing alcohol and
only unleaded fuel having a pump Never add any fuel system methanol
octane number ((R+M)/2) of 87 cleaning agents to the fuel tank Gasohol, a mixture of gasoline and
(Research Octane Number 91) or other than what has been speci- ethanol (also known as grain alcohol),
higher. fied. (Consult an authorized Kia and gasoline or gasohol containing
dealer for details.) methanol (also known as wood alco-
hol) are being marketed along with or
Your new vehicle is designed to instead of leaded or unleaded gaso-
obtain maximum performance with line.
UNLEADED FUEL, as well as mini- WARNING Pursuant to EPA regulations, ethanol
mize exhaust emissions and spark • Do not "top off" after the noz- may be used in your vehicle.
plug fouling. zle automatically shuts off Do not use gasohol containing more
when refueling. than 10% ethanol, and do not use
• Tighten the cap until it clicks gasoline or gasohol containing any
once. otherwise the Check methanol. Ethanol provides less ener-
gy than gasoline and it attracts water,
Engine light will illumi- and it is thus likely to reduce your fuel
nate. efficiency and could lower your MPG
• Always check that the fuel cap results. Methanol may cause drivabili-
is installed securely to pre- ty problems and damage to the fuel
vent fuel spillage in the event system.
of an accident. Discontinue using gasohol of any kind
if drivability problems occur.
Vehicle damage or drivability prob-
lems may not be covered by the man-
ufacturer's warranty if they result from
the use of:
1. Gasoline or gasohol containing
methanol.
2. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.
1 3
Introduction
"E85" fuel is an alternative fuel com- A020105AUN Do not use methanol

prised of 85 percent ethanol and 15 Gasoline containing MMT Fuels containing methanol (wood
percent gasoline, and is manufac- alcohol) should not be used in your
tured exclusively for use in Flexible Some gasoline contains harmful man-
Fuel Vehicles. “E85” is not compatible ganese-based fuel additives such as vehicle. This type of fuel can reduce
with your vehicle. Use of “E85” may MMT (Methylcyclopentadienyl vehicle performance and damage
result in poor engine performance Manganese Tricarbonyl). Kia does not components of the fuel system.
and damage to your vehicle's engine recommend the use of gasoline con-
and fuel system. Kia recommends taining MMT. This type of fuel can CAUTION
that customers do not use fuel with an reduce vehicle performance, and
ethanol content exceeding 10%. affect the emission control system, Your New Vehicle Limited
causing the malfunction indicator lamp Warranty may not cover damage
to the fuel system and any per-
CAUTION on the cluster to come on.
formance problems that are
Your New Vehicle Limited caused by the use of fuels con-
Warranty does not cover dam- taining methanol.
age to the fuel system or any
performance problems caused
by the use of “E85” fuel.
Fuel Additives
Kia recommends that you use good
quality gasolines treated with deter-
CAUTION gent additives such as TOP TIER
Never use gasohol which con- Detergent Gasoline, which help pre-
tains methanol. Discontinue use vent deposit formation in the engine.
of any gasohol product which These gasolines will help the engine
impairs drivability. run cleaner and enhance perform-
ance of the Emission Control
System.
1 4
Introduction
VEHICLE HANDLING VEHICLE BREAK-IN

For more information on TOP TIER INSTRUCTIONS PROCESS
Detergent Gasoline, please go to the A090000AEN A030000AUN
website (www.toptiergas.com) No special break-in period is need-
As with other vehicles of this type,
For customers who do not use TOP failure to operate this vehicle correct- ed. By following a few simple precau-
Tier Detergent Gasoline regularly, ly may result in loss of control, an tions for the first 600 miles (1,000
and have problems starting or the accident or vehicle rollover. km) you may add to the perform-
engine does not run smoothly, addi- ance, economy and life of your vehi-
tives that you can buy separately Specific design characteristics (high-
er ground clearance, track, etc.) give cle.
may be added to the gasoline. If • Do not race the engine.
TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not this vehicle a higher center of gravity
available, one bottle of additive than other types of vehicles. In other • While driving, keep your engine
added to the fuel tank at every 7,500 words they are not designed for cor- speed (rpm, or revolutions per
miles or 12 months is recommended. nering at the same speeds as con- minute) between 2,000 rpm and
Additives are available from your ventional 2-wheel drive vehicles. 4,000 rpm.
authorized Kia dealer along with Avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneu- • Do not maintain a single speed for
information on how to use them. Do vers. Again, failure to operate this long periods of time, either fast or
not mix other additives. vehicle correctly may result in loss of slow. Varying engine speed is
control, an accident or vehicle needed to properly break-in the
rollover. Be sure to read the engine.
A020107AUN “Reducing the risk of a rollover”
Operation in foreign countries driving guidelines, in section 5 of • Avoid hard stops, except in emer-
this manual. gencies, to allow the brakes to seat
If you are going to drive your vehicle properly.
in another country, be sure to:
• Don't let the engine idle longer
• Observe all regulations regarding than 3 minutes at one time.
registration and insurance.
• Don't tow a trailer during the first
• Determine that acceptable fuel is 1,200 miles (2,000 km) of opera-
available. tion.
1 5
Introduction
VEHICLE DATA COLLECTION AND EVENT DATA RECORDERS

This vehicle is equipped with an These data can help provide a bet-
event data recorder (EDR). The ter understanding of the circum-
main purpose of an EDR is to stances in which crashes and
record, in certain crash or near injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data
crash-like situations, such as an are recorded by your vehicle only
air bag deployment or hitting a if a non-trivial crash situation
road obstacle, data that will assist occurs; no data are recorded by
in understanding how a vehicle's the EDR under normal driving
systems performed. The EDR is conditions and no personal data
designed to record data related to (e.g., name, gender, age, and
vehicle dynamics and safety sys- crash location) are recorded.
tems for a short period of time, However, other parties, such as
typically 30 seconds or less. The law enforcement, could combine
EDR in this vehicle is designed to the EDR data with the type of per-
record such data as: sonally identifying data routinely
• How various systems in your acquired during a crash investiga-
vehicle were operating; tion.
• Whether or not the driver and To read data recorded by an EDR,
passenger safety belts were special equipment is required, and
buckled/ fastened; access to the vehicle or the EDR is
needed. In addition to the vehicle
• How far (if at all) the driver was manufacturer, other parties, such
depressing the accelerator as law enforcement, that have the
and/or brake pedal; and, special equipment, can read the
• How fast the vehicle was travel- information if they have access to
ing. the vehicle or the EDR.
1 6
Your vehicle at a glance
Exterior overview I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

Exterior overview II. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Interior overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Instrument panel overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 2
Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
EXTERIOR OVERVIEW I
■ Front
1. Hood ......................................................4-30 5. Outside rearview mirror..........................4-52

2. Headlamp ..............................................7-75 6. Sunroof ..................................................4-33
3. Fog light ................................................7-75 7. Wiper blade ............................................7-41
4. Tires and wheels ....................................7-47 8. Windows ................................................4-25
OSL012003N
2 2
EXTERIOR OVERVIEW II
■ Rear
9. Door ......................................................4-17 13. Rear wiper blade ................................7-43

10. Fuel filler lid ........................................4-32 14. Center high mounted stop light ..........7-82
11. Rear combination lamp ......................7-80 15. Rear window defroster........................4-95
12. Tailgate (trunk) ....................................4-22 16. Antenna ..............................................4-127
OSL014004
2 3
INTERIOR OVERVIEW
1. Door lock/unlock button ....................4-18

2. Outside rearview mirror control
switch ................................................4-52
3. Central door lock switch....................4-19
4. Power window lock button ................4-29
5. Power window switches ....................4-26
6. Rear parking assist system OFF
button ................................................4-77
7. Instrument panel illumination control
switch ................................................4-55
8. Active ECO button ............................5-49
9. DBC button .......................................5-40
10. ESC OFF button .............................5-35
11. Steering wheel tilt control ...............4-40
12. Steering wheel ................................4-40
13. Fuse box .........................................7-67
14. Hood release lever..........................4-30
15. Seats.................................................3-2
16. Fuel filler lid release lever ...............4-32
17. Air vents...............................4-97, 4-109
❈ The actual interior in the vehicle may differ from the illustration
OSL014001N
2 4
INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW
1. Lighting controls / Turn signals.........4-83

2. Steering wheel audio controls........4-123
3. Instrument cluster.............................4-54
4. Horn .................................................4-41
5. Driver’s front air bag.........................3-58
6. Cruise controls .................................5-44
7. Wiper/Washer switch........................4-88
8. ENGINE START/STOP button ...........5-8
9. Passenger Air bag OFF indicator.....3-52
10. Audio ............................................4-127
11. Hazard warning flasher...........4-81, 6-2
12. Climate control system .......4-96, 4-105
13. Power outlet .................................4-121
14. Seat heater switch..........................3-11
15. Shift lever ..............................5-13, 5-16
16. Passenger’s front air bag ...............3-58
17. Glove box .....................................4-117
18. Accelerator pedal .............................5-7
19. Brake pedal ....................................5-29
20. Parking brake pedal .......................5-31
❈ The actual instrument panel in the vehicle may differ from the illustration
OSL014002N
2 5
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
■ GDI engine
1. Engine coolant reservoir ..................7-32

2. Engine oil filler cap ..........................7-31
3. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir ..............7-35
4. Positive battery terminal ..................7-44
5. Negative battery terminal ................7-44
6. Fuse box ..........................................7-68
7. Air cleaner ........................................7-37
■ T-GDI engine
8. Engine oil dipstick ............................7-30
9. Radiator cap ....................................7-34
10. Windshield washer fluid reservoir ..7-36
❈ The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OSL074101N/OSL071001N
B030000AUN-C1
2 6
Safety features of your vehicle
Seats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
• Front seat. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
• Rear seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
• Seat belt restraint system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
• Pre-tensioner seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
• Seat belt precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
• Care of seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35 3
Child restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37
• Using a child restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39
- Automatic locking mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40
- Tether Anchor system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42
- Lower anchor system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44
Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint system. . 3-46
• How does the air bag system operate . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47
• Air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49
• SRS components and functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50
• Occupant Detection System (ODS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53
• Driver's and passenger's front air bag. . . . . . . . . . . . 3-59
• Side impact air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-64
• Curtain air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-67
• SRS care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-73
• Air bag warning label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-76
SEATS
Front seat
(1) Forward and backward
* (2) Seatback angle
(3) Seat cushion height (Driver’s
seat)
* (4) Lumbar support (Driver’s seat)*
(5) Seat heater (with air ventilation)*
Power seat * (6) Headrest
2nd row seat

(7) Seatback folding
(8) Headrest
Manual seat
(9) Armrest
(10) Seat heater*
* * if equipped
OSL030001
3 2
WARNING - Loose WARNING - Driver WARNING

objects responsibility for passen- Do not use a sitting cushion
Loose objects in the driver’s gers that reduces friction between
foot area could interfere with Riding in a vehicle with the the seat and passenger. The
the operation of the foot pedals, seatback reclined could lead to passenger’s hips may slide
possibly causing an accident. serious or fatal injury in an acci- under the lap portion of the seat
Do not place anything under the dent. If a seat is reclined during belt during an accident or a
front seats. an accident, the occupant’s sudden stop. Serious or fatal
hips may slide under the lap internal injuries could result
portion of the seat belt applying because the seat belt cannot
great force to the unprotected operate normally.
WARNING - Uprighting abdomen. Serious or fatal inter-
seat nal injuries could result. The
When you return the seatback driver must advise the passen-
to its upright position, hold the ger to keep the seatback in an WARNING - Driver’s
seatback and return it slowly upright position whenever the seat
and be sure there are no other vehicle is in motion. In addition, • Never attempt to adjust the
passengers around the seat. If excessive reclining can signifi- seat while the vehicle is mov-
the seatback is returned with- cantly reduce the ability of the ing. This could result in loss
out being held and controlled, restraint system to restrain of control, and an accident
the back of the seat could occupants in certain accidents, causing death, serious injury,
spring forward resulting in acci- specifically rollover accidents. or property damage.
dental injury to a person struck (Continued)
by the seatback.
3 3
(Continued) WARNING - Rear seat- (Continued)

• Do not allow anything to inter- backs • When resetting the seatback
fere with the normal position to the upright position, make
• The rear seatback must be sure it is securely latched by
of the seatback. Storing items securely latched. If not, pas-
against a seatback or in any pushing it forward and back-
sengers and objects could be wards.
other way interfering with thrown forward resulting in
proper locking of a seatback • To avoid the possibility of
serious injury or death in the burns, do not remove the car-
could result in serious or fatal event of a sudden stop or col-
injury in a sudden stop or col- pet in the cargo area.
lision. Emission control devices
lision. beneath this floor generate
• Luggage and other cargo
• Always drive and ride with should be laid flat in the cargo high temperatures.
your seatback upright and the area. If objects are large,
lap portion of the seat belt heavy, or must be piled, they
snug and low across the hips. must be secured. Under no
This is the best position to circumstances should cargo WARNING
protect you in case of an acci- be piled higher than the seat- After adjusting the seat, always
dent. backs. Failure to follow these check that it is securely locked
• In order to avoid unnecessary warnings could result in seri- into place by attempting to
and perhaps severe air bag ous injury or death in the move the seat forward or back-
injuries, always sit as far back event of a sudden stop, colli- ward without using the lock
as possible from the steering sion or rollover. release lever. Sudden or unex-
wheel while maintaining com- • No passenger should ride in pected movement of the dri-
fortable control of the vehicle. the cargo area or sit or lie on ver's seat could cause you to
We recommend that your folded seatbacks while the lose control of the vehicle
chest be at least 10 inches (25 vehicle is moving. All passen- resulting in an accident.
cm) away from the steering gers must be properly seated
wheel. in seats and restrained prop-
erly while riding.
(Continued)
3 4
Adjust the seat before driving, and

WARNING make sure the seat is locked secure-
• Do not adjust the seat while ly by trying to move forward and
wearing seat belts. Moving the backward without using the lever. If
seat cushion forward may the seat moves, it is not locked prop-
cause strong pressure on the erly.
abdomen.
• Use extreme caution so that
hands or other objects are not
caught in the seat mecha-
nisms while the seat is mov-
ing. OSL030002
• Do not put a cigarette lighter Front seat adjustment - manu-

on the floor or seat. When you al
operate the seat, gas may C010101AHM
gush out of the lighter and
Forward and backward
cause fire.
To move the seat forward or back-
ward:
1. Pull the seat slide adjustment
lever up and hold it.
2. Slide the seat to the position you
desire.
3. Release the lever and make sure
the seat is locked in place.
3 5
Front seat adjustment - power

(if equipped)
The front seat can be adjusted by
using the control switches located on
the outside of the seat cushion.
Before driving, adjust the seat to the
proper position so you can easily
control the steering wheel, pedals
and switches on the instrument
panel.
OSL030003 OSL030004
C010102AHM C010103APB WARNING
Seatback angle Seat height (for driver’s seat) The power seat is operable with
To recline the seatback: To change the height of the seat, the ignition OFF.
1. Lean forward slightly and lift up the push the lever upwards or down- Therefore, children should
seatback recline lever. wards. never be left unattended in the
2. Carefully lean back on the seat • To lower the seat cushion, push the vehicle.
and adjust the seatback of the lever down several times.
seat to the position you desire. • To raise the seat cushion, pull the
3. Release the lever and make sure lever up several times.
the seatback is locked in place.
(The lever MUST return to its orig-
inal position for the seatback to
lock.)
3 6
CAUTION
• The power seat is driven by an
electric motor. Stop operating
once the adjustment is com-
pleted. Excessive operation
may damage the electrical
equipment.
• When in operation, the power
seat consumes a large
amount of electrical power. To
prevent unnecessary charging OSL030006 OSL030007
system drain, don’t adjust the Forward and backward Seatback angle
power seat longer than neces-
sary while the engine is not Push the control switch forward or Push the control switch forward or
running. backward to move the seat to the backward to move the seatback to
desired position. Release the switch the desired angle. Release the
• Do not operate two or more once the seat reaches the desired switch once the seat reaches the
power seat control switches at position. desired position.
the same time. Doing so may
result in power seat motor or
electrical component malfunc-
tion.
3 7
Type A
OSL030063E
Type B
OSL030008 OLM039303N
Seat height (for driver’s seat) C010104AHM
Pull the rear portion of the control Front headrest

switch up to raise or press down to The driver's and front passenger's
lower the seat cushion. Release the seats are equipped with a headrest
switch once the seat reaches the for the occupant's safety and com-
desired position. fort.
The headrest not only provides com-
fort for the driver and front passen-
OSL030009
ger, but also helps protect the head
Lumbar support (for driver’s and neck in the event of a rear colli-
seat) sion.
The lumbar support can be adjusted
by pressing the button.
3 8
WARNING
• For maximum effectiveness in
case of an accident, the head-
rest should be adjusted so the
middle of the headrest is at
the same height of the center
of gravity of an occupant's
head. Generally, the center of
gravity of most people's head
is similar with the height of
the top of their eyes. Also, OSL030011 OSL032010A
adjust the headrest as close Adjusting the height up and down Forward and backward adjustment
to your head as possible. For
this reason, the use of a cush- To raise the headrest, pull it up to the The headrest may be adjusted for-
ion that holds the body away desired position (1). To lower the ward to several different positions by
from the seatback is not rec- headrest, push and hold the release pulling the headrest forward and
ommended. button (2) on the headrest support upward at 30 to 45 degrees.
and lower the headrest to the desired To adjust the headrest to it's furthest
• Do not operate the vehicle position (3).
with the headrests removed. backward position, pull it fully for-
Severe injury to the occu- ward to the farthest position and
pants may occur in the event release it.
of an accident. Headrests may Adjust the headrest so that it proper-
provide protection against ly supports the head and neck.
neck injuries when properly
adjusted. CAUTION
• Do not adjust the headrest Excessive pulling or pushing
position of the driver’s seat may damage the headrest.
while the vehicle is in motion.
3 9
Removal and installation 3. Press the headrest release button ■ Type A

(3) while pulling the headrest up
■ Type A
(4).
WARNING
NEVER allow anyone to ride in a
seat with the headrest removed.
OSL034074
■ Type B
OSL034073
■ Type B
OSL034072
OSL034071 To reinstall the headrest :

1. Put the headrest poles (2) into the
To remove the headrest: holes while pressing the release
1. Recline the seatback (2) with the button (1).
recline lever or switch (1). 2. Recline the seatback (4) with the
2. Raise headrest as far as it can go. recline lever or switch (3).
3 10
3. Adjust the headrest to the appro-

priate height. WARNING
A gap between the seat and the
WARNING headrest release button may
appear when seating on the
Always make sure the headrest seat or when you push or pull
locks into position after rein- the seat. Be careful not to get
stalling and adjusting it proper- your finger, etc. caught in the
ly. gap.
HNF2041-1
Active headrest (if equipped)
The active headrest is designed to
move forward and upward during a
rear impact. This helps prevent the
driver's and front passenger’s heads
from moving backward and thus
helps minimize neck injuries.
If there is any problem with the active
headrest, take your vehicle to an
authorized Kia dealer and have the
system checked.
3 11
• Each time you push the button, the

temperature setting of the seat will
change as follows :
OFF → HIGH( ) → LOW( )
→
• The seat heater defaults to the
OFF position whenever the ignition
switch is turned on.
OSL030013 OSL030016
C010107AUN
✽ NOTICE Type B (with air ventilation, if
Front seat heater (if equipped) equipped)
With the seat heater switch in the
Type A ON position, the heating system in While the engine is running, push the
The seat heater are provided to the seat turns off or on automatical- rear portion of the switch to cool the
warm the front seats during cold ly depending on the seat tempera- seat, and push the front portion of
weather. With the ignition switch in ture. the switch to warm the seat.
the ON position, push either of the The temperature setting of the seat
switches to warm the driver's seat or changes according to the switch
the front passenger's seat. position.
During mild weather or under condi- • If you want to warm your seat,
tions where the operation of the seat press the front portion of the switch
heater is not needed, keep the (yellow color).
switches in the OFF position. • If you want to cool your seat, press
the rear portion of the switch (blue
color).
3 12
• Each time you press the button,

the temperature setting or airflow CAUTION WARNING - Seat heater
will change as follows: • When cleaning the seats, do burns
not use an organic solvent Passengers should use extreme
OFF → HIGH( ) → LOW( )
such as thinner, benzene, caution when using seat
alcohol and gasoline. Doing heaters due to the possibility of
→
so may damage the surface of excess heating or burns. The

the heater or seats. seat warmer may cause burns
• The seat heater (with air ventila- • To prevent overheating the even at low temperatures, espe-
tion) defaults to the OFF position seat heater, do not place any- cially if used for long periods of
whenever the ignition switch is thing on the seats that insu- time. In particular, the driver
turned on. lates against heat such as must exercise extreme care for
blankets, cushions or seat the following types of passen-
covers while the seat heater is gers:
in operation. 1. Infants, children, elderly or
• Do not place heavy or sharp disabled persons, or hospital
objects on seats equipped outpatients
with seat heaters. Damage to 2. Persons with sensitive skin
the seat warming components or those that burn easily
could occur. 3. Fatigued individuals
4. Intoxicated individuals
5. Individuals taking medication
that can cause drowsiness,
sleepiness or impairment
(sleeping pills, cold tablets,
etc.)
3 13
WARNING WARNING - Cargo

For proper operation of the Cargo should always be
Occupant Detection System secured to prevent it from being
(ODS): thrown about the vehicle in a
• Do not place any items cumu- collision and causing injury to
latively weighing over 2.2 lbs the vehicle occupants. Do not
(1 kg) in the seatback pocket place objects on the rear
or on the front passenger seats, since they cannot be
seat. properly secured and may hit
the front seat occupants in a
• Do not hanging clothing or collision.
OCM030052
other articles on the front pas-
C010108AAM
senger seat.
Seatback pocket (if equipped)
WARNING - Seatback
pockets
Do not put heavy or sharp
objects in the seatback pockets.
In an accident they could come
loose from the pocket and
injure vehicle occupants.
3 14
1.Insert the rear seat belt buckle in

WARNING the pocket (if equipped) between
The purpose of the fold-down the rear seatback and cushion, and
rear seatbacks is to allow you to insert the rear seat belt webbing
carry longer objects that could into the guide to prevent the seat
not be accommodated in the belt from being damaged.
cargo area. 2.Set the front seatback to the
Never allow passengers sit on upright position and if necessary,
top of the folded down seatback slide the front seat forward.
while the vehicle is moving. This 3.Lower the rear headrests to the
is not a proper seating position lowest position.
OLM033314 and no seat belts are available
Rear seat adjustment for use.
Seatback angle Ignoring this warning could
result in serious injury or death
To recline the seatback: in case of an accident or sud-
1. Pull up the seatback lever. den stop. Objects carried on the
2. Hold the lever and adjust the seat- folded down seatback should
back to the position you desire. not extend higher than the top
3. Release the lever and make sure of the front seatbacks. Doing
the seatback is locked in place. (The this could allow cargo to slide
lever MUST return to its original forward and cause injury or
position for the seatback to lock.) damage during sudden stops.
Folding the rear seat

The rear seatbacks can be folded to
facilitate carrying long items or to
increase the luggage capacity of the
vehicle.
3 15
At the front
WARNING
When you return the rear seat-
back to its upright position after
being folded down:
Be careful not to damage the
seat belt webbing or buckle. Do
not allow the seat belt webbing
or buckle to get caught or
OSL030021
pinched in the rear seat. Ensure
At the rear (if equipped) that the seatback is completely
OSL030022 locked into its upright position
5.When you return the seatback to by pushing on the top of the
its upright position, always be sure seatback. Otherwise, in an acci-
it has locked into position by push- dent or sudden stop, the seat
ing on the top of the seatback. could fold down and allow
6.Return the rear seat belt to the cargo to enter the passenger
proper position. compartment, which could
result in serious injury or death.
OSL030052
4.Pull on the seatback folding lever,
then fold the seat toward the front
of the vehicle.
3 16
WARNING - Uprighting CAUTION - Damaging WARNING - Cargo

seat rear seat belt buckles Cargo should always be
When you return the seatback When you fold the rear seat- secured to prevent it from being
to its upright position, hold the back, insert the buckle in the thrown about the vehicle in a
seatback and return it slowly pocket between the rear seat- collision and causing injury to
and be sure there are no other back and cushion. Doing so can the vehicle occupants. Do not
occupants around the seat. If prevent the buckle from being place objects on the rear
the seatback is returned with- damaged by the rear seatback. seats, since they cannot be
out being held and controlled, properly secured and may hit
the back of the seat could move the front seat occupants in a
forward or backward resulting collision.
in accidental injury to a person CAUTION - Rear seat
struck by the seatback. belts
When returning the rear seat-
backs to the upright position, WARNING - Cargo load-
remember to return the rear ing
shoulder belts to their proper Make sure the engine is off, the
position. Routing the seat belt automatic transaxle is in P
webbing through the rear seat (Park) or the manual transaxle
belt guides will help keep the is in 1st, and the parking brake
belts from being trapped behind is securely applied whenever
or under the seats. loading or unloading cargo.
Failure to take these steps may
allow the vehicle to move if the
shift lever is inadvertently
moved to another position.
3 17
WARNING (Continued)
• For maximum effectiveness in • After adjusting or reinstalling
case of an accident, the rear the headrest, always make
seat headrest should be sure the headrest locks in the
adjusted so the middle of the upright position to properly
headrest is at the same height protect the occupants.
of the center of gravity of an
occupant's head. Generally,
the center of gravity of most
people's head is level to the
OLM039304N height of the top of their eyes.
C010303AHM • Also adjust the headrest as
Headrest close to your head as possi-
ble. For this reason, the use of
The rear seat(s) is equipped with
a cushion that holds the body
headrests in all the seating positions
away from the seatback is not
for the occupant's safety and com-
recommended.
fort.
• Do not operate the vehicle
The headrest not only provides com-
with the headrests removed.
fort for passengers, but also helps
Severe injury to an occupant
protect the head and neck in the
may occur in the event of an
event of a collision.
accident. Headrests may pro-
vide protection against severe
neck injuries when properly
adjusted.
(Continued)
3 18
OSL030017 OSL030018 OSL030019
Adjusting the height up and Removal Rear seat armrest

down To remove the headrest, raise it as To use the armrest, pull it forward
To raise the headrest, push and hold far as it can go then press the from the seatback.
the release button (1) while pulling it release button (1) while pulling the
up to the desired position (2). To headrest up (2).
lower the headrest, push and hold To reinstall the headrest, put the
the release button (1) on the head- headrest poles (3) into the holes
rest support and lower the headrest while pressing the release button (1).
to the desired position (3). Then adjust it to the appropriate
height.
3 19
CAUTION WARNING - Seat heater

• When cleaning the seats, do burns
not use an organic solvent Passengers should use extreme
such as thinner, benzene, caution when using seat
alcohol and gasoline. Doing heaters due to the possibility of
so may damage the surface of excess heating or burns. The
the heater or seats. seat warmer may cause burns
• To prevent overheating the even at low temperatures, espe-
seat heater, do not place any- cially if used for long periods of
thing on the seats that insu- time. In particular, the driver
OSL030020 lates against heat such as must exercise extreme care for
Rear seat heater (if equipped) blankets, cushions or seat the following types of passen-
covers while the seat heater is gers:
The seat heater is provided to warm in operation.
the rear seats during cold weather. 1. Infants, children, elderly or
With the ignition switch in the ON • Do not place heavy or sharp disabled persons, or hospital
position, push either of the switches objects on seats equipped outpatients
to warm rear seats. with seat heaters. Damage to 2. Persons with sensitive skin
the seat warming components or those that burn easily
During mild weather or under condi- could occur.
tions where the operation of the seat 3. Fatigued individuals
heater is not needed, keep the 4. Intoxicated individuals
switches in the "OFF" position. 5. Individuals taking medication
that can cause drowsiness,
✽ NOTICE sleepiness or impairment
With the seat heater switch in ON (sleeping pills, cold tablets,
position, the heating system in the etc.)
seat turns off or on automatically
depending on the seat temperature.
3 20
SEAT BELTS
C020100AHM
Seat belt restraint system (Continued) WARNING
• Never wear the shoulder belt Seat belts are designed to bear
under your arm or behind upon the bony structure of the
WARNING your back. An improperly body, and should be worn low
positioned shoulder belt can across the front of the pelvis or
• For maximum restraint sys-
cause serious injuries in a the pelvis, chest and shoulders,
tem protection, the seat belts
crash. The shoulder belt as applicable; wearing the lap
must always be used whenev-
should be positioned midway section of the belt across the
er the vehicle is moving.
over your shoulder across abdominal area must be avoid-
• Seat belts are most effective your collarbone.
when seatbacks are in the ed.
• Avoid wearing twisted seat Seat belts should be adjusted
upright position.
belts. A twisted belt can't do as firmly as possible, consis-
• Children age 12 and under its job well. In a collision, it
must always be properly tent with comfort, to provide the
could even cut into you. Be protection for which they have
restrained in the rear seat. sure the belt webbing is
Never allow children to ride in been designed.
straight and not twisted.
the front passenger seat. If a A slack belt will greatly reduce
• Be careful not to damage the the protection afforded to the
child over 12 must be seated
belt webbing or hardware. If wearer.
in the front seat, he/she must
the belt webbing or hardware
be properly belted and the (Continued)
is damaged, replace it.
seat should be moved as far
back as possible.
(Continued)
3 21
(Continued) WARNING (Continued)

Care should be taken to avoid • No modifications or additions • When fastening the seat belt,
contamination of the webbing should be made by the user make sure that the seat belt
with polishes, oils and chemi- which will either prevent the does not pass over objects
cals, and particularly battery seat belt adjusting devices that are hard or can break eas-
acid. Cleaning may safely be from operating to remove ily.
carried out using mild soap and slack, or prevent the seat belt • Make sure there is nothing in
water. The belt should be assembly from being adjusted the buckle. The seat belt may
replaced if webbing becomes to remove slack. not be fastened securely.
frayed, contaminated or dam-
aged. • When you fasten the seat belt,
be careful not to latch the seat
It is essential to replace the belt in buckles of other seat.
entire assembly after it has It's very dangerous and you
been worn in a severe impact may not be protected by the
even if damage to the assembly seat belt properly.
is not obvious. Belts should not
be worn with straps twisted. • Do not unfasten the seat belt
Each belt assembly must only and do not fasten and unfas-
be used by one occupant; it is ten the seat belt repeatedly
dangerous to put a belt around while driving. This could
a child being carried on the result in loss of control, and
occupant's lap. an accident causing death,
serious injury, or property
damage.
(Continued)
3 22
If the driver's seat belt is disconnect-

ed after the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position, the seat belt
warning light and chime will operate
for approximately 6 seconds. But if it
is fastened within the 6 seconds, the
warning light and chime will turn off
immediately. If the driver's seat belt is
not fastened when the vehicle speed
exceeds 6 mph (10 km/h), the seat
belt warning light and chime will
1GQA2083 operate for approximately 11 times OSL030062N
with a pattern of 6 seconds on and
C020101AAM-EU
24 seconds off until the belt is fas- Seat belt warning
Seat belt warning (for driver’s tened or the vehicle speed decreas- (for front passenger’s seat)
seat) es below 3 mph (5 km/h). As a reminder to the front passenger,
As a reminder to the driver, the seat the front passenger's seat belt warn-
belt warning light will blink for ing light will blink for approximately 6
approximately 6 seconds each time seconds each time you turn the igni-
you turn the ignition switch ON tion switch ON regardless of belt fas-
regardless of belt fastening. tening. If the passenger's seat belt is
If the driver's seat belt is not fastened unfastened when the vehicle speed
when the ignition switch is turned on, exceeds 6 mph (10 km/h), the pas-
the seat belt warning light and the senger's seat belt warning light will
seat belt warning chime will operate blink for at least 6 seconds until the
for approximately 6 seconds. But if it belt is fastened.
warning light will blink until the 6 sec-
onds are up. The warning chime will
turn off immediately.
3 23
The seat belt automatically adjusts to

WARNING the proper length only after the lap
Riding in an improper position belt portion is adjusted manually so
adversely affects the front pas- that it fits snugly around your hips. If
senger's seat belt warning sys- you lean forward in a slow, easy
tem. It is important for the driver motion, the belt will extend and let
to instruct the passenger as to you move around. If there is a sud-
the proper seating instructions den stop or impact, however, the belt
as contained in this manual. will lock into position. It will also lock
if you try to lean forward too quickly.
B180A01NF-1 ✽ NOTICE
C020102AAM-EU If you are not able to pull out the
Seat belt - Driver's 3-point system seat belt from the retractor, firmly
with emergency locking retractor pull the belt out and release it. Then
To fasten your seat belt: you will be able to pull the belt out
smoothly.
To fasten your seat belt, pull it out of
the retractor and insert the metal tab
(1) into the buckle (2). There will be
an audible "click" when the tab locks
into the buckle.
3 24
Front seat To adjust the height of the seat belt

anchor, lower or raise the height WARNING
adjuster into an appropriate position. • Verify that the shoulder belt
To raise the height adjuster, pull it up anchor is locked into position
(1). To lower it, push it down (3) while at the appropriate height.
pressing the height adjuster button Never position the shoulder
(2). belt across your neck or face.
Release the button to lock the Improperly positioned seat
anchor into position. Try sliding the belts can cause serious
height adjuster to make sure that it injuries in an accident.
has locked into position. • Failure to replace seat belts
OXM039026 after an accident could leave
Height adjustment you with damaged seat belts
You can adjust the height of the that will not provide protec-
shoulder belt anchor to one of the 4 tion in the event of another
positions for maximum comfort and collision leading to personal
safety. injury or death. Replace your
seat belts after being in an
The height of the adjusting seat belt accident as soon as possible.
should not be too close to your neck.
The shoulder portion should be
adjusted so that it lies across your
chest and midway over your shoulder
near the door and not your neck.
3 25
C020106AUN It automatically adjusts to the proper

Seat belts - Front passenger and length only after the lap belt portion
rear seat 3-point system with of the seat belt is adjusted manually
combination locking retractor so that it fits snugly around your hips.
To fasten your seat belt: When the seat belt is fully extended
Combination retractor type seat belts from the retractor to allow the instal-
are installed in the rear seat posi- lation of a child restraint system, the
tions to help accommodate the seat belt operation changes to allow
installation of child restraint systems. the belt to retract, but not to extend
Although a combination retractor is (Automatic Locking Retractor Type).
also installed in the front passenger Refer to “Using a child restraint sys-
B200A02NF seat position, it is strongly recom- tem” in this section.
mended that children always be
WARNING seated in the rear seat. NEVER ✽ NOTICE
place any infant restraint system in
You should place the lap belt the front seat of the vehicle.
Although the combination retractor
portion as low as possible and provides the same level of protection
snugly across your hips, not on This type of seat belt combines the for seated passengers in either emer-
your waist. If the lap belt is features of both an emergency lock- gency or automatic locking modes,
located too high on your waist, ing retractor seat belt and an auto- have the seated passengers use the
it may increase the chance of matic locking retractor seat belt. To emergency locking feature for
injury in the event of a collision. fasten your seat belt, pull it out of the improved convenience. The auto-
Both arms should not be under retractor and insert the metal tab into matic locking function is intended to
or over the belt. Rather, one the buckle. There will be an audible facilitate child restraint installation.
should be over and the other "click" when the tab locks into the To convert from the automatic lock-
under, as shown in the illustra- buckle. When not securing a child ing feature to the emergency locking
tion. restraint, the seat belt operates in the operation mode, allow the unbuck-
same way as the driver's seat belt led seat belt to fully retract.
Never wear the seat belt under (Emergency Locking Retractor
the arm that is near the door. Type).
3 26
CAUTION
Do NOT fold down the left por-
tion of the rear seat back when
the rear center seat belt is buck-
led. ALWAYS UNBUCKLE the
rear center seat belt before fold-
ing down the left portion of the
rear seat back. If the rear center
seat belt is buckled when the
left portion of the rear seat back
is folded down, distortion and 1KMN3441 1KMN3442
damage to the top portion of the
seat back and seat belt garnish 3 Point rear center belt 2. Insert the tongue plate (A) into the
may result, causing the seat To fasten the rear center belt open end of the buckle (C) until an
back to lock into the folded audible “click" is heard, indicating
1. Extract the tongue plate from the the latch is locked. Make sure the
down position. hole on the belt assembly cover belt is not twisted.
and slowly pull the tongue plates
out from the retractor.
CAUTION - Cargo
Be sure that the cargo is secure-
ly loaded in the rear cargo area.
Doing not so may damage the
rear center safety belt in sudden
stop or certain collisions.
3 27
There will be an audible “click” when

the tab locks in the buckle. The seat
belt automatically adjusts to the
proper length only after the lap belt is
adjusted manually so that it fits snug-
ly around your hips, if you lean for-
ward in a slow, easy motion, the belt
will extend and let you move around.
If there is a sudden stop or impact,
the belt will lock into position. It will
also lock if you try to lean forward too
1KMB3443 quickly. 1KMB3451
3. Pull the webbing and insert the To unfasten the rear center belt
tongue plate (B) into the open end WARNING 1.Press the release button on the
of the buckle (D) until an audible buckle (D) and remove the tongue
“click” is heard, indicating the latch When using the rear seat center
belt, you must lock all tongue plate (B) from the buckle (D).
is locked. Make sure the belt is not
twisted. plates and buckles. If any
tongue plate or buckle is not
locked, it will increase the
CAUTION chance of injury in the event of
When using the rear center seat collision.
belt, the buckle with the “CEN-
TER” mark must be used.
3 28
OSL030063N 1KMN3453 OSL030024

2.To retract the rear center seatbelt, 3.Insert the tongue plate into the C020105AAM
insert the tongue plate or similar hole on the belt assembly cover. ❈ The actual feature may differ from the
small rigid device into the web illustration.
release hole (C). Pull up on the
seat belt web (A) and allow the Stowing the rear seat belt
webbing to retract automatically. The rear seat belt buckles can be
stowed in the pocket between the
rear seatback and cushion when not
in use.
3 29
When the vehicle stops suddenly, or

if the occupant tries to lean forward
too quickly, the seat belt retractor will
lock into position. In certain frontal
collisions (or side collisions or
rollovers), the pre-tensioner will acti-
vate and pull the seat belt into tighter
contact against the occupant's body.
If the system senses excessive seat
belt tension on the driver or passen-
ger's seat belt when the pre-tension-
OLM039031 OED030300 er activates, the load limiter inside
Routing the seat belt webbing C020200BHM-EU the pre-tensioner will release some
through the rear seat belt guides will Pre-tensioner seat belt of the pressure on the affected seat
help keep the belts from being belt.
Your vehicle is equipped with driver's
trapped behind or under the seats. and front passenger's pre-tensioner
After inserting the seat belt, tighten seat belts. The purpose of the pre- ✽ NOTICE
the belt webbing by pulling it up. tensioner is to make sure that the The pre-tensioner will activate not
seat belts fit tightly against the occu- only in a frontal collision but also in
pant's body in certain frontal colli- a side collision or rollover, if the
CAUTION sions (or side collisions or rollovers). vehicle is equipped with a side or
Remove the seat belt from the The pre-tensioner seat belts can be curtain air bag.
guides before using. If you pull activated in certain frontal collisions
on the seat belt when it is stored as well as certain side impacts and
in the guides, it may damage the rollover accidents, where the frontal WARNING
guides and/or belt webbing. collision (or side collisions or For your safety, be sure that the
rollovers) is severe enough, together belt webbing is not loose or
with the air bags. twisted and always sit properly
on your seat.
3 30
✽ NOTICE
WARNING • Both the driver's and front pas-
To obtain maximum benefit senger's pre-tensioner seat belts
from a pre-tensioner seat belt: may be activated in certain colli-
1. The seat belt must be worn sions.
correctly and adjusted to the The pre-tensioners will not be acti-
proper position. Please read vated if the seat belts are not being
and follow all of the important worn at the time of the collision.
information and precautions • When the pre-tensioner seat belts
about your vehicle’s occu- are activated, a loud noise may be
pant safety features – includ- heard and fine dust, which may
8KMB3311/Q ing seat belts and air bags – appear to be smoke, may be visible
The seat belt pre-tensioner system that are provided in this man- in the passenger compartment.
consists mainly of the following com- ual. These are normal operating condi-
ponents. Their locations are shown in 2. Be sure you and your passen- tions and are not hazardous.
the illustration: gers always wear seat belts • Although it is non-toxic, the fine
properly. dust may cause skin irritation and
1. SRS air bag warning light should not be breathed for pro-
2. Retractor pre-tensioner assembly longed periods. Wash all exposed
3. Front anchor pre-tensioner skin areas thoroughly after an
4. SRS control module accident in which the pre-tension-
er seat belts were activated.
3 31
✽ NOTICE (Continued)
Because the sensor that activates the WARNING
• Pre-tensioners are designed • Do not put anything near the
SRS air bag is connected with the buckle. Placing objects near
pre-tensioner seat belt, the SRS air to operate only one time. After
activation, pre-tensioner seat the buckle can adversely
bag warning light ( ) on the affect the buckle pretensioner
instrument panel will illuminate for belts must be replaced. All
seat belts, of any type, should and may increase the risk of
approximately 6 seconds after the personal injury in the event of
ignition switch has been turned to always be replaced after they
have been worn during a colli- a collision.
the ON position, and then it should
turn off. sion. • Improper handling of the pre-
• The pre-tensioner seat belt tensioner seat belt assem-
assembly mechanisms blies, and failure to heed the
CAUTION become hot during activation. warnings not to strike, modify,
If the pre-tensioner seat belt is Do not touch the pre-tension- inspect, replace, service or
not working properly, this warn- er seat belt assemblies for repair the pre-tensioner seat
ing light will illuminate even if several minutes after they belt assemblies may lead to
there is no malfunction of the have been activated. improper operation or inad-
SRS air bag. If the SRS air bag vertent activation and serious
• Do not attempt to inspect or injury.
warning light does not illumi- replace the pre-tensioner seat
nate when the ignition switch is belts yourself. This must be • Always wear the seat belts
turned ON, or if it remains illu- done by an authorized Kia when driving or riding in a
minated after illuminating for dealer. motor vehicle.
approximately 6 seconds, or if it • If the vehicle or pre-tensioner
illuminates while the vehicle is • Do not strike the pre-tension-
er seat belt assemblies. seat belt must be discarded,
being driven, please have an contact an authorized Kia
authorized Kia dealer inspect • Do not attempt to service or dealer.
the pre-tensioner seat belt and repair the pre-tensioner seat
SRS air bag system as soon as belt system in any manner.
possible. (Continued)
3 32
C020300AUN-EU C020306AUN-EU
✽ NOTICE
Seat belt precautions Infant or small child
Small children are best protected
All 50 states have child restraint from injury in an accident when
laws. You should be aware of the properly restrained in the rear seat
WARNING specific requirements in your state. by a child restraint system that
All occupants of the vehicle Child and/or infant seats must be meets the requirements of the
must wear their seat belts at all properly placed and installed in the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
times. Seat belts and child rear seat. For more information Standards. Before buying any child
restraints reduce the risk of about the use of these restraints, restraint system, make sure that it
serious or fatal injuries for all refer to “Child restraint system” in this has a label certifying that it meets
occupants in the event of a col- section. Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
lision or sudden stop. Without a Standard 213. The restraint must be
seat belt, occupants could be appropriate for your child's height
shifted too close to a deploying WARNING and weight. Check the label on the
air bag, strike the interior struc- Every person in your vehicle child restraint for this information.
ture or be thrown from the vehi- needs to be properly restrained Refer to “Child restraint system” in
cle. Properly worn seat belts at all times, including infants this section.
greatly reduce these hazards. and children. Never hold a child
Even with advanced air bags, in your arms or lap when riding
unbelted occupants can be in a vehicle. The violent forces
severely injured by a deploying created during a crash will tear
air bag. the child from your arms and
Always follow the precautions throw the child against the inte-
about seat belts, air bags and rior. Always use a child restraint
occupant seating contained in appropriate for your child's
this manual. height and weight.
3 33
C020301AHM If the shoulder belt portion slightly C020302AKM

Larger children touches the child’s neck or face, try Restraint of pregnant women
Children who are too large for child placing the child closer to the center Pregnant women should wear
restraint systems should always of the vehicle. If the shoulder belt still lap/shoulder belt assemblies when-
occupy the rear seat and use the touches their face or neck they need ever possible according to specific
available lap/shoulder belts. The lap to be returned to a child restraint sys- recommendations by their doctors.
portion should be fastened and tem. The lap portion of the belt should be
snugged on the hips and as low as worn AS SECURELY AND LOW AS
possible. Check if the belt fits period- POSSIBLE.
ically. A child's squirming could put WARNING - Shoulder
the belt out of position. Children are belts on small children
given the most safety in the event of • Never allow a shoulder belt to
an accident when they are restrained
WARNING - Pregnant
be in contact with a child’s women
by a proper restraint system in the neck or face while the vehicle
rear seat. If a larger child (over age Pregnant women must never
is in motion. place the lap portion of the
12) must be seated in the front seat,
the child should be securely • If seat belts are not properly safety belt over the area of the
restrained by the available lap/shoul- worn and adjusted on chil- abdomen where the fetus is
der belt and the seat should be dren, there is a risk of death or located or above the abdomen
placed in the rearmost position. serious injury. where the belt could crush the
Children age 12 and under should be fetus during an impact.
restrained securely in the rear seat.
NEVER place a child age 12 and
under in the front seat. NEVER place
a rear facing child seat in the front
seat of a vehicle.
3 34
C020303AUN C020400AEN
Injured person WARNING Care of seat belts
A seat belt should be used when an Riding with a reclined seatback Seat belt systems should never be
injured person is being transported. increases your chance of seri- disassembled or modified. In addi-
When this is necessary, you should ous or fatal injuries in the event tion, care should be taken to assure
consult a physician for recommenda- of a collision or sudden stop. that seat belts and belt hardware are
tions. The protection of your restraint not damaged by seat hinges, doors
system (seat belts and air bags) or other abuse.
is greatly reduced by reclining
C020304AUN
your seat. Seat belts must be
One person per belt secured against your hips and WARNING
Two people (including children) chest to work properly. The When you return the rear seat-
should never attempt to use a single more the seatback is reclined, back to its upright position after
seat belt. This could increase the the greater the chance an occu- the rear seatback has been fold-
severity of injuries in case of an acci- pant's hips will slide under the ed down, be careful not to dam-
dent. lap belt causing serious internal age the seat belt webbing or
injuries. Also, the shoulder belt buckle. Be sure that the web-
C020305AAM
may strike the occupant's neck. bing or buckle does not get
Drivers and passengers should caught or pinched in the rear
Do not lie down always sit well back in their seat. A seat belt with damaged
To reduce the chance of injuries in seats, properly belted, and with webbing or buckle could possi-
the event of an accident and to the seatbacks upright. bly fail during a collision or sud-
achieve maximum effectiveness of den stop, resulting in serious
the restraint system, all passengers injury. If the webbing or buckles
should be sitting up and the front and are damaged, get them replaced
rear seats should be in an upright immediately.
position when the vehicle is moving.
A seat belt cannot provide proper
protection if the person is lying down
in the rear seat or if the front and rear
seats are in a reclined position.
3 35
C020401AEN C020403ASA
Periodic inspection When to replace seat belts
All seat belts should be inspected The entire in-use seat belt assembly
periodically for wear or damage of or assemblies should be replaced if
any kind. Any damaged parts should the vehicle has been involved in an
be replaced as soon as possible. accident. This should be done even if
no damage is visible. Additional
C020402AUN
questions concerning seat belt oper-
ation should be directed to an
Keep belts clean and dry authorized Kia dealer.
Seat belts should be kept clean and
dry. If belts become dirty, they can be
cleaned by using a mild soap solu-
tion and warm water. Bleach, dye,
strong detergents or abrasives
should not be used because they
may damage and weaken the fabric.
3 36
CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM

C030000AHM-EU Children could be injured or killed in
a crash if their restraints are not (Continued)
Children riding in the car should sit in
the rear seat and must always be properly secured. For small children • A seat belt or child restraint
properly restrained to minimize the and babies, a child seat or infant seat system can become very hot
risk of injury in an accident, sudden must be used. Before buying a par- if it is left in a closed vehicle
stop or sudden maneuver. According ticular child restraint system, make on a sunny day, even if the
to accident statistics, children are sure it fits your car seat and seat outside temperature does not
safer when properly restrained in the belts, and fits your child. feel hot. Be sure to check the
rear seats than in the front seat. Follow all the instructions provided seat cover and buckles before
Larger children not in a child restraint by the manufacturer when installing placing a child there.
should use one of the seat belts pro- the child restraint system. • When the child restraint sys-
vided. tem is not in use, store it in
You should be aware of the specific the cargo area or fasten it with
requirements of your city, state/terri- WARNING a seat belt so that it will not be
tory and country. Child and/or infant • A child restraint system must thrown forward in case of a
safety seats must be properly placed be placed in the rear seat. sudden stop or an accident.
and installed in the rear seat. You Never install a child or infant • Children may be seriously
must use a commercially available seat on the front passenger's injured or killed by an inflating
child restraint system that meets the seat. Should an accident air bag. All children, even
requirements of the Federal Motor occur and cause the passen- those too large for child
Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS). ger-side air bag to deploy, it restraints, must ride in the
Child restraint systems are designed could severely injure or kill an rear seat.
to be secured in vehicle seats by infant or child seated in an
seat belt, or by a tether anchor infant or child seat. Thus only
and/or LATCH anchors (if equipped). use a child restraint in the
rear seat of your vehicle.
(Continued)
3 37
WARNING (Continued) (Continued)

To reduce the chance of serious • Never put a seat belt over • Children often squirm and
or fatal injuries: yourself and a child. During a reposition themselves
crash, the belt could press improperly. Never let a child
• Children of all ages are safer deep into the child causing ride with the shoulder belt
when restrained in the rear serious internal injuries. under their arm or behind
seat. A child riding in the their back. Always properly
front passenger seat can be • Never leave children unat-
tended in a vehicle – not even position and secure children
forcefully struck by an inflat- in the rear seat.
ing air bag resulting in seri- for a short time. The car can
ous or fatal injuries. heat up very quickly, resulting • Never allow a child to stand-
in serious injuries to children up or kneel on the seat or
• Always follow the child inside. Even very young chil- floor of a moving vehicle.
restraint system manufactur- dren may inadvertently cause During a collision or sudden
er’s instructions for installa- the vehicle to move, entangle stop, the child can be violent-
tion and use of the child themselves in the windows, or ly thrown against the vehicle’s
restraint. lock themselves or others interior, resulting in serious
• Always make sure the child inside the vehicle. injury.
seat is secured properly in the • Never allow two children, or • Never use an infant carrier or
car and your child is securely any two persons, to use the a child safety seat that
restrained in the child seat. same seat belt. "hooks" over a seatback, it
• Never hold a child in your (Continued) may not provide adequate
arms or lap when riding in a security in an accident.
vehicle. The violent forces cre- • Seat belts can become very
ated during a crash will tear hot, especially when the car is
the child from your arms and parked in direct sunlight.
throw the child against the Always check the seat belt
car’s interior. buckles before fastening them
(Continued) over a child.
(Continued)
3 38
Rearward-facing child restraint system For safety reasons, we recommend

(Continued)
that the child restraint system be
• After an accident, have an used in the rear seats.
authorized Kia dealer check
the child restraint system,
seat belt, tether anchor and WARNING
lower anchor.
Never place a rear-facing child
• If there is not enough space to restraint in the front passenger
place the child restraint sys- seat, because of the danger an
tem because of the driver's inflating passenger-side air bag
seat, install the child restraint CRS09
could impact the rear-facing
Forward-facing child restraint system
system in the rear right seat. child restraint and kill the child.
Since all passenger seat belts move

freely under normal conditions and
only lock under extreme or emer-
gency conditions (emergency lock
mode), you must manually change
these seat belts to the auto lock
OUN026150 mode to secure a child restraint.
C030100AHM-EU
Using a child restraint system
For small children and babies, the
use of a child seat or infant seat is
required. The child seat or infant seat
should be of appropriate size for the
child and should be installed in
accordance with the manufacturer's
instructions.
3 39
WARNING - Child seat

installation
• A child can be seriously
injured or killed in a collision
if the child restraint is not
properly anchored to the car
and the child is not properly
restrained in the child
restraint. Before installing the
child restraint system, read
the instructions supplied by E2MS103005 OEN036101
the child restraint system C030102AAM-EU To install a child restraint system on
manufacturer. Placing a passenger seat belt the outboard or center rear seats, do
• If the seat belt does not oper- into the auto lock mode the following:
ate as described in this sec- The auto lock mode will help prevent 1. Place the child restraint system in
tion, have the system checked the normal movement of the child in the seat and route the lap/shoul-
immediately by your author- the vehicle from causing the seat belt der belt around or through the
ized Kia dealer. to loosen and compromise the child restraint, following the restraint
• Failure to observe this manu- restraint system. To secure a child manufacturer’s instructions. Be
al's instructions regarding restraint system, use the following sure the seat belt webbing is not
child restraint systems and procedure. twisted.
the instructions provided with 2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch
the child restraint system into the buckle. Listen for the dis-
could increase the chance tinct “click” sound.
and/or severity of injury in an
accident. Position the release button so that it
is easy to access in case of an emer-
gency.
3 40
OEN036102 OEN036103 OEN036104

3. Pull the shoulder portion of the 4. Slowly allow the shoulder portion 5. Remove as much slack from the
seat belt all the way out. When the of the seat belt to retract and listen belt as possible by pushing down
shoulder portion of the seat belt is for an audible “clicking” or “ratchet- on the child restraint system while
fully extended, it will shift the ing” sound. This indicates that the feeding the shoulder belt back into
retractor to the “Auto Lock” (child retractor is in the “Auto Lock” the retractor.
restraint) mode. mode. If no distinct sound is 6. Push and pull on the child restraint
heard, repeat steps 3 and 4. system to confirm that the seat
belt is holding it firmly in place. If it
is not, release the seat belt and
repeat steps 2 through 6.
7. Double check that the retractor is
in the “Auto Lock” mode by
attempting to pull more of the seat
belt out of the retractor. If you can-
not, the retractor is in the “Auto
Lock” mode.
3 41
To remove the child restraint, press

the release button on the buckle and WARNING - Auto lock
then pull the lap/shoulder belt out of mode
the restraint and allow the seat belt The lap/shoulder belt automati-
to retract fully. cally returns to the “emergency
lock mode” whenever the belt is
allowed to retract fully.
Therefore, the preceding seven
steps must be followed each
time a child restraint is
installed.
If the retractor is not in the OSL030025N
Automatic Locking mode, the C030103AEN
child restraint can move when Securing a child restraint seat
your vehicle turns or stops sud- with tether anchor system
denly. A child can be seriously Child restraint hook holders are
injured or killed if the child located on the back of the rear seat-
restraint is not properly backs.
anchored to the car, including
setting the retractor to the
Automatic Locking mode.
When the seat belt is allowed to

retract to its fully stowed position,
the retractor will automatically
switch from the “Auto Lock” mode
to the emergency lock mode for
normal adult usage.
3 42
WARNING WARNING - Child

A child can be seriously injured restraint check
or killed in a collision if the Check that the child restraint
child restraint is not properly system is secure by pushing
anchored to the car and the and pulling it in different direc-
child is not properly restrained tions. Incorrectly fitted child
in the child restraint. Always fol- restraints may swing, twist, tip
low the child seat manufactur- or separate causing death or
er’s instructions for installation serious injury.
and use.
OXM039034N
1.Route the child restraint seat strap
over the seatback. WARNING - Child
WARNING - Tether strap restraint anchorage
For vehicles with adjustable head- Never mount more than one
rests, route the tether strap under • Child restraint anchorages
child restraint to a single tether are designed to withstand
the headrest and between the or to a single lower anchorage
headrest posts, otherwise route only those loads imposed by
point. The increased load correctly fitted child
the tether strap over the top of the caused by multiple seats may
seatback. restraints. Under no circum-
cause the tethers or anchorage stances are they to be used
2.Connect the tether strap hook to points to break, causing serious
the appropriate child restraint hook for adult seat belts or har-
injury or death. nesses or for attaching other
holder and tighten to secure the
child restraint seat. items or equipment to the
vehicle.
• The tether strap may not work
properly if attached some-
where other than the correct
tether anchor.
3 43
WARNING
• When using the vehicle's
"LATCH" system to install a
Lower Anchor
Position Indicator
child restraint system in the
rear seat, all unused vehicle
rear seat belt metal latch
plates or tabs must be latched
securely in their seat belt
buckles and the seat belt web-
Lower Anchor bing must be retracted behind
OLM039035 OSL030027 the child restraint to prevent
C030104AHM-EU Child restraint symbols are located the child from reaching and
Securing a child restraint seat on the left and right rear seat backs taking hold of unretracted
with child seat lower anchor sys- to indicate the position of the lower seat belts. Unlatched metal
tem anchors for child restraints. latch plates or tabs may allow
the child to reach the unre-
Some child seat manufacturers tracted seat belts which may
make child restraint seats that are result in strangulation and a
labeled as LATCH or LATCH-com- serious injury or death to the
patible child restraint seats. LATCH child in the child restraint.
stands for "Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children". These seats • Do not place anything around
include two rigid or webbing mount- the lower anchors. Also make
ed attachments that connect to two sure that the seat belt is not
LATCH anchors at specific seating caught in the lower anchors.
positions in your vehicle. This type of
child restraint seat eliminates the
need to use seat belts to attach the
child seat in the rear seats.
3 44
Follow the child seat manufacturer’s

instructions to properly install child WARNING
restraint seats with LATCH or If the child restraint is not
LATCH-compatible attachments. anchored properly, the risk of a
Once you have installed the LATCH child being seriously injured or
child restraint, assure that the seat is killed in a collision greatly
properly attached to the LATCH and increases.
tether anchors.
Also, test the child restraint seat
before you place the child in it. Tilt WARNING - LATCH
the seat from side to side. Also try to lower anchors
OSL030027 tug the seat forward. Check to see if
LATCH anchors have been provided the anchors hold the seat in place. LATCH lower anchors are only
in your vehicle. The LATCH anchors to be used with the left and right
are located in the left and right out- rear outboard seating positions.
board rear seating positions. Their CAUTION Never attempt to attach a
locations are shown in the illustra- Do not allow the rear seat belt LATCH equipped seat in the
tion. There is no LATCH anchor pro- webbing to get scratched or center seating position. You
vided for the center rear seating pinched by the child-seat latch may damage the anchors or the
position. and LATCH anchor during the anchors may fail and break in a
installation. collision.
The LATCH anchors are located
between the seatback and the seat
cushion of the rear seat left and right
outboard seating positions.
3 45
AIR BAG - ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM

C040000AUN-C1
(1) Driver’s front air bag
(2) Passenger’s front air bag
(3) Side impact air bag
(4) Curtain air bag
WARNING
Even in vehicles with air bags,
you and your passengers must
always wear the safety belts
provided in order to minimize
the risk and severity of injury in
the event of a collision or
rollover.
* The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OLM032301N
3 46
C040900AHM-EU • The front air bags will completely This speed of inflation reduces the
How does the air bag system inflate and deflate in an instant. It is risk of serious or life threatening
operate virtually impossible for you to see injuries and is thus a necessary
the air bags inflate during an acci- part of the airbag design.
• Air bags are activated (able to
dent. However, air bag inflation can also
inflate if necessary) only when the
ignition switch is turned to the ON It is virtually impossible for you to cause injuries which can include
or START position. see the air bags inflate during an facial abrasions, bruises and bro-
accident. ken bones because the inflation
• The appropriate air bags inflate
- It is much more likely that you will speed also causes the air bags to
instantly in the event of a serious
simply see the deflated air bags expand with a great deal of force.
frontal collision or side collision in
order to help protect the occupants hanging out of their storage com- • There are even circumstances
from serious physical injury. partments after the collision. In under which contact with the
addition to inflating in serious steering wheel or passenger air
• There is no single speed at which side collisions, side and /or cur- bag can cause fatal injuries,
the air bags will inflate. tain airbags will inflate if the sens- especially if the occupant is
Generally, air bags are designed to ing system detects a rollover. positioned excessively close to
inflate based upon the severity of a - When a rollover is detected, side the steering wheel or passenger
collision and its direction. These and/or curtain air bags will air bag.
two factors determine whether the remain inflated longer to help pro-
sensors produce an electronic vide protection from ejection,
deployment/ inflation signal. especially when used in conjunc-
• Air bag deployment depends on a tion with the seat belts.
number of factors including vehicle • In order to help provide protection,
speed, angles of impact and the the air bags must inflate rapidly.
density and stiffness of the vehi- The speed of the air bag inflation is
cles or objects which your vehicle a consequence of extremely short
hits in the collision. The determin- time in which to inflate the air bag
ing factors are not limited to those between the occupant and the
mentioned above. vehicle structures before the occu-
pant impacts those structures.
3 47
C040902AUN
WARNING Noise and smoke WARNING
• To avoid severe personal When the air bags inflate, they make When the air bags deploy, the
injury or death caused by a loud noise and they leave smoke air bag related parts in the
deploying air bags in a colli- and powder in the air inside of the steering wheel and/or instru-
sion, the driver should sit as vehicle. This is normal and is a result ment panel and/or in both sides
far back from the steering of the ignition of the air bag inflator. of the roof rails above the front
wheel air bag as possible (at After the air bag inflates, you may and rear doors are very hot. To
least 10 inches (250 mm) feel substantial discomfort in breath- prevent injury, do not touch the
away). The front passengers ing due to the contact of your chest air bag storage area’s internal
should always move their with both the seat belt and the air components immediately after
seats as far back as possible bag, as well as from breathing the an air bag has inflated.
and sit back in their seat. smoke and powder. Open your
• Air bags inflate instantly in doors and/or windows as soon as
the event of a collision, and possible after impact in order to
passengers may be injured by reduce discomfort and prevent
the air bag expansion force if prolonged exposure to the smoke
they are not in a proper posi- and powder.
tion. Though smoke and powder are non-
• Air bag inflation may cause toxic, it may cause irritation to the
injuries including facial or skin (eyes, nose and throat, etc). If
bodily abrasions, injuries this is the case, wash and rinse with
from broken glasses or burns. cold water immediately and consult a
doctor if the symptom persists.
3 48
WARNING
• Extreme Hazard! Do not use a
rearward facing child restraint
on a seat protected by an air
bag in front of it!
• Never put a child restraint in
the front passenger’s seat. If
the front passenger air bag
inflates, it would cause seri-
ous or fatal injuries.
1JBH3051 W7-147
• When children are seated in
C040903AEN C041000AAM
the rear outboard seats of
Do not install a child restraint on vehicle equipped with side Air bag warning light
the front passenger’s seat. and/or curtain air bags, be The purpose of the air bag warning
Never place a rear-facing child sure to install the child light in your instrument panel is to
restraint in the front passenger’s restraint system as far away alert you of a potential problem with
seat. If the air bag deploys, it would from the door side as possi- your airbag system which could
impact the rear-facing child restraint, ble, and securely lock the include your side and/or curtain
causing serious or fatal injury. child restraint system in posi- airbags used for rollover protection.
In addition, do not place front-facing tion.
child restraints in the front passen- Inflation of side and/or curtain
ger’s seat either. If the front passen- air bags could cause serious
ger air bag inflates, it could cause injury or death to an infant or
serious or fatal injuries to the child. child.
3 49
When the ignition switch is turned 10. PASSENGER AIR BAG “ OFF ”
ON, the warning light should illumi- indicator (Front passenger’s seat
nate for approximately 6 seconds, only)
then go off. 11. Occupant detection system
Have the system checked if: (Front passenger’s seat only)
• The light does not turn on briefly 12. Driver’s and front passenger’s
when you turn the ignition ON. seat belt buckle sensors
• The light stays on after illuminating 13. Front anchor pre-tensioner
for approximately 6 seconds. The SRSCM continually monitors all
• The light comes on while the vehi- SRS components while the ignition
cle is in motion. OKM039160L switch is ON to determine if a crash
• The light blinks when the ignition C040100AHM-EU
impact is severe enough to require
switch is in ON position. air bag deployment or pre-tensioner
SRS components and func- seat belt deployment.
tions
If the airbag warning light remains
The SRS consists of the following illuminated for more than 6 seconds
components: after the ignition is turned on, or if it
1. Driver's front air bag module illuminates during vehicle operation
2. Passenger's front air bag module or it blinks when you turn the ignition
3. Side impact air bag modules ON, or it does not turn on briefly
when you turn the ignition ON, an
4. Curtain air bag modules
SRS component may not be func-
5. Retractor pre-tensioner assem- tioning properly and you should have
blies your vehicle checked by an author-
6. Air bag warning light ized Kia Dealer.
7. SRS control module (SRSCM)/
Rollover sensor
8. Front impact sensors
9. Side impact sensors
3 50
Driver’s front air bag (1) Driver’s front air bag (2)
WARNING
If any of the following condi-
tions occurs, this indicates a
malfunction in the airbag sys-
tem. Have an authorized Kia
dealer inspect the air bag sys-
tem as soon as possible.
• The light does not turn on
briefly when you turn the igni-
tion ON.
B240B01L B240B02L
• The light stays on after illumi-
nating for approximately 6 The front air bag modules are locat- Upon deployment, tear seams mold-
seconds. ed both in the center of the steering ed directly into the pad covers will
• The light comes on while the wheel and in the front passenger's separate under pressure from the
vehicle is in motion. panel above the glove box. When the expansion of the air bags. Further
SRSCM detects a sufficiently severe opening of the covers then allows full
• The light blinks when the igni- impact to the front of the vehicle, it inflation of the air bags.
tion switch is in ON position. will automatically deploy the front air
bags.
3 51
Driver’s front air bag (3) Passenger’s front air bag

(Continued)
• When installing a container of
liquid air freshener inside the
vehicle, do not place it near
the instrument cluster nor on
the instrument panel surface.
It may become a dangerous
projectile and cause injury if
the passenger's air bag
inflates.
B240B03L B240B05L
A fully inflated air bag, in combina-
tion with a properly worn seat belt, WARNING
slows the driver's or the passenger's
forward motion, reducing the risk of • Do not install or place any
head and chest injury. accessories (drink holder,
cassette holder, sticker, etc.)
on the front passenger's
After complete inflation, the air bag panel above the glove box in a
immediately starts deflating, vehicle with a passenger's air
enabling the driver to maintain for- bag. Such objects may
ward visibility and the ability to steer become dangerous projec-
or operate other controls. tiles and cause injury if the
passenger's air bag inflates.
(Continued)
3 52
WARNING (Continued)
• If an air bag deploys, there • The SRS can function only
may be a loud noise followed when the ignition switch is in
by a fine dust released in the the ON position. If the SRS air
vehicle. These conditions are bag warning light " " does
normal and are non-toxic - the not illuminate, or continuous-
air bags are packed in this ly remains on after illuminat-
fine powder. The dust gener- ing for about 6 seconds or
ated during air bag deploy- blinks when the ignition
ment may cause skin or eye switch is turned to the ON
irritation as well as aggravate position, or after the engine is
OSL030055N
asthma for some persons. started, comes on while driv-
C040300AAM
Always wash all exposed skin ing, the SRS is not working
properly. If this occurs, have Occupant Detection System
areas thoroughly with luke- (ODS)
warm water and a mild soap your vehicle immediately
after an accident in which the inspected by an authorized Your vehicle is equipped with an
air bags were deployed. Kia dealer. occupant detection system in the
(Continued) • Before you replace a fuse or front passenger's seat.
disconnect a battery terminal, The occupant detection system is
turn the ignition switch to the designed to detect the presence of a
LOCK position and remove properly-seated front passenger and
the ignition switch. Never determine if the passenger's front air
remove or replace the air bag bag should be enabled (may inflate)
related fuse(s) when the igni- or not. The driver's front air bag is not
tion switch is in the ON posi- affected or controlled by the occu-
tion. Failure to heed this warn- pant detection system.
ing will cause the SRS air bag
warning light to illuminate.
3 53
If the front passenger seat is occu- Always be sure that you and all vehi-
WARNING pied by a person that the system cle occupants are seated and
Do not put anything in front of determines to be of appropriate size, restrained properly (sitting upright
the passenger air bag indi- and he/she sits properly (sitting with the seat in an upright position,
cator. upright with the seatback in an centered on the seat cushion, with
upright position, centered on the the person’s legs comfortably
seat cushion with their seat belt on, extended, feet on the floor, and wear-
Main components of the occu- legs comfortably extended and their ing the safety belt properly) for the
pant detection system feet on the floor), the PASSENGER most effective protection by the air
AIR BAG “OFF” indicator will turn off bag and the safety belt.
• A detection device located within and the front passenger's air bag will
the front passenger seat cushion. be able to inflate, if necessary, in
• An electronic system which deter- frontal crashes. • The ODS (Occupant Detection
mines whether the passenger air System) may not function properly
You will find the PASSENGER AIR if the passenger takes actions
bag systems should be activated BAG “OFF” indicator on the center
or deactivated. which can defeat the detection sys-
facia panel. This system detects the tem. These include:
• A indicator light located on the conditions 1~4 in the following table
instrument panel which illuminates and activates or deactivates the front (1) Failing to sit in an upright posi-
the words PASSENGER AIR BAG passenger air bag based on these tion.
“OFF” indicating the front passen- conditions. (2) Leaning against the door or cen-
ger air bag system is deactivated. ter console.
• The instrument panel air bag warn- (3) Sitting towards the sides or the
ing light is interconnected with the front of the seat.
occupant detection system. (4) Putting legs on the dashboard or
resting them on other locations
which reduce the passenger
weight on the front seat.
(5) Improperly wearing the safety
belt.
(6) Reclining the seat back.
3 54
C040301AMG
Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant detection WARNING
system Riding in an improper position
or placing weight on the front
Indicator/Warning light Devices passenger's seat when it is
Condition detected by
the occupant detec- "PASSENGER AIR Front passenger unoccupied by a passenger
tion system BAG OFF" indica- SRS warning light adversely affects the Occupant
air bag
tor light Detection System (ODS). Your
1. Adult *1 Off Off Activated ODS is designed to resist elec-
tronic waves, but do not place
2. Infant *2 or child
an electronic device such as
restraint system with On Off Deactivated laptop computer on or near the
12 months old *3 seat cushion since it may defeat
3. Unoccupied On Off Deactivated the proper functioning of the
ODS.
4. Malfunction in the
Off On Activated (Continued)
system
*1) The system judges a person of adult. When a smaller adult sits in the
front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as a child
depending on his/her physique and posture.
*2) Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. When a larger
child who has outgrown a child restraint system sits in the front passen-
ger seat, the system may recognize him/her as an adult depending on
his/her physique or posture.
*3) Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat.
3 55
(Continued)
OVQ036013N 1KMN3663 1KMN3665

- Never put a heavy load or an - Never sit with hips shifted - Never place feet on the dash-
active electronic device on towards the front of the seat. board.
the front passenger seat or
seatback pocket.
OVQ036014N 1KMN3662 1KMN3664

- Never place feet on the front - Never excessively recline the - Never lean on the door or cen-
passenger seatback. front passenger seatback. ter console.
- Never sit on one side of the
front passenger seat.
3 56
Proper position If the PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF” ✽ NOTICE

indicator is still on, ask the passen- The PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”
ger to move to the rear seat. indicator illuminates for about 4 sec-
onds after the ignition switch is
turned to the ON position or after
WARNING the engine is started. If the front
Do not allow an adult passenger passenger seat is occupied, the occu-
to ride in the front seat when the pant detection sensor will then clas-
“PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF” sify the front passenger after several
indicator is illuminated because more seconds.
the air bag will not deploy in the
B990A01O event of a crash. If the "PAS-
When an adult is seated in the front SENGER AIR BAG OFF" indica- WARNING
passenger seat, if the PASSENGER tor remains illuminated after the Do not put a heavy load or an
AIR BAG “OFF” indicator is on, turn adult passenger repositions active electronic device (ex. lap-
the ignition switch to the LOCK posi- themselves properly and the car top computer, navigation, etc.)
tion and ask the passenger to sit is restarted, have the passenger in the front passenger seatback
properly (sitting upright with the seat move to the rear seat because pocket or on the front passen-
back in an upright position, centered the passenger's front air bag ger seat. Do not hang onto the
on the seat cushion with their seat will not deploy. front passenger seat. Do not
belt on, legs comfortably extended The "PASSENGER AIR BAG hang any items such as seat-
and their feet on the floor). Restart OFF" indicator will not change back table on the front passen-
the engine and have the person according to the occupants ger seatback. Do not place feet
remain in that position. This will allow posture after the vehicle has on the front passenger seat-
the system to detect the person and been running for 30 seconds. back. Do not place any items
to enable the passenger air bag. Front seat passengers must under the front passenger seat.
stay properly seated to avoid Any of these could interfere
serious injury from a deploying with proper sensor operation.
air bag.
3 57

• Even though your vehicle is • If the PASSENGER AIR BAG • Do not modify or replace the
equipped with the occupant “OFF” indicator is illuminated driver or front passenger seat.
detection system, never when the front passenger's Don't place anything on or
install a child restraint system seat is occupied by an adult attach anything such as a
in the front passenger's seat. and he/she sits properly (sit- blanket or seat heater to the
A deploying air bag can force- ting upright with the seatback driver or front passenger seat.
fully strike a child resulting in in an upright position, cen- This can adversely affect the
serious injuries or death. Any tered on the seat cushion with occupant detection system.
child age 12 and under should their seat belt on, legs com- • Do not place sharp objects on
ride in the rear seat. Children fortably extended and their the front passenger seat.
too large for child restraints feet on the floor), have that These may damage the occu-
should use the available person sit in the rear seat. pant detection system, if they
lap/shoulder belts. No matter • If the front passenger seat is puncture the seat cushion.
what type of crash, children of occupied by a child who is not • Do not use accessory seat
all ages are safer when in a CRS, the "PASSENGER covers on the front seats.
restrained in the rear seat. AIR BAG OFF" indicator may
or may not be on and the pas- • Accident statistics show that
(Continued) children are safer if they are
senger airbag may or may not
deploy in a collision. Have the restrained in the rear, as
child move to a rear seat to opposed to the front seat. It is
increase their safety. recommended that child
restraints be secured in a rear
(Continued) seat, including an infant riding
in a rear-facing infant seat, a
child riding in a forward-fac-
ing child seat and an older
child riding in a booster seat.
(Continued)
3 58
Driver’s front air bag

(Continued) WARNING
• Air bags can only be used If the occupant detection sys-
once – have an authorized Kia tem is not working properly, the
dealer replace the air bag SRS air bag warning light on
immediately after deployment. the instrument panel will illumi-
• The occupant detection sys- nate because the passenger's
tem may not work properly if front air bag is connected with
water, coffee or any other liq- the occupant detection system.
uid including rain gets on the If there is a malfunction of the
seat. Keep the front seat dry occupant detection system, the OSL030037
at all times. Passenger’s front air bag
PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”
• Do not place an electronic indicator will not illuminate and
device such as a laptop com- the passenger's front air bag
puter on the front passenger will inflate in frontal impact
seat. Its electronic field may crashes even if there is no occu-
cause the ODS to switch to pant in the front passenger's
the "on" condition and thus seat. If the SRS air bag warning
allow the passenger airbag to light does not illuminate when
deploy needlessly in a colli- the ignition switch is turned to
sion, increasing your repair the ON position, remains illumi-
OSL030038
costs. nated after approximately 6 sec-
C040400AAM-EU
onds or blinks when the ignition
switch is turned to the ON posi- Driver's and passenger's front
tion, or if it illuminates while the air bag
vehicle is being driven, have an Your vehicle is equipped with an
authorized Kia dealer inspect Advanced Supplemental Restraint
the occupant detection system (Air Bag) System and lap/shoulder
and the SRS air bag system as belts at both the driver and passen-
soon as possible. ger seating position.
3 59
The indication of the system's pres- These sensors provide the ability to
ence are the letters "AIR BAG" WARNING control the SRS deployment based
embossed on the air bag pad cover If the occupant detection sys- on whether or not the seat belts are
on the steering wheel and the pas- tem is not working properly, the fastened, and how severe the impact
senger's side front panel pad above SRS air bag warning light on is.
the glove box. the instrument panel will illumi-
nate because the SRS air bag The advanced SRS offers the ability
The SRS consists of air bags warning light is connected with to control the air bag inflation with
installed under the pad covers in the the occupant detection system. two levels. A first stage level is pro-
center of the steering wheel and the If the SRS air bag warning light vided for moderate-severity impacts.
passenger's side front panel above does not illuminate when the A second stage level is provided for
the glove box. ignition switch is turned to the more severe impacts.
ON position, remains illuminat-
The purpose of the SRS is to provide ed after approximately 6 sec-
the vehicle's driver and/or the front onds when the ignition switch The passenger’s front air bag is
passenger with additional protection is turned to the ON position, or designed to help reduce the injury of
than that offered by the seat belt sys- if it illuminates while the vehicle children sitting close to the instru-
tem alone in case of a frontal impact is being driven, have an author- ment panel in low speed collisions.
of sufficient severity. The SRS uses ized Kia dealer inspect the However, children are safer if they
sensors to gather information about advanced SRS air bag system are restrained in the rear seat.
the driver's and front passenger's as soon as possible.
seat belt usage and impact severity.
According to the impact severity and
seat belt usage, the SRSCM (SRS
The seat belt buckle sensors deter- Control Module) controls the air bag
mine if the driver and front passen- inflation. Failure to properly wear
ger's seat belts are fastened. seat belts can increase the risk or
severity of injury in an accident.
3 60
Additionally, your vehicle is equipped

WARNING (Continued)
with an occupant detection system in
the front passenger's seat. The occu- Manufacturers are required by For the same reason, do not
pant detection system detects the government regulations to pro- attach anything to the seat,
presence of a passenger in the front vide a contact point concerning dashboard or door, even tem-
passenger's seat and will turn off the modifications to the vehicle for porarily. If the system is
front passenger's air bag under cer- persons with disabilities, which adversely affected, it could
tain conditions. For more detail, see modifications may affect the cause severe personal injuries
"Occupant detection system" in this vehicle’s advanced air bag sys- or death in a collision.
section. tem. That contact is Kia’s toll-
free Customer Assistance cen-
ter at 1-800-333-4Kia. However, ✽ NOTICE
WARNING Kia does not endorse nor will it • Be sure to read information about
• Modification to the seat struc- support any changes to any the SRS on the labels provided on
ture can cause the air bag to part or structure of the vehicle the sunvisor.
deploy at a different level than that could affect the advanced • Advanced air bags are combined
should be provided. air bag system, including the with pre-tensioner seat belts to
occupant detection system. help provide enhanced occupant
• Do not place any objects protection in frontal crashes.
underneath the front seats as Specifically, the front passenger
seat, dashboard or door should Front air bags are not intended to
they could damage or inter- deploy in all frontal collisions in
fere with the occupant detec- not be replaced except by an
authorized Kia dealer using which sufficient protection can be
tion system. provided by the pre-tensioner seat
original Kia parts designed for
this vehicle and model. Any belt.
other such replacement or mod-
ification could adversely affect
the operation of the occupant
detection system and your
advanced air bags.
(Continued)
3 61

Always use seat belts and child • Front and side air bags can • No objects should be placed
restraints – every trip, every injure occupants improperly over or near the air bag mod-
time, everyone! Air bags inflate positioned in the front seats. ules on the steering wheel,
with considerable force and in • Move your seat as far back as instrument panel or the front
the blink of an eye. Seat belts practical from the front air passenger's panel above the
help keep occupants in proper bags, while still maintaining glove box, because any such
position to obtain maximum control of the vehicle. object could cause harm if the
benefit from the air bag. Even vehicle is in a crash severe
• You and your passengers enough to cause the air bags
with advanced air bags, improp- should never sit or lean
erly and unbelted occupants to deploy.
unnecessarily close to the air
can be severely injured when bags. Improperly positioned • Never place covers, blankets
the air bag inflates. Always fol- drivers and passengers can or aftermarket seat warmers
low the precautions about seat be severely injured by inflat- on the driver or front passen-
belts, air bags and occupant ing air bags. ger seats as these may inter-
safety contained in this manual. fere with the occupant detec-
• Never lean against the door or tion system.
To reduce the chance of serious center console – always sit in
or fatal injuries and receive the an upright position. • Do not tamper with or discon-
maximum safety benefit from nect SRS wiring or other com-
• Do not allow a passenger to ponents of the SRS system.
your restraint system: ride in the front seat when the
• Never place a child in any Doing so could result in
PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF” injury, due to accidental
child or booster seat in the indicator is illuminated,
front seat. deployment of the air bags or
because the air bag will not by rendering the SRS inopera-
• ABC – Always Buckle deploy in the event of a mod- tive.
Children in the back seat. It is erate or severe frontal crash.
(Continued)
the safest place for children of (Continued)
any age to ride.
(Continued)
3 62
Rear impact
(Continued) (Continued)
• If the SRS air bag warning • Even though your vehicle is
light remains illuminated equipped with the occupant
while the vehicle is being driv- detection system, do not
en, have an authorized Kia install a child restraint system
dealer inspect the air bag sys- OEP036096N in the front passenger seat
tem as soon as possible. Side impact position. A child restraint sys-
• Air bags can only be used tem must never be placed in
once – have an authorized Kia the front seat. The infant or
dealer replace the air bag child could be severely
immediately after deployment. injured or killed by an air bag
deployment in case of an acci-
• The SRS is designed to dent.
deploy the front air bags only
when an impact is sufficiently OVQ036018N • Children age 12 and under
Rollover must always be properly
severe and when the impact
angle is less than 30° from the restrained in the rear seat.
forward longitudinal axis of Never allow children to ride in
the vehicle. Additionally, the the front passenger seat. If a
air bags will only deploy once. child over 12 must be seated
Seat belts must be worn at all in the front seat, he or she
1VQA2091 must be properly belted and
times.
the seat should be moved as
• Front air bags are not intend- far back as possible.
ed to deploy in side-impact,
rear-impact or rollover crash- (Continued)
es. In addition, front air bags
will not deploy in frontal
crashes below the deploy-
ment threshold.
(Continued)
3 63
• For maximum safety protec- • The SRS air bag system must
tion in all types of crashes, all deploy very rapidly to provide
occupants including the driv- protection in a crash. If an
er should always wear their occupant is out of position
seat belts whether or not an because of not wearing a seat
air bag is also provided at belt, the air bag may forcefully
their seating position to mini- contact the occupant causing
mize the risk of severe injury serious or fatal injuries.
or death in the event of a OSL030039
crash. Do not sit or lean
unnecessarily close to the air
bag while the vehicle is in
motion.
• Sitting improperly or out of
position can result in serious
or fatal injury in a crash. All
occupants should sit upright
with the seat back in an
upright position, centered on
the seat cushion with their OLM032310N
seat belt on, legs comfortably * The actual air bags in the vehicle may
extended and their feet on the differ from the illustration.
floor until the vehicle is
parked and the ignition key is C040600AAM-EU
removed or the engine is shut Side impact air bag
off.
(Continued) Your vehicle is equipped with a side
impact air bag in each front seat.
3 64
The purpose of the air bag is to pro-

vide the vehicle's driver and/or the WARNING WARNING
front passenger with additional pro- Do not allow the passengers to • The side impact air bag is
tection than that offered by the seat lean their heads or bodies onto supplemental to the driver's
belt alone. doors, put their arms on the and the passenger's seat belt
• The side impact air bags are doors, stretch their arms out of systems and is not a substi-
designed to deploy during certain the window, or place objects tute for them. Therefore your
side-impact collisions, depending between the doors and passen- seat belts must be worn at all
on the crash severity, angle, speed gers when they are seated on times while the vehicle is in
and point of impact. seats equipped with side and/or motion. The air bags deploy
• The side impact air bags do not curtain air bags. only in certain side impact or
only deploy on the side of the rollover conditions severe
impact but also on the opposite enough to cause significant
side. injury to the vehicle occu-
pants.
• The side and/or curtain airbags on
both sides of the vehicle will deploy • For best protection from the
if a rollover or possible rollover is side air bag system and to
detected. avoid being injured by the
deploying side air bag, both
• The side impact air bags are not front seat occupants should
designed to deploy in all side sit in an upright position with
impact or rollover situations. the seat belt properly fas-
tened. The driver's hands
should be placed on the steer-
ing wheel at the 9:00 and 3:00
positions. The passenger's
arms and hands should be
placed on their laps.
(Continued)
3 65
• Do not use any accessory • If seat or seat cover is dam-
seat covers. aged, have the vehicle
• Use of seat covers could checked and repaired by an
reduce or prevent the effec- authorized Kia dealer. Inform
tiveness of the system. the dealer that your vehicle is
equipped with side impact air
• Do not install any accessories bags and an occupant detec-
on the side or near the side tion system.
impact air bag.
OXM039055
• Do not place any objects over
the air bag or between the air
bag and yourself.
• Do not place any objects (an
umbrella, bag, etc.) between
the front door and the front
seat. Such objects may
become dangerous projec-
tiles and cause injury if the
supplemental side air bag
inflates. OLM032311N
• To prevent unexpected * The actual air bags in the vehicle may

deployment of the side impact differ from the illustration.
air bag that may result in per-
sonal injury, avoid impact to
the side impact sensor when
the ignition switch is on.
(Continued)
3 66
C040700AUN
Curtain air bag WARNING (Continued)
• In order for side and curtain • Do not allow the passengers
They are designed to help protect to lean their heads or bodies
occupants in certain side impacts air bags to provide the best
protection, front seat occu- against the doors, put their
and to help prevent them from eject- arms on the doors, stretch
ing out of the vehicle as a result of a pants and outboard rear occu-
pants should sit in an upright their arms out of the window
rollover, especially when the seat- or place objects between the
belts are also in use. position with the seat belts
properly fastened. doors and passengers when
• The curtain air bags are designed they are seated on seats
to deploy during certain side Importantly, children should
sit in a proper child restraint equipped with side impact
impact collisions, depending on the and/or curtain air bags.
crash severity, angle, speed and system in the rear seat.
• When children are seated in • Never try to open or repair any
point of impact. components of the side and
• The curtain air bags do not only the rear outboard seats, they
must be seated in the proper curtain air bag system. This
deploy on the side of the impact should only be done by an
but also on the opposite side. child restraint system. Make
sure to position the child authorized Kia dealer.
• Also, on both sides of the vehicle restraint system as far away Failure to follow the above men-
the curtain air bags will deploy in from the door side as possi- tioned instructions can result in
certain rollover situations. ble, and secure the child injury or death to the vehicle
• The curtain air bags are not restraint system in a locked occupants in an accident.
designed to deploy in all side position.
impoct or rollover situations. (Continued)
3 67
C040800AAM
Why didn’t my air bag go off in a
collision? (Inflation and non-infla-
tion conditions of the air bag)
There are many types of accidents
in which the air bag would not be
expected to provide additional
protection.
These include rear impacts, sec-
ond or third collisions in multiple
impact accidents, as well as low
speed impacts.
1 2 3 4
OSL030028/OSL030040/OSL030041/OXM039043/OSL030042
Air bag collision sensors

(1) SRS control module/ (3) Side impact sensor
Rollover sensor (4) Side impact sensor
(2) Front impact sensor
3 68
WARNING (Continued)
• Do not hit or allow any objects • Problems may arise if the sen-
to impact the locations where sor installation angles are
air bags or sensors are changed due to the deforma-
installed. tion of the front bumper, front
end module, body or front
This may cause unexpected doors and/or B pillar where
air bag deployment, which side collision sensors are
could result in serious per- installed. Have the vehicle
sonal injury or death. checked and repaired by an
• If the installation location or authorized Kia dealer.
1VQA2084
angle of the sensors is altered • Installing bumper guards (or C040801AAM
in any way, the air bags may side step or running board) or
deploy when they should not replacing a bumper (or front Air bag inflation conditions
or they may not deploy when door module) with non-gen- Front air bags
they should, causing severe uine parts may adversely Front air bags are designed to inflate
injury or death. affect your vehicle's collision in a frontal collision depending on
Therefore, do not try to per- and air bag deployment per- the intensity, speed or angles of
form maintenance on or formance. impact of the front collision.
around the air bag sensors.
Have the vehicle checked and
repaired by an authorized Kia
dealer.
(Continued)
3 69
Side impact and/or curtain air bags Side airbag and/or curtain airbags
Side impact and/or curtain air bags may also inflate where rollover sen-
are designed to inflate when an sors indicate the possibility of a
impact is detected by side collision rollover occurring (even if none actu-
sensors depending on the strength, ally occurs) or in other situations,
speed or angles of impact resulting including when the vehicle is tilted
from a side impact collision. while being towed. Even where side
and/or curtain airbags would not pro-
Also, the side impact and curtain air
vide impact protection in a rollover
bags are designed to inflate when a
however, they will deploy to prevent
rollover is detected by a rollover sen-
OVQ036018N ejection of occupants, especially
sor.
those who are restrained with seat-
Although the front air bags (driver's belts.
and front passenger's air bags) are
If the vehicle chassis is impacted by
designed to inflate in frontal colli-
bumps or objects on unimproved
sions, they also may inflate in other
roads, the air bags may deploy. Drive
types of collisions if the front impact
carefully on unimproved roads or on
sensors detect a sufficient frontal
surfaces not designed for vehicle
force in another type of impact. Side
traffic to prevent unintended air bag
impact and curtain air bags are
deployment.
designed to inflate in certain side
OLM032312N impact collisions They may inflate in
* The actual air bags in the vehicle may other type of collisions where a side
differ from the illustration. force is detected by the sensors.
3 70
1VQA2086 OUN036087 OVQ036018N

C040802AUN • Air bags are not designed to inflate • Front air bags may not inflate in
Air bag non-inflation conditions in rear collisions, because occu- side impact collisions, because
• In certain low-speed collisions the pants are moved backward by the occupants move to the direction of
air bags may not deploy. The air force of the impact. In this case, the collision, and thus in side
bags are designed not to deploy in inflated air bags would not be able impacts, frontal air bag deployment
such cases because they may not to provide any additional benefit. would not provide additional occu-
provide benefits beyond the pro- pant protection.
tection of the seat belts in such col-
lisions.
3 71
1VQA2089 1VQA2090 1VQA2091

• In an angled collision, the force of • Just before impact, drivers often • Front air bags may not inflate in
impact may direct the occupants in brake heavily. Such heavy braking rollover accidents where the
a direction where the air bags lowers the front portion of the vehi- SRSCM indicates that the front air
would not be able to provide any cle causing it to “ride” under a vehi- bag deployment would not provide
additional benefit, and thus the cle with a higher ground clearance. additional occupant protection.
sensors may not deploy any air Air bags may not inflate in this
bags. "under-ride" situation because
deceleration forces that are detect-
ed by sensors may be significantly
reduced by such “under-ride” colli-
sions.
3 72
C041100AUN
SRS Care WARNING
The SRS is virtually maintenance- • Modification to SRS compo-
free and so there are no parts you nents or wiring, including the
can safely service by yourself. If the addition of any kind of badges
SRS air bag warning light does not to the pad covers or modifica-
illuminate, when you furn the ignition tions to the body structure,
on, or continuously remains on, or can adversely affect SRS per-
continuously blinks, have your vehi- formance and lead to possible
cle immediately inspected by an injury.
authorized Kia dealer. • For cleaning the air bag pad
1VQA2092 covers, use only a soft, dry
• Air bags may not inflate if the vehi- Any work on the SRS system, such cloth or one which has been
cle collides with objects such as as removing, installing, repairing, or moistened with plain water.
utility poles or trees, where the any work on the steering wheel, the Solvents or cleaners could
point of impact is concentrated to front passenger’s panel, front seats adversely affect the air bag
one area and the full force of the and roof rails must be performed by covers and proper deploy-
impact is not delivered to the sen- an authorized Kia dealer. Improper ment of the system.
sors. handling of the SRS system may • No objects should be placed
result in serious personal injury. over or near the air bag mod-
ules on the steering wheel,
instrument panel, and the
front passenger's panel above
the glove box, because any
such object could cause harm
if the vehicle is in a crash
severe enough to cause the
air bags to inflate.
(Continued)
3 73
C041300AUN • Passengers should not place

(Continued) Additional safety precautions hard or sharp objects between
• If the air bags inflate, they • Never let passengers ride in the themselves and the air bags.
must be replaced by an cargo area or on top of a folded- Carrying hard or sharp objects on
authorized Kia dealer. down back seat. All occupants your lap or in your mouth can result
• Do not tamper with or discon- should sit upright, fully back in their in injuries if an air bag inflates.
nect SRS wiring, or other seats with their seat belts on and • Keep occupants away from the
components of the SRS sys- their feet on the floor. air bag covers. All occupants
tem. Doing so could result in • Passengers should not move should sit upright, fully back in their
injury, due to accidental infla- out of or change seats while the seats with their seat belts on and
tion of the air bags or by ren- vehicle is moving. A passenger their feet on the floor. If occupants
dering the SRS inoperative. who is not wearing a seat belt dur- are too close to the air bag covers,
• If components of the air bag ing a crash or emergency stop can they could be injured if the air bags
system must be discarded, or be thrown against the inside of the inflate.
if the vehicle must be vehicle, against other occupants, • Do not attach or place objects
scrapped, certain safety pre- or out of the vehicle. on or near the air bag covers.
cautions must be observed. • Each seat belt is designed to Any object attached to or placed
An authorized Kia dealer restrain one occupant. If more on the front or side air bag covers
knows these precautions and than one person uses the same could interfere with the proper
can give you the necessary seat belt, they could be seriously operation of the air bags.
information. Failure to follow injured or killed in a collision. • Do not modify the front seats.
these precautions and proce- • Do not use any accessories on Modification of the front seats
dures could increase the risk seat belts. Devices claiming to could interfere with the operation of
of personal injury. improve occupant comfort or repo- the supplemental restraint system
• If your car was flooded and sition the seat belt can reduce the sensing components or side air
has soaked carpeting or water protection provided by the seat belt bags.
on flooring, you shouldn't try and increase the chance of serious
to start the engine; have the injury in a crash.
car towed to an authorized Kia
dealer.
3 74
• Do not place items under the C041400AUN

front seats. Placing items under WARNING Adding equipment to or modi-
the front seats could interfere with • Sitting improperly or out of fying your air bag-equipped
the operation of the supplemental position can cause occupants vehicle
restraint system sensing compo- to be shifted too close to a If you modify your vehicle by chang-
nents and wiring harnesses. deploying air bag, strike the ing your vehicle's frame, bumper sys-
• Never hold an infant or child on interior structure or be thrown tem, front end or side sheet metal or
your lap. The infant or child could from the vehicle resulting in ride height, this may affect the oper-
be seriously injured or killed in the serious injury or death. ation of your vehicle's air bag sys-
event of a crash. All infants and • Always sit upright with the tem.
children should be properly seatback in an upright posi-
restrained in appropriate child tion, centered on the seat
safety seats or seat belts in the cushion with your seat belt
rear seat. on, legs comfortably extended
and your feet on the floor.
• Always have the ignition OFF
when the vehicle is being
towed or where it may other-
wise be tilted, since the side
and/or curtain airbags may
inflate if the sensors interpret
those tilt angles as a potential
rollover.
• Be careful not to cause impact
to the doors when the ignition
is ON. The air bags may
inflate.
3 75
OSL030061N
OSL034051
C041200AUN-EU
Air bag warning label
Air bag warning labels, some required by the
U.S. National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA), are attached to the
sunvisor to alert the driver and passengers of
potential risks of the air bag system.
3 76
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 Steering wheel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39

• Record your key number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 • Electronic power steering (EPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39
• Key operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 • Tilt and telescoping steering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40
Remote keyless entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 • Heated steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40
• Remote keyless entry system operations. . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 • Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41
• Transmitter precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 • FLEX Steer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42
• Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6 Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44
Smart key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8 • Inside rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44
• Smart key functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9 • Outside rearview mirror. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-51
• Smart key precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10 Instrument cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54
• Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13 • Instrument panel illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55 4
Theft-alarm system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15 • Gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55
Door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17 • Warnings and indicators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-62
• Outside the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17 Back-up warning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-77
• Inside the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18 • Operation of the back-up warning system . . . . . . . . 4-77
• Other door lock/unlock features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20 • Non-operational conditions of back-up
• Child-protector rear door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21 warning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-78
Tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22 • Back-up warning system precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-79
Emergency tailgate safety release . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23 • Self-diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-80
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25 Rear-camera display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-80
Hood. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30 Hazard warning flasher. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-81
Fuel filler lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32 Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-82
• Battery saver function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-82
Panoramic sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35
• Headlight escort function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-82
• Headlight welcome function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-82 Interior features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-120
• Lighting control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-83 • Cup holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-120
• High beam operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-85 • Sunvisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-120
• Turn signals and lane change signals . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-86 • Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-121
• Front fog light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-87 • Digital clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-122
• Daytime running light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-87 • Clothes hanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-122
Wipers and washers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-88 • Floor mat anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-123
Interior light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-92 • Luggage net holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-123
• Room lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-92 • Cargo security screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-124
• Map lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-93 Exterior features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-125
• Interior light welcome function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-93 • Roof rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-125
• Luggage lamp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-94 Audio system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-127
• Glove box lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-94 • Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-127
• Vanity mirror lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-94 • Steering wheel audio control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-128
Defroster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-95 • Aux, USB and iPod® port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-129
Manual climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-96 • SIRIUS® Satellite Radio information . . . . . . . . . . . 4-151
Automatic climate control system. . . . . . . . . . . . 4-106 • Bluetooth® Wireless Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-161
Windshield defrosting and defogging. . . . . . . . . 4-113
Storage compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-117
• Center console storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-117
• Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-117
• Glove box cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-118
• Sunglass holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-118
• Luggage box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-119
KEYS
D010100AUN Type A Key operations
Record your key number • Used to start the engine.
The key code num- • Used to lock and unlock the doors.
ber is stamped on
the key code tag
attached to the key Type B
set. Should you To unfold the key, press the release
lose your keys, this number will button then the key will unfold auto-
enable an authorized Kia dealer to OUN026060 matically.
duplicate the keys easily. Remove Type B To fold the key, fold the key manually
the key code tag and store it in a safe
while pressing the release button.
place. Also, record the key code
number and keep it in a safe and
handy place, but not in the vehicle. CAUTION
Do not fold the key without
pressing the release button.
This may damage the key.
OXMA043331
Type C
Type C
To remove the mechanical key, press
and hold the release button(1) and
remove the mechanical key (2).
To reinstall the mechanical key, put
the key into the hole and push it until
a click sound is heard.
OXMA043316
D010200AAM
4 3
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY
(IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING - Ignition WARNING
key(smart key) Use only Kia original parts for
Leaving children unattended in the ignition key in your vehicle.
a vehicle with the ignition If an aftermarket key is used,
key(smart key) is dangerous the ignition switch may not
even if the key is not in the igni- return to ON after START. If this
tion switchor start button is happens, the starter will contin-
ACC or ON position. Children ue to operate causing damage
copy adults and they could to the starter motor and possi-
place the key in the ignition ble fire due to excessive current
switch or press the start button. in the wiring.
The ignition key(smart key) OXMA043317
would enable children to oper- Door Lock (1)
ate power windows 1. Close all doors, engine hood and
or other controls, or even make tailgate.
the vehicle move, which could 2. Press the lock button(1).
result in serious bodily injury or
even death. Never leave the 3. All doors and tailgate will lock. The
keys in your vehicle with unsu- hazard warning lights will blink
pervised children. When the once.
Engine is running. 4. If the lock button is pressed once
more within 4 seconds, the hazard
warning lights will blink and the
horn will sound once.
5. Make sure that doors are locked by
checking the door lock button inside
or pulling the outside door handle.
4 4
Door Unlock (2) Tailgate unlock (3) D020200AAM-EU
1. Press the unlock button(2). The tailgate is unlocked if the button Transmitter precautions
2. The driver's door will unlock. The is pressed for more than 1 second. ✽ NOTICE
hazard warning lights will blink two Also, once the tailgate is opened and • The transmitter will not work if
times. then closed, the tailgate will be any of the following occurs:
3. Press the unlock button(2) twice locked automatically. - The ignition key is in the ignition
within 4 seconds and all doors and switch.
tailgate will unlock. The hazard Alarm (4) - You exceed the operating dis-
warning lights will blink two times. tance limit (about 30 feet [10 m]).
The horn sounds and hazard warn- - The battery in the transmitter is
ing lights flash for about 30 seconds weak.
✽ NOTICE if this button is pressed for more than - Other vehicles or objects may be
You can change the system to unlock 0.5 second. To stop the horn and blocking the signal.
all doors by one pressing of the lights, press any button except the - The weather is extremely cold.
unlock button (Central Door Unlock trunk button on the transmitter. - The transmitter is close to a
Mode). radio transmitter such as a radio
Unlock mode can be switched station or an airport which can
between Two Stage Unlock Mode interfere with normal operation
and Central Door Unlock Mode as of the transmitter.
follows: • When the transmitter does not
Press the lock button (1) and unlock work properly, open and close the
button (2) at the same time for 5 sec- door with the ignition key. If you
onds or more. The hazard warning have a problem with the transmit-
lights will blink four times. ter, contact an authorized Kia
dealer.
(Continued)
4 5
(Continued) This device complies with Part 15

• If the transmitter is in close prox- of the FCC rules.
imity to your cell phone or smart Operation is subject to the following
phone, the signal from the trans- two conditions:
mitter could be blocked by normal
operation of your cell phone or 1. This device may not cause harm-
smart phone. This is especially ful interference, and
important when the phone is 2. This device must accept any inter-
active such as making call, receiv- ference received, including inter-
ing calls, text messaging, and/or ference that may cause undesired
sending/receiving emails. Avoid operation.
placing the transmitter and your OYDDCO2005
cell phone or smart phone in the
same pants or jacket pocket and CAUTION D020300AHM
maintain adequate distance Changes or modifications not Battery replacement

between the two devices. expressly approved by the party A transmitter uses a 3 volt lithium
responsible for compliance battery which will normally last for
could void the user’s authority several years. When replacement is
CAUTION to operate the equipment. If the necessary, use the following proce-
Keep the transmitter away from keyless entry system is inopera- dure.
water or any liquid. If the key- tive due to changes or modifica- 1. Insert a slim tool into the slot and
less entry system is inoperative tions not expressly approved by gently pry open the transmitter
due to exposure to water or liq- the party responsible for com- center cover.
uids, it will not be covered by pliance, it will not be covered by
your manufacturer’s vehicle your manufacturer’s vehicle 2. Replace the battery with a new
warranty. warranty. battery (CR2032). When replacing
the battery, make sure the battery
position is positioned battery.
4 6
3. Install the battery in the reverse

order of removal. CAUTION WARNING
For transmitter replacement, see an • The keyless entry system An inappropriately disposed
authorized Kia dealer to reprogram transmitter is designed to give battery can be harmful to the
the transmitter. you years of trouble-free use, environment and human health.
however it can malfunction if Dispose the battery according
exposed to moisture or static to your local laws or regula-
electricity. If you are unsure tions.
how to use your transmitter or
replace the battery, contact an
authorized Kia dealer.
• Using the wrong battery can
cause the transmitter to mal-
function. Be sure to use the
correct battery.
• To avoid damaging the trans-
mitter, don't drop it, get it wet,
or expose it to heat or sun-
light.
4 7
SMART KEY (IF EQUIPPED)

However, if any door (or tailgate) 2 stage unlocking may be disabled or
remains open, the hazard warning re-enabled by simultaneously press-
lights will not operate. But if all doors ing the Lock (1) and Unlock (2) but-
(and tailgate) are closed after the ton for 4 seconds (disabling 2 stage
lock button is pressed, the hazard unlock allows all vehicle doors to
warning lights will blink once. unlock simultaneously). The hazard
warning lights will blink 4 times to
D020102BHM-EU
indicate that 2 stage unlock was
enabled or disabled.
Unlock (2)
The driver's door is unlocked if the
D020104AHM
OXMA043316/Q
unlock button is pressed once. The
hazard warning lights will blink and Tailgate unlock (3)
D040000AHM
chime sounds twice to indicate that The tailgate is unlocked if the button
With a smart key, you can lock or the driver's door is unlocked. is pressed for more than 1 second.
unlock a door (and tailgate) and even
start the engine without inserting the All doors (and tailgate) are unlocked The hazard warning lights will blink
key. if the unlock button is pressed once twice to indicate that the tailgate is
more within 4 seconds. The hazard unlocked.
The functions of the buttons on a warning lights will blink and chime
smart key are similar to the remote However, after pressing this button,
sounds twice again to indicate that the tailgate will lock automatically
keyless entry. all doors (and tailgate) are unlocked. unless you open the tailgate within
After pressing this button, the doors 30 seconds.
Lock (1) (and tailgate) will be locked automat- Also, once the tailgate is opened and
All doors (and tailgate) are locked if ically unless you open any door with- then closed, the tailgate will lock
the lock button is pressed. in 30 seconds. automatically.
If all doors (and tailgate) are closed,
the hazard warning lights will blink
and chime sounds once to indicate
that all doors (and tailgate) are
locked.
4 8
D020105AHM D040101BHM
Alarm (4) Locking
The horn sounds and the hazard Pressing the button of the front out-
warning lights blink for about 30 sec- side door handles with all doors (and
onds if this button is pressed for tailgate) closed and any door
more than 0.5 seconds. To stop the unlocked, locks all the doors (and
horn and lights, press any button on tailgate). The hazard warning lights
the transmitter. blink and the chime sounds once to
indicate that all doors (and tailgate)
are locked. The button will only oper-
ate when the smart key is within
OSL040006 28~40 in. (0.7~1 m) from the outside
D040100AHM door handle. If you want to make
Smart key functions sure that a door has locked or not,
you should check the door lock but-
Carrying the smart key, you may lock ton inside the vehicle or pull the out-
and unlock the vehicle doors (and side door handle.
tailgate). Also, you may start the
Even though you press the button,
engine. Refer to the following, for
the doors will not lock and the chime
more details.
sounds for 3 seconds if any of the fol-
lowing occurs:
• The smart key is in the vehicle.
• The ENGINE START/STOP button
is in the ACC or ON position.
• Any door except the tailgate is
opened.
4 9
D040102AEN-EU When the smart key is recognized in D040300AHM

Unlocking the area of 28~40 in. (0.7~1 m) from Smart key precautions
Pressing the button of the driver’s the front outside door handle, other ✽ NOTICE
outside door handle with all doors people can also open the door with-
out possession of the smart key. • If, for some reason, you happen to
(and tailgate) closed and locked, lose your smart key, you will not
unlocks the driver’s door. The hazard be able to start the engine. Tow the
warning lights blink and the chime D040103AHM vehicle, if necessary, and contact
sounds twice to indicate that the dri- Tailgate unlocking an authorized Kia dealer.
ver’s door is unlocked. All doors (and • A maximum of 2 smart keys can
tailgate) are unlocked if the button is If you are within 28~40 in. (0.7~1 m)
from the outside tailgate handle, with be registered to a single vehicle. If
pressed once more within 4 sec- you lose a smart key, you should
onds. The hazard warning lights will your smart key in possession, the
tailgate will unlock and open when immediately take the vehicle and
blink and the chime will sound twice key to your authorized Kia dealer
to indicate that all the doors (and tail- you press the tailgate handle switch.
The hazard warning lights will blink
to protect it from potential theft.
gate) are unlocked. • The smart key will not work if any
Pressing the button of the front pas- twice to indicate that the tailgate is
unlocked.
of the following occurs:
senger’s outside door handle with all - The smart key is close to a radio
doors (and tailgate) closed and Also, once the tailgate is opened and transmitter such as a radio sta-
locked, unlocks all the doors (and then closed, the tailgate will lock tion or an airport which can
tailgate). The hazard warning lights automatically. interfere with normal operation
blink and the chime sounds twice to of the smart key.
indicate that all doors (and tailgate) D040104AHM - The smart key is near a mobile
are unlocked. two-way radio system or a cellu-
Start-up
The button will only operate when lar phone.
the smart key is within 28~40 in. You can start the engine without - Another vehicle’s smart key is
(0.7~1 m) from the outside door han- inserting the key. For detailed infor- being operated close to your
dle. mation refer to “Starting the engine vehicle.
with a smart key” in section 5. (Continued)
4 10
(Continued) This device complies with Part 15

• When the smart key does not work CAUTION of the FCC rules.
properly, open and close the door Keep the smart key away from Operation is subject to the following
with the mechanical key. If you water or any liquid. If the key- two conditions:
have a problem with the smart less entry system is inoperative
key, contact an authorized Kia 1. This device may not cause harm-
due to exposure to water or liq- ful interference, and
dealer. uids, it will not be covered by
• If the smart key is in close proxim- your manufacturer’s vehicle 2. This device must accept any inter-
ity to your cell phone or smart warranty. ference received, including inter-
phone, the signal from the smart ference that may cause undesired
key could be blocked by normal operation.
operation of your cell phone or
smart phone. This is especially
important when the phone is WARNING
active such as making call, receiv- Changes or modifications not
ing calls, text messaging, and/or expressly approved by the party
sending/receiving emails. Avoid responsible for compliance
placing the smart key and your could void the user's authority
cell phone or smart phone in the to operate the equipment.
same pants or jacket pocket and
maintain adequate distance
between the two devices.
4 11
D010300AAM To activate the immobilizer sys-

Immobilizer system tem: WARNING
(if equipped) Turn the ignition key to the OFF posi- In order to prevent theft of your
Your vehicle may be equipped with tion. The immobilizer system acti- vehicle, do not leave spare keys
an electronic engine immobilizer sys- vates automatically. Without a valid or your key number anywhere in
tem to reduce the risk of unautho- ignition key for your vehicle, the the vehicle. The ignition key and
rized vehicle use. engine will not start. key number are unique to your
Your immobilizer system is com- vehicle, and therefore, should
prised of a small transponder in the be kept confidential.
To deactivate the immobilizer
ignition key and electronic devices system:
inside the vehicle.
With the immobilizer system, when-
Insert the ignition key into the key ✽ NOTICE
cylinder and turn it to the ON posi-
ever you insert your ignition key into tion. When starting the engine, do not use
the ignition switch and turn it to ON, the key with other immobilizer keys
it checks and determines and verifies around. Otherwise the engine may
that the ignition key is valid. not start or may stop soon after it
If the key is determined to be valid, starts. Keep each key separately in
the engine will start. order to avoid a starting malfunc-
tion.
If the key is determined to be invalid,
the engine will not start.
4 12
CAUTION CAUTION
Do not put metal accessories The transponder in your ignition
near the ignition switch. key is an important part of the
Metal accessories may interrupt immobilizer system. It is
the transponder signal and may designed to give years of trou-
prevent the engine from being ble-free service, however you
started. should avoid exposure to mois-
ture, static electricity and rough
handling. Immobilizer system
✽ NOTICE malfunction could occur.
If you need additional keys or lose OXM043005
your keys, consult an authorized Kia D040500AHM
dealer. CAUTION Battery replacement
Do not change, alter or adjust the
immobilizer system because it A smart key battery should last for
could cause the immobilizer sys- several years, but if the smart key is
tem to malfunction and should not working properly, try replacing
only be serviced by an author- the battery with a new one. If you are
ized Kia dealer. unsure how to use your smart key or
Malfunctions caused by improp- replace the battery, contact an
er alterations, adjustments or authorized Kia dealer.
modifications to the immobilizer
system are not covered by your ✽ NOTICE
vehicle manufacturer warranty. The circuit inside the smart key can
have a problem if exposed to mois-
ture or static electricity. If you are
unsure how to use your smart key or
replace the battery, contact an
4 13
1. Remove the mechanical key. 1. Remove the mechanical key.

2. Pry open the rear cover of the 2. Pry open the rear cover of the WARNING
smart key. smart key. An inappropriately disposed
3. Replace the battery with a new 3. Replace the battery with a new battery can be harmful to the
battery (CR2032). When replacing battery (CR2032). When replacing environment and human health.
the battery, make sure the battery the battery, make sure the battery Dispose the battery according
position. position. to your local laws or regula-
4. Install the battery in the reverse 4. Install the battery in the reverse tions.
order of removal. order of removal.
• The smart key is designed to give
you years of trouble-free use, how- ✽ NOTICE
ever it can malfunction if exposed
to moisture or static electricity. If • Using the wrong battery can cause
you are unsure how to use or the smart key to malfunction. Be
replace the battery, contact an sure to use the correct battery.
authorized Kia dealer. • Circuits inside the smart key may
develop problems when dropped,
• Using the wrong battery can cause exposed to moisture or static elec-
the smart key to malfunction. Be tricity.
sure to use the correct battery. • If you suspect that your smart key
• To avoid damaging the smart key, might have sustained some dam-
don't drop it, get it wet, or expose it age, or you feel your smart key is
to heat or sunlight. not working correctly, contact an
• An inappropriately dis- authorized Kia dealer.
posed battery can be harm-
ful to the environment and
human health. Dispose the
battery according to your
local law(s) or regulation.
4 14
THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

D030100AEN-EU The system can also be armed by
Armed stage locking the doors with the key from
Park the car and stop the engine. the front doors; however, the hazard
Armed
stage Arm the system as described below. warning lights will not blink using this
method.
1. Remove the ignition key from the
ignition switch and exit the vehicle.
2. Make sure that all doors (and tail- ✽ NOTICE
Disarmed Theft-alarm
stage
gate) and engine hood are closed The theft-alarm system by the key
stage
and latched. can be deactivated by an authorized
3. Lock the doors using the transmit- Kia dealer.
ter of the keyless entry system (or If you want this feature, consult an
smart key) or ignition key. authorized Kia dealer.
D030000AEN
This system is designed to provide After completion of the steps above, Do not arm the system until all
protection from unauthorized entry the hazard warning lights will blink passengers have left the vehicle. If
into the car. This system is operated (for smart key, the chime also the system is armed while a pas-
in three stages: the first is the sounds) once to indicate that the senger(s) remains in the vehicle,
"Armed" stage, the second is the system is armed. the alarm may be activated when
"Theft-alarm" stage, and the third is the remaining passenger(s) leave
the "Disarmed" stage. If triggered, If any door (or tailgate) or engine the vehicle. If any door (or tailgate)
the system provides an audible hood remains open, the hazard or engine hood is opened within
alarm with blinking of the hazard warning lights and the chime will not 30 seconds after the system
warning lights. operate and the theft-alarm will not enters the armed stage, the sys-
arm. If all doors (and tailgate) and tem is disarmed to prevent an
engine hood are closed after the lock unnecessary alarm.
button is pressed, the hazard warn-
ing lights blink once.
4 15
D030200AEN-EU D030400BEN-EU
Theft-alarm stage Disarmed stage CAUTION
The alarm will be activated if any of The system will be disarmed when Do not change, alter or adjust
the following occurs while the system the doors (and tailgate) are unlocked the theft-alarm system because
is armed. with the transmitter (or smart key) or it could
• A front or rear door is opened with- the ignition key. cause the theft-alarm system to
out using the ignition key or trans- After depressing the unlock button, malfunction and should only be
mitter (or smart key). the hazard warning lights will blink serviced by an authorized Kia
and the chime will sound twice to dealer.
• The tailgate is opened without
using the transmitter (or smart indicate that the system is disarmed. Malfunctions caused by improp-
key). After depressing the unlock button, if er alterations, adjustments or
any door (or tailgate) is not opened modifications to the theft-alarm
• The engine hood is opened. system are not covered by your
within 30 seconds, the system will be
The horn will sound and the hazard rearmed. vehicle manufacturer warranty.
warning lights will blink continuously
for approximately 27 seconds, and
repeat the horn 3 times unless the ✽ NOTICE
system is disarmed. To turn off the • Avoid trying to start the engine
system, unlock the doors with the while the alarm is activated. The
ignition key or transmitter (or smart vehicle starting motor is disabled
key). during the theft-alarm stage.
If the system is not disarmed with
the transmitter, insert the key into
the ignition switch, turn the igni-
tion switch to the ON position and
wait for 30 seconds. Then the sys-
tem will be disarmed. (if
equipped)
• If you lose your keys, consult your
4 16
DOOR LOCKS
• Doors can also be locked and
unlocked with the transmitter. WARNING
• Once the doors are unlocked, they • If you don’t close the door
may be opened by pulling the door securely, the door may open
handle. again.
Unlock
Lock
• When closing the door, push the • Be careful that someone’s
door by hand. Make sure the doors body and hands are not
are closed securely. trapped when closing the
door.
✽ NOTICE
OSL044007 • In cold and wet climates, door lock
D050100AAM-EU and door mechanisms may not
Operating door locks from work properly due to freezing con-
outside the vehicle ditions.
• If the door is locked/unlocked
• Turn the key clockwise to unlock multiple times in rapid succession
and counterclockwise to lock. with either the vehicle key or door
• If you lock the driver’s door with a lock switch, the system may stop
key, all vehicle doors will lock auto- operating temporarily in order to
matically. (if equipped with power protect the circuit and prevent
door locks) damage to system components.
• From the driver’s door, turn the key
to the right once to unlock the door
and once more within 4 seconds to
unlock all doors. (if equipped with
power door locks)
4 17
• If the inner door handle of the dri-

ver’s (or front passenger’s) door is
pulled when the door lock button is
in the lock position, the button will
unlock and the door will open. (if
equipped)
• Front doors cannot be locked if the
Unlock Lock ignition key is in the ignition switch
and any front door is opened.
• Doors cannot be locked if the
smart key is in the vehicle and any
OSL040008 OSL040009 door is opened. (if equipped)
• To lock a door without the key, Operating door locks from
push the inside door lock button (1) inside the vehicle
or central door lock switch (2) to D050201AHM-EU
the “Lock” position and close the
door (3). With the door lock button
• If you lock the door with the central • To unlock a door, push the door
door lock switch (2), all vehicle lock button (1) to the “Unlock” posi-
doors will lock automatically. tion. The red mark (2) on the button
will be visible.
• To lock a door, push the door lock
✽ NOTICE button (1) to the “Lock” position. If
Always remove the ignition key, the door is locked properly, the red
engage the parking brake, close all mark (2) on the door lock button
windows and lock all doors when will not be visible.
leaving your vehicle unattended. • To open a door, pull the door han-
dle (3) outward.
4 18
Driver’s door (if equipped) • When pressing the rear portion (2)
WARNING - Door lock of the switch, all vehicle doors will
malfunction unlock.
If a power door lock ever fails to • If the key is in the ignition switch
function while you are in the and any front door is opened, the
vehicle, try one or more of the doors will not lock even though the
following techniques to exit: front portion (1) of the central door
• Operate the door unlock fea- lock switch is pressed.
ture repeatedly (both electron- • If the smart key is in the vehicle
ic and manual) while simulta- OSL040010
and any door is opened, the doors
neously pulling on the door Passenger’s door (if equipped) will not lock even though the front
handle. portion (1) of the central door lock
• Operate the other door locks switch is pressed. (if equipped)
and handles, front and rear.
• Lower a front window and use
the key to unlock the door
from outside.
• Move to the cargo area and
open the tailgate.
OSL040250E
D050202AAM-EU
With central door lock switch
(if equipped)
Operate by pressing the central door
lock switch.
• When pressing the front portion (1)
of the switch, all vehicle doors will
lock.
4 19
D050300AAM-EE
WARNING - Doors WARNING - Unlocked Impact sensing door unlock
• The doors should always be vehicles system (if equipped)
fully closed and locked while Leaving your vehicle unlocked In the event of air bag deployment
the vehicle is in motion to pre- can invite theft or possible harm resulting from a vehicle impact, all
vent accidental opening of the to you or others from someone doors will automatically unlock.
door. Locked doors will also hiding in your vehicle while you
discourage potential intruders are gone. Always remove the Auto door lock/unlock feature
when the vehicle stops or ignition key, engage the parking (Automatic transaxle, if
slows down. brake, close all windows and equipped)
• Be careful when opening lock all doors when leaving
your vehicle unattended. • All doors will automatically lock
doors and watch for vehicles,
when the transaxle shift lever is
motorcycles, bicycles or
shifted out of P(Park).
pedestrians approaching the
vehicle in the path of the door. • All doors will automatically unlock
WARNING - Unattended when the transaxle shift lever is
Opening a door when some- children
thing is approaching can shifted into P (Park).
cause damage or injury. An enclosed vehicle can
become extremely hot, causing Speed sensing door lock sys-
death or severe injury to unat- tem (Manual transaxle, if
tended children or animals who equipped)
cannot escape the vehicle.
Furthermore, children might • All doors will automatically lock
operate features of the vehicle after the vehicle speed exceeds
that could injure them, or they about 9 mph (15 km).
could encounter other harm, • All doors will automatically unlock
possibly from someone gaining when the engine is shut off and the
entry to the vehicle. Never leave ignition key is removed.
children or animals unattended
in your vehicle.
4 20
✽ NOTICE 3. Close the rear door.

An authorized Kia dealer can acti- To open the rear door, pull the out-
vate or deactivate some auto door side door handle (2).
lock / unlock features. Even though the doors may be
If you want to activate or deactivate unlocked, the rear door will not open
some door lock/unlock feature, con- by pulling the inner door handle (3)
sult an authorized Kia dealer. until the rear door child safety lock is
unlocked.
WARNING - Rear door

OSL040011 locks
D050500AAM If children accidentally open the
Child-protector rear door lock rear doors while the vehicle is
The child safety lock is provided to in motion, they could fall out of
help prevent children from acciden- the vehicle, resulting in severe
tally opening the rear doors from injury or death. To prevent chil-
inside the vehicle. The rear door dren from opening the rear
safety locks should be used whenev- doors from the inside, the rear
er children are in the vehicle. door safety locks should be
used whenever children are in
1. Open the rear door. the vehicle.
2. Insert the key into the child safety
lock hole (1) and turn the key to
the lock ( ) position. When the
child safety lock is in the lock posi-
tion, the rear door will not open
even though the inner door handle
is pulled.
4 21
TAILGATE
✽ NOTICE
In cold and wet climates, door lock
and door mechanisms may not work
properly due to freezing conditions.
WARNING
The tailgate swings upward.
Make sure no objects or people
are near the rear of the vehicle
when opening the tailgate.
OSL040012 OSL040013
D070100AAM-EE D070200AAM
Opening the tailgate Closing the tailgate
CAUTION
• The tailgate is locked or unlocked To close the tailgate, lower and push
when all doors are locked or Make certain that you close the down the tailgate firmly. Make sure
unlocked with the key, transmitter tailgate before driving your that the tailgate is securely latched.
(or smart key) or central door lock vehicle. Possible damage may
switch. occur to the tailgate lift cylin-
ders and attached hardware if
• If unlocked, the tailgate can be the tailgate is not closed prior to WARNING
opened by pressing the handle driving.
switch and then pulling the handle Make sure your hands, feet and
up. other parts of your body are
safely out of the way before
• Only the tailgate is unlocked if the closing the tailgate.
tailgate unlock button on the smart
key is pressed (if equipped). Once
the tailgate is opened and then
closed, the tailgate is locked auto-
matically.
4 22
CAUTION WARNING - Rear cargo

Make sure nothing is near the area
tailgate latch and striker while Occupants should never ride in
closing the tailgate. It may dam- the rear cargo area where no
age the tailgate's latch. restraints are available. To avoid
injury in the event of an acci-
dent or sudden stops, occu-
pants should always be proper-
WARNING - Exhaust ly restrained.
fumes
If you drive with the tailgate OSL040014
open, you may draw dangerous D070300AHM
exhaust fumes into your vehicle Emergency tailgate safety
which can cause serious injury release
or death to vehicle occupants.
Your vehicle is equipped with an
If you must drive with the tail-
emergency tailgate safety release
gate opened, keep the air vents
lever located on the bottom of the
and all windows open so that
tailgate. When someone is inadver-
additional outside air comes
tently locked in the cargo area, the
into the vehicle.
tailgate can be opened by pushing
the release lever and pushing open
the tailgate.
4 23
WARNING
• For emergencies, be fully
aware of the location of the
emergency tailgate safety
release lever in the vehicle
and how to open the tailgate if
you are accidentally locked in
the cargo area.
• No one should be allowed to
occupy the cargo area of the
vehicle at any time. The cargo
area is a very dangerous loca-
tion in the event of a crash.
• Use the release lever for
emergencies only. Use with
extreme caution, especially
while the vehicle is in motion.
4 24
WINDOWS
D080000AUN
(1) Driver’s door power window
switch
(2) Front passenger’s door power
window switch
(3) Rear door (left) power window
switch
(4) Rear door (right) power window
switch
(5) Window opening and closing
(6) Automatic power window
up*/down (Driver’s window)
(7) Power window lock switch
* if equipped
✽ NOTICE
In cold and wet climates, power win-
dows may not work properly due to
freezing conditions.
OSL040015
4 25
D080100AAM ✽ NOTICE
Power windows While driving with the rear windows
The ignition switch must be in the ON down or with the sunroof (if
position for power windows to oper- equipped) in an open (or partially
ate. open) position, your vehicle may
Each door has a power window demonstrate a wind buffeting or
switch that controls the door's win- pulsation noise. This noise is a nor-
dow. The driver has a power window mal occurrence and can be reduced
lock button which can block the oper- or eliminated by taking the follow-
ation of passenger windows. The ing actions. If the noise occurs with
power windows can be operated for one or both of the rear windows
approximately 30 seconds after the down, partially lower both front OLM049021
ignition key is removed or turned to windows approximately one inch. If D080101AUN
the ACC or LOCK position. However, you experience the noise with the Window opening and closing
if the front doors are opened, the sunroof open, slightly reduce the
size of the sunroof opening. The driver’s door has a master power
power windows cannot be operated window switch that controls all the
even within the 30 second period. windows in the vehicle.
To open or close a window, press
down or pull up the front portion of
the corresponding switch to the first
detent position (5).
4 26
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON

position.
2. Close the driver’s window and
continue pulling up the driver’s
power window switch for at least 1
second after the window is com-
pletely closed.
OLM049022 OLM049023
D080102AAM Auto up/down window
Auto down window (Driver's window, if equipped)
(Driver’s window, if equipped) Pressing or pulling up the power win-
Pressing the power window switch dow switch momentarily to the sec-
momentarily to the second detent ond detent position (6) completely
position (6) completely lowers the lowers or raises the window even
driver’s window even when the when the switch is released. To stop
switch is released. To stop the win- the window at the desired position
dow at the desired position while the while the window is in operation, pull
window is in operation, momentarily up or press down and release the
pull the switch in the direction oppo- switch.
site of the window’s movement. If the power window does not oper-
ate normally, the automatic power
window system must be reset as fol-
lows:
4 27
The distance may vary based on the ✽ NOTICE

size or position of the window. If the The automatic reverse feature for
window detects the resistance while the driver’s window is only active
the power window switch is pulled up when the “auto up” feature is used
continuously, the window will stop by fully pulling up the switch. The
upward movement then lower automatic reverse feature will not
approximately 1 in. (2.5 cm). And if operate if the window is raised using
the power window switch is pulled up the halfway position on the power
continuously again within 5 seconds window switch.
after the window is lowered by the
automatic window reversal feature,
OUN026013 the automatic window reversal will WARNING
not operate.
Automatic reversal Always check for obstructions
If the upward movement of the win- before raising any window to
dow is blocked by an object or part of avoid injuries or vehicle dam-
the body, the window will detect the age. If an object less than 4 mm
resistance and will stop upward (0.16 in.) in diameter is caught
movement. The window will then between the window glass and
lower approximately 11.8 in. (30 cm) the upper window channel, the
to allow the object to be cleared. automatic reverse window may
not detect the resistance and
will not stop and reverse direc-
tion.
4 28
CAUTION WARNING - Windows

• To prevent possible damage • Never leave the keys your
to the power window system, vehicle with unsupervised
do not open or close two win- children. when the Engine is
dows or more at the same running.
time. This will also ensure the • NEVER leave any child unat-
longevity of the fuse. tended in the vehicle. Even
• Never try to operate the main very young children may inad-
switch on the driver's door vertently cause the vehicle to
and the individual door win- move, entangle themselves in
OSL040016 dow switch in the opposite the windows, or otherwise
directions at the same time. If injure themselves or others.
The driver can disable the power
window switches on the rear passen- this is done, the window will • Always double check to make
gers' doors by pressing the power stop and cannot be opened or sure all arms, hands, head
window lock switch to the lock posi- closed. and other obstructions are
tion(pressed). safely out of the way before
closing a window.
When the power window lock switch
is pressed : • Do not allow children to play
with the power windows. Keep
• The driver's master control can the driver’s door power win-
operate the front passenger's dow lock button in the LOCK
power window but cannot operate position (pressed). Serious
the rear passengers' power win- injury can result from uninten-
dows. tional window operation by
• The front passenger's control can the child.
operate the front passenger's • Do not extend heads or any
power window. limbs outside the window
• The rear passengers' control can- while the vehicle is in motion.
not operate the rear passengers'
power window.
4 29
OLM049025 OSL040017 OSL040018L
HOOD slightly. 3.Pull out the support rod from the

D090100AUN-U1 2.Go to the front of the vehicle, raise support rod holder.
Opening the hood the hood slightly, pull the second- 4.Place the support rod end in the
ary latch (1) inside of the hood designated hole on the underside
1.Pull the release lever to unlatch the center and lift the hood (2). of the hood to hold up the hood.
hood. The hood should pop open
WARNING WARNING - Hot parts

Open the hood after turning off Grasp the support rod in the
the engine on a flat surface, area wrapped in rubber. The
shifting the shift lever to the rubber will help prevent you
P(Park) position for automatic from being burned by hot metal
transaxle and to the 1st(First) when the engine is hot.
gear or R(Reverse) for manual
transaxle, and setting the park-
ing brake.
4 30
D090200AAM
Closing the hood WARNING WARNING
1.Before closing the hood, check the • Before closing the hood, • Always double check to be
following: ensure that all obstructions sure that the hood is firmly
• All filler caps in the engine com- are removed from the hood latched before driving away. If
partment must be correctly opening. Closing the hood it is not latched, the hood
installed. with an obstruction present in could open while the vehicle
the hood opening may result is being driven, causing total
• Gloves, rags or any other com- in property damage or severe loss of visibility, which might
bustible material must be personal injury. result in an accident.
removed from the engine com-
partment. • Do not leave gloves, rags or • The support rod must be
any other combustible materi- inserted completely into the
2.Return the support rod to its clip to al in the engine compartment. hole provided whenever you
prevent it from rattling. Doing so may cause a heat- inspect the engine compart-
3.Lower the hood until it is about 1 ft. induced fire. ment. This will prevent the
(30 cm) above the closed position hood from falling and possi-
and let it drop. Make sure that it bly injuring you.
locks into place. • Do not move the vehicle with
the hood raised. The view will
be blocked and the hood
could fall or get damaged.
4 31
FUEL FILLER LID

D100200AAM
Closing the fuel filler lid
1. To install the cap, turn it clockwise
until it clicks once This indicates
that the cap is secuely tightened.
2. Close the fuel filler lid and push it
in lightly making sure that it is
securely closed.
✽ NOTICE
OSL040020 OSL040021 There may be an intermittent noise
D100100AAM 1. Stop the engine. near the refueling hole while the
Opening the fuel filler lid 2. To open the fuel filler lid, pull up engine is idling if the fuel cap is not
The fuel filler lid must be opened the fuel filler lid opener. closed securely. This occurs normal-
from inside the vehicle by pulling up
ly with the OBD system.
3. Pull open the fuel filler lid (1).
the fuel filler lid opener. 4. To remove the cap, turn the fuel
filler cap (2) counterclockwise.
✽ NOTICE 5. Refuel as needed.
If the fuel filler lid does not open
because ice has formed around it,
tap lightly or push on the lid to
break the ice and release the lid. Do
not pry on the lid. If necessary,
spray around the lid with an
approved de-icer fluid (do not use
radiator anti-freeze) or move the
vehicle to a warm place and allow
the ice to melt.
4 32
D100300AAM-EU
WARNING - Refueling (Continued)
dangers • Do not get back into a vehicle
WARNING - Refueling once you have begun refuel-
• If pressurized fuel sprays out, Automotive fuels are flammable
materials. When refueling, ing since you can generate
it can cover your clothes or static electricity by touching,
skin and subject you to the please note the following guide-
lines carefully. Failure to follow rubbing or sliding against any
risk of fire and burns. Always item or fabric (polyester, satin,
remove the fuel cap carefully these guidelines may result in
severe personal injury, severe nylon, etc.) capable of produc-
and slowly. If the cap is venting static electricity. Static
ing fuel or if you hear a hiss- burns or death by fire or explo-
sion. electricity discharge can
ing sound, wait until the con- ignite fuel vapors resulting in
dition stops before complete- • Read and follow all warnings rapid burning. If you must re-
ly removing the cap. posted at the gas station facil- enter the vehicle, you should
• Do not "top off" after the noz- ity. once again eliminate poten-
zle automatically shuts off • Before refueling, note the tially dangerous static elec-
when refueling. location of the Emergency tricity discharge by touching a
• Tighten the cap until it clicks Gasoline Shut-Off, if available, metal part of the vehicle, away
once. otherwise the Check at the gas station facility. from the fuel filler neck, noz-
Engine light will illumi- • Before touching the fuel noz- zle or other gasoline source.
nate. zle, you should eliminate • When using an approved
• Always check that the fuel cap potentially dangerous static portable fuel container, be
is installed securely to pre- electricity discharge by touch- sure to place the container on
vent fuel spillage in the event ing another metal part of the the ground prior to refueling.
of an accident. vehicle, a safe distance away Static electricity discharge
from the fuel filler neck, noz- from the container can ignite
zle, or other gas source. fuel vapors causing a fire.
4 33
(Continued) (Continued) CAUTION

Once refueling has begun, • DO NOT use matches or a • Make sure to refuel your vehi-
contact with the vehicle lighter and DO NOT SMOKE or cle according to the “Fuel
should be maintained until the leave a lit cigarette in your requirements” suggested in
filling is complete. vehicle while at a gas station section 1.
Use only approved portable especially during refueling.
Automotive fuel is highly • If the fuel filler cap requires
plastic fuel containers replacement, use only a gen-
designed to carry and store flammable and can, when
ignited, result in fire. uine Kia cap or the equivalent
gasoline. specified for your vehicle. An
• Do not use cellular phones • If a fire breaks out during refu- incorrect fuel filler cap can
while refueling. Electric cur- eling, leave the vicinity of the result in a serious malfunction
rent and/or electronic interfer- vehicle, and immediately con- of the fuel system or emission
ence from cellular phones can tact the manager of the gas control system.
potentially ignite fuel vapors station and then contact the
local fire department or 911. • Do not spill fuel on the exteri-
causing a fire. or surfaces of the vehicle. Any
Follow any safety instructions
• When refueling, always shut they provide. type of fuel spilled on painted
the engine off. Sparks pro- surfaces may damage the
duced by electrical compo- paint.
nents related to the engine • After refueling, make sure the
can ignite fuel vapors causing fuel cap is installed securely
a fire. Once refueling is com- to prevent fuel spillage in the
plete, check to make sure the event of an accident.
filler cap and filler door are
securely closed, before start-
ing the engine.
(Continued)
4 34
PANORAMIC SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED)

Sunroof open warning chime ✽ NOTICE
(if equipped) • In cold and wet climates, the sun-
If the driver removes the ignition key roof may not work properly due to
(smart key: turns off the engine) and freezing conditions.
opens the driver-side door when the • After a vehicle is washed or in a
sunroof is not fully closed, the warn- rainstorm be sure to wipe off any
ing chime will sound for approximate- water that is on the sunroof before
ly 7 seconds. operating it.
Close the sunroof securely when
leaving your vehicle. CAUTION
OSL040022 • Do not continue to pull or
If your vehicle is equipped with a push the sunroof control lever
sunroof, you can slide or tilt your after the sunroof is fully
sunroof with the sunroof control lever opened, closed, or tilted.
located on the overhead console (1). Damage to the motor or sys-
tem components could occur.
• Make sure the sunroof is
The sunroof can only be opened, closed fully when leaving your
closed, or tilted when the ignition vehicle. If the sunroof is open,
switch is in the ON position. rain or snow may leak through
the sunroof and wet the interi-
or as well as cause theft.
4 35
✽ NOTICE To open the sunroof automatically:

The sunroof cannot tilt when it is in Pull the sunroof control lever back-
the slide position but can be slid ward to the second detent position
while in a tilt position. and then release it. The sunroof will
slide open all the way automatically.
To stop the sunroof sliding at any
WARNING point, pull or push the sunroof control
• Never adjust the sunroof or lever momentarily.
roller blind while driving. This
could result in loss of control To close the sunroof automatically:
and an accident that may
cause death, serious injury, or OSL040023 Push the sunroof control lever for-
property damage. Sliding the sunroof ward to the second detent position
and then release it. The sunroof will
• If you would like to carry Before opening or closing the sun- automatically close all the way.
items on the roof rack using a roof, open the roller blind (refer to the
cross bar, do not operate the To stop the sunroof sliding at any
following page for instructions on
sunroof. point, pull or push the sunroof control
how to use the roller blind).
lever momentarily.
• When carrying cargo on the To open or close the sunroof (manu-
roof rack, do not load heavy al slide feature), pull or push the sun-
items above the sunroof or roof control lever backward or for-
glass roof. ward to the first detent position.
• All occupants of the vehicle Pulling the control lever downward
must wear their seat belts at also closes the sunroof.
all times. Seat belts and child
restraints reduce serious or
fatal injuries for all occupants
in the event of a collision or
sudden stop.
4 36
WARNING - Sunroof
• Be careful that no head,
hands and body parts are
obstructed by a closing sun-
roof.
• Do not extend the face, neck,
arms or body outside the sun-
roof while driving.
• Make sure your hands and
head are safely out of the way
OXM049029 OSL040024
before closing a sunroof.
Automatic reversal Tilting the sunroof
If an object or part of the body is Before opening or closing the sun-
detected while the sunroof is closing roof, open the roller blind (refer to the
automatically, it will reverse the direc- following page for instructions on CAUTION
tion, and then stop. how to use the roller blind). • Periodically remove any dirt
The auto reverse function does not To open the sunroof, push the sun- that may accumulate on the
work if a tiny obstacle is between the roof control lever upward. guide rail.
sliding glass and the sunroof sash. To close the sunroof, pull the sunroof • If you try to open the sunroof
You should always check that all pas- lever downward or forward until the when the temperature is
sengers and objects are away from sunroof moves to the desired posi- below freezing or when the
the sunroof before closing it. tion. sunroof is covered with snow
or ice, the glass or the motor
could be damaged.
• Do not leave the roller blind
closed while the sunroof is
opened.
4 37
Resetting the sunroof

CAUTION
Whenever the vehicle battery is dis-
Operation of the roller blind connected or discharged, you must
without using the handle (1) reset your sunroof system as follows:
may cause misalignment or
malfunction.
position.
NOTICE 2. Open the roller blind.
It is normal for wrinkles to form on 3. Close the sunroof.
the blind because of its material 4. Release the sunroof control lever.
OXM049031N characteristic.
5. Push the sunroof control lever for-
Roller blind ward in the direction of close
The roller blinds are installed inside (about 10 to 15 seconds) until the
of the sunroof and glass roof. sunroof is moved a little. Then,
Open or close the roller blind manu- release the lever.
ally using the handle (1) when you 6. Push the sunroof control lever for-
need to. ward in the direction of close until
Before opening or closing the sun- the sunroof operates as follows;
roof, open the roller blind.
TILT OPEN → SLIDE OPEN →
SLIDE CLOSE
Then, release the lever.
When this is complete, the sunroof

system has been reset.
4 38
STEERING WHEEL
Electric power steering ✽ NOTICE (Continued)
Power steering uses the motor to The following symptoms may occur • The steering effort increases if the
assist you in steering the vehicle. If during normal vehicle operation: steering wheel is rotated continu-
the engine is off or if the power steer- • The EPS warning light does not ously when the vehicle is not in
ing system becomes inoperative, the illuminate. motion. However, after a few min-
vehicle may still be steered, but it will • The steering effort is high immedi- utes, it will return to its normal
require increased steering effort. ately after turning the ignition conditions.
switch on. This happens as the sys- • When you operate the steering
The motor driven power steering is wheel in low temperature, abnor-
controlled by the power steering con- tem performs the EPS system
diagnostics. When the diagnostics mal noise could occur. If tempera-
trol unit which senses the steering ture rises, the noise will disappear.
wheel torque and vehicle speed to is completed, the steering wheel
will return to its normal condition. This is a normal condition.
command the motor.
• A click noise may be heard from
The steering wheel becomes heavier the EPS relay after the ignition
as the vehicle’s speed increases and switch is turned to the ON or
CAUTION
becomes lighter as the vehicle’s LOCK position. If the EPS system does not
speed decreases for better control of • Motor noise may be heard when operate normally, the warning
the steering wheel. the vehicle is at a stop or at a low light will illuminate on the
Should you notice any change in the driving speed. instrument cluster. The steering
effort required to steer during normal • The steering effort can suddenly wheel may become difficult to
vehicle operation, have the power increase, if the operation of the control or operate abnormally.
steering checked by an authorized EPS system is stopped to prevent Take your vehicle to an author-
Kia dealer. serious accidents when it detects ized Kia dealer and have the
malfunction of the EPS system by vehicle checked as soon as
self-diagnosis. possible.
(Continued)
4 39
D130300AUN
Tilt steering/
Telescope steering
(if equipped)
Tilt steering allows you to adjust the
steering wheel before you drive.
(if equipped)
You can also raise the steering wheel
to give your legs more room when
you exit and enter the vehicle (if
equipped).
OSL040025L OSL041250
The steering wheel should be posi- To change the steering wheel angle, Heated steering wheel
tioned so that it is comfortable for pull down the lock-release lever (1), (if equipped)
you to drive, while permitting you to adjust the steering wheel to the
see the instrument panel warning With the ENGINE START/STOP but-
desired angle (2) and height (3, if
lights and gauges. ton in the ON position, pressing the
equipped) then pull up the lock-
heated steering wheel button warms
release lever to lock the steering
the steering wheel. The indicator on
wheel in place. Be sure to adjust the
WARNING steering wheel to the desired posi-
the button will illuminate.
• Never adjust the angle of the tion before driving. To turn the steering wheel off, press
steering wheel while driving. the button once again. The indicator
You may lose steering control on the button will turn off.
and cause severe personal ✽ NOTICE It will turn off automatically approxi-
injury, death or accidents. After adjudgement, sometimes the mately 30 minutes after the heated
• After adjusting, push the lock-release lever may not lock the steering wheel is turned on.
steering wheel both up and steering wheel. It is not a malfunc-
down to be certain it is locked tion. This occurs when two gears
in position. engage. In this case, adjust the steer-
ing wheel again and then lock the
steering wheel.
4 40
If ignition is turned OFF, then ON

again within 30 minutes of steering CAUTION
wheel heater being turned on, the Do not strike the horn severely
system will be automatically be set to operate it, or hit it with your
ON again. fist. Do not press on the horn
with a sharp-pointed object.
CAUTION
• Do not install aftermarket
steering wheel grip to the
steering wheel. This may
causes damage to the heated OSL040026
steering wheel system. D130500AUN
• When cleaning the heated Horn
steering wheel, do not use an
organic solvent such as paint To sound the horn, press the horn
thinner, benzene, alcohol and symbols on your steering wheel.
gasoline. Doing so may dam- Check the horn regularly to be sure it
age the surface of the steering operates properly.
wheel.
• If the surface of steering ✽ NOTICE
wheel is damaged by sharp To sound the horn, press the area
object, damage to the heated indicated by the horn symbol on
steering wheel components your steering wheel (see illustra-
could occur. tion). The horn will operate only
when this area is pressed.
4 41
OSL044413 OSL044408 OSL044405
FLEX Steer (if equipped) When the steering mode button is Normal mode
The FLEX Steer controls steering pressed, the selected steering mode The normal mode offers medium
effort as driver's preference or road will appear on the LCD display. steering effort.
condition. If the steering mode button is pressed
You can select the desired steering within 4 seconds, the steering mode
mode by pressing the FLEX Steer will change as above pictures.
button. If the steering wheel mode button is
The FLEX Steer stays in the last not pressed for about 4 seconds, the
mode selected when turning the LCD display will change to the previ-
engine on. ous screen.
4 42
CAUTION
• For your safety, if you press the
steering mode button to
change the mode while turning
the steering wheel, the LCD
display will change as you
selected, but the steering effort
will not change. After that, if
you leave the steering wheel
centered, the steering effort will
OSL044407 OSL044406 change to the selected mode.
Comfort mode Sport mode • Be careful when changing the
steering mode while driving.
The steering effort becomes lighter The steering effort becomes heavier.
in comfort mode. • When the electronic power
steering is not working prop-
erly, the FLEX Steer will not
work.
4 43
MIRRORS
D140100AHM
Inside rearview mirror WARNING
Adjust the rearview mirror so that the Do not modify the inside mirror
center view through the rear window and don’t install a wide mirror. It
Night
is seen. Make this adjustment before could result in injury, during an
you start driving. accident or deployment of the
air bag.
WARNING - Rear
visibility Day
Do not place objects in the rear
seat or cargo area which would OAM049023
interfere with your vision D140101AHM
through the rear window. Day/night rearview mirror
(if equipped)
Make this adjustment before you
WARNING start driving and while the day/night
lever is in the day position.
Do not adjust the rearview mir-
ror while the vehicle is moving. Pull the day/night lever toward you to
This could result in loss of con- reduce the glare from the headlights
trol, and an accident which of the vehicles behind you during
could cause death, serious night driving.
injury or property damage. Remember that you lose some
rearview clarity in the night position.
4 44
D140102AHM-EE-C1 ■ Type A
Electrochromic Mirror (ECM) CAUTION
(if equipped) When cleaning the mirror, use a
The electric rearview mirror automat- paper towel or similar material
ically controls the glare from the dampened with glass cleaner.
headlights of the vehicles behind you Do not spray glass cleaner
in nighttime or low light driving condi- directly on the mirror. It may
tions. The sensor mounted in the mir- cause the liquid cleaner to enter Indicator Sensor
ror senses the light level around the the mirror housing.
vehicle, and automatically controls
OXM049035
the headlight glare from the vehicles
■ Type B
behind you.
When the engine is running, the
glare is automatically controlled by Rearview display
the sensor mounted in the rearview
mirror.
Whenever the shift lever is shifted
into reverse (R), the mirror will auto-
matically go to the brightest setting in Indicator Sensor
order to improve the drivers view 1
behind the vehicle. OSL040240L
To operate the electric rearview mir-
ror:
• The mirror defaults to the ON posi-
tion whenever the ignition switch is
turned on.
4 45
• Press the ON/OFF button (1) to Glare detection sensor

Indicator light
turn the automatic dimming func-
tion off. The mirror indicator light
will turn off.
Press the ON/OFF button (1) to
turn the automatic dimming func-
tion on. The mirror indicator light
will illuminate.
CAUTION Homelink® buttons

If your vehicle has window tint OHD046025N OHD046305N
or other types of metallic coat- Electric chromic mirror with HomeLink®* Wireless Control
ing on the rear window the elec- homelink® system (if equipped) System
tric rearview mirror may not To operate the electric rearview mir- Your new mirror comes with an inte-
work properly. ror grated HomeLink® Universal
Press the I button (1) to turn the Transceiver, which allows you to pro-
automatic- dimming function on. The gram the mirror to activate your
mirror indicator light will illuminate. garage door(s), estate gate, home
lighting, etc. The mirror actually
Press the O button (2) to turn the learns the codes from your various
automatic- dimming function off. The existing transmitters.
mirror indicator light will turn off.
* HomeLink® is a registered trade-

mark of Johnson Controls, Inc.
4 46
Retain the original transmitter for Flashing

WARNING future programming procedures (i.e.,
• When programming the new vehicle purchase). It is also sug-
HomeLink® Wireless Control gested that upon the sale of the vehi-
System, you may be operating cle, the programmed HomeLink® but-
a garage door or gate opera- tons be erased for security purposes
tor. Make sure that people and (follow step 1 in the “Programming”
objects are out of the way of portion of this text).
the moving door or gate to
prevent potential harm or Programming
damage.
Your vehicle may require the ignition
• Do not use HomeLink® with switch to be turned to the ACC posi-
OHD046306N
any garage door opener that tion for programming and/or opera- 1.When programming the buttons for
lacks the safety stop and tion of HomeLink®. It is also recom- the first time, press and hold the
reverse feature as required by mended that a new battery be left and center buttons (,) simulta-
federal safety standards. (This replaced in the hand-held transmitter neously until the indicator light
includes any garage door of the device being programmed to begins to flash after approximately
opener model manufactured HomeLink® for quicker training and 20 seconds. (This procedure eras-
before April 1, 1982.) A garage accurate transmission of the radio- es the factory-set default codes.
door opener which cannot frequency. Do not perform this step to pro-
detect an object, signaling the gram additional hand-held trans-
door to stop and reverse, Follow these steps to train your
HomeLink® mirror: mitters.)
does not meet current federal
safety standards. Using a
garage door opener without
these features increases risk
of serious injury or death. For
more information, call 1-800-
355-3515 or on the internet at
www.homelink®.com.
4 47
✽ NOTICE Flashing
✽ NOTICE
For non rolling code garage door Some gate operators and garage
openers, follow steps 2 - 3. door openers may require you to
For rolling code garage door open- replace step #3 with the “cycling”
ers, follow steps 2 - 6. procedure noted in the “Canadian
For Canadian Programming, please Programming” section of this docu-
follow the Canadian Programming ment.
section.
For help with determining whether es
ch
your garage is non-rolling code or -3in
1
rolling code, please refer to the Transmitter
garage door openers owner’s manu- OHD046307N
al or contact HomeLink® customer 2.Press and hold the button on the
service at 1-800-355-3515. HomeLink® system you wish to
train and the button on the trans-
mitter while the transmitter is
approximately 1 to 3 inches away
from the mirror. Do not release the
buttons until step 3 has been com-
pleted.
3.The HomeLink® indicator light will
flash, first slowly and then rapidly.
When the indicator light flashes
rapidly, both buttons may be
released. (The rapid flashing light
indicates successful programming
of the new frequency signal.)
4 48
Rolling code programming 6. Return to the vehicle and firmly Flashing

To train a garage door opener (or press and release the pro-
other rolling code equipped devices) grammed HomeLink® button up to
with the rolling code feature, follow three times. The rolling code
these instructions after completing equipped device should now rec-
the “Programming” portion of this ognize the HomeLink® signal and
text. (A second person may make the activate when the HomeLink® but-
following training procedures quicker ton is pressed. The remaining two
& easier.) buttons may now be programmed
if this has not previously been
4. Locate the “learn” or “smart” but- done. Refer to the “Programming”
ton on the device’s motor head portion of this text.
unit. Exact location and color of OHD046306N
the button may vary by product Operating HomeLink® Erasing programmed HomeLink®
brand. If there is difficulty locating buttons
the “learn” or “smart” button, refer- To operate, simply press the pro-
grammed HomeLink® button. To erase the three programmed but-
ence the device’s owner’s manual tons (individual buttons cannot be
or contact HomeLink® at 1-800- Activation will now occur for the
trained product (garage door, securi- erased):
355-3515 or on the internet at
www.homelink®.com. ty system, entry door lock, estate • Press and hold the left and center
gate, or home or office lighting). For buttons simultaneously, until the
5. Press and release the “learn” or convenience, the hand-held trans- indicator light begins to flash
“smart” button on the device’s mitter of the device may also be used (approximately 20 seconds).
motor head unit. You have 30 sec- at any time. The HomeLink® Wireless Release both buttons. Do not hold
onds to complete step number 6. Controls System (once programmed) for longer than 30 seconds.
or the original hand-held transmitter HomeLink® is now in the train (or
may be used to activate the device learning) mode and can be pro-
(e.g. garage door, entry door lock, grammed at any time.
etc.). In the event that there are still
programming difficulties, contact
HomeLink® at 1-800-355-3515 or on
the internet at www.homelink®.com.
4 49
Reprogramming a single Gate operator programming & Accessories

HomeLink® button canadian programming If you would like additional informa-
To program a device to HomeLink® During programming, your hand-held tion on the HomeLink® Wireless
using a HomeLink® button previously transmitter may automatically stop Control System, HomeLink® compat-
trained, follow these steps: transmitting. Continue to press and ible products, or to purchase other
1. Press and hold the desired hold the HomeLink® button (note accessories such as the HomeLink®
HomeLink® button. Do NOT steps 2 through 4 in the Lighting Package, please contact
release until step 4 has been com- “Programming” portion of this text) HomeLink® at 1-800-355-3515 or on
pleted. while you press and re-press the internet at www.homelink®.com.
(“cycle”) your handheld transmitter
2. When the indicator light begins to every two seconds until the frequen-
flash slowly (after 20 seconds), cy signal has been learned. The indi- This device complies with Part 15
position the hand-held transmitter cator light will flash slowly and then of the FCC rules.
1 to 3 inches away from the rapidly after several seconds upon Operation is subject to the following
HomeLink® surface. successful training. two conditions:
3. Press and hold the hand-held 1. This device may not cause harm-
transmitter button (or press and ful interference, and
“cycle” - as described in CAUTION
“Canadian Programming” above). 2. This device must accept any inter-
If programming a garage door
ference received, including inter-
4. The HomeLink® indicator light will opener or gate, it is advised to
ference that may cause undesired
flash, first slowly and then rapidly. unplug the device during the
operation.
When the indicator light begins to “cycling” process to prevent
flash rapidly, release both buttons. possible motor burn-up.
The previous device has now been
erased and the new device can be
activated by pushing the HomeLink®
button that has just been pro-
grammed. This procedure will not
affect any other programmed
HomeLink® buttons.
4 50
D140200AHM-EU
WARNING Outside rearview mirror CAUTION
The HomeLink® transmitter has Be sure to adjust the mirror angles Do not scrape ice off the mirror
been tested and complies with before driving. face; this may damage the sur-
FCC and DOC/MDC rules. face of the glass. If ice should
Changes or modifications not Your vehicle is equipped with both restrict the movement of the
expressly approved by the party left-hand and right-hand outside mirror, do not force the mirror
responsible for compliance rearview mirrors. The mirrors can be for adjustment. To remove ice,
could void the user’s authority adjusted remotely with the remote use a deicer spray, or a sponge
to operate the equipment. switch. The mirror heads can be fold- or soft cloth with very warm
ed back to prevent damage during an water.
IC: 4112104541A Gentex automatic car wash or when passing
MODEL/FCC ID: NZLSTDHL3 through a narrow street.
CAUTION
WARNING - Rearview
mirrors If the mirror is jammed with ice,
do not adjust the mirror by
• The right outside rearview force. Use an approved spray
mirror is convex. Objects seen de-icer (not radiator antifreeze)
in the mirror are closer than to release the frozen mecha-
they appear. nism or move the vehicle to a
• Use your interior rearview warm place and allow the ice to
mirror or direct observation to melt.
determine the actual distance
of following vehicles when
changing lanes.
4 51
WARNING CAUTION
Do not adjust or fold the outside • The mirrors stop moving when
rearview mirrors while the vehi- they reach the maximum
cle is moving. This could result adjusting angles, but the
in loss of control, and an acci- motor continues to operate
dent which could cause death, while the switch is pressed.
serious injury or property dam- Do not press the switch longer
age. than necessary, the motor
may be damaged.
• Do not attempt to adjust the
OSL040027 outside rearview mirror by
D140201AHM-EE hand. Doing so may damage
Remote control the parts.
Electric type
The electric remote control mirror
switch allows you to adjust the posi-
tion of the left and right outside
rearview mirrors. To adjust the posi-
tion of either mirror the ignition
switch should be in the ACC position.
Move the switch (1) to R or L to
select the right side mirror or the left
side mirror, then press a correspon-
ding point on the mirror adjustment
control to position the selected mirror
up, down, left or right.
After the adjustment, put the switch
into the neutral (center) position to
prevent inadvertent adjustment.
4 52
CAUTION
In case it is an electric type out-
side rearview mirror, don’t fold it
by hand. It could cause motor
failure.
OSL040028 OSL040029
D140202AHM-EU Electric Type (if equipped)
Folding the outside rearview mir- To fold the outside rearview mirror,
ror press the button.
Manual type To unfold it, press the button again.
To fold the outside rearview mirror,
grasp the housing of the mirror and
then fold it toward the rear of the CAUTION
vehicle. The electric type outside
rearview mirror operates even
though the ignition switch is in
the LOCK position. However, to
prevent unnecessary battery
discharge, do not adjust the
mirrors longer than necessary
while the engine is not running.
4 53
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
■ Type A
1. Tachometer
2. Turn signal indicators
3. Speedometer
4. Engine temperature gauge
5. Warning and indicator lights
6. Fuel gauge
7. Odometer/Tripmeter*/Trip computer*
■ Type B 8. Shift position indicator*
(Automatic transaxle only)
* if equipped
❈ The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ

from the illustration.
OSL044065N/OSL044400N
D150000AAM-EU
4 54
■ Type A ■ Type A ■ Type B
OSL042036N
■ Type B
OSL040034 OSL040039/OSL044402N
D150100AAM-EU D150202AHM
Instrument panel illumination Tachometer
When the ignition switch is on, press The tachometer indicates the
the illumination control button to approximate number of engine revo-
adjust the brightness of the instru- lutions per minute (rpm).
ment panel illumination. Use the tachometer to select the cor-
rect shift points and to prevent lug-
ging and/or over-revving the engine.
OSL044401N
Gauges
D150201AHM
Speedometer
The speedometer indicates the for-
ward speed of the vehicle.
The speedometer is calibrated in
miles per hour and/or kilometers per
hour.
4 55
When the door is opened, or if the ■ Type A ■ Type B

engine is not started within 1 minute, CAUTION
the tachometer pointer may move If the gauge pointer moves
slightly in the ON position with the beyond the normal range area
engine OFF. This movement is nor- toward the “H” position, it indi-
mal and will not affect the accuracy cates overheating that may
of the tachometer once the engine is damage the engine.
running.
CAUTION WARNING
Do not operate the engine with- Never remove the radiator cap
OSL040065N/OSL044403
in the tachometer's RED ZONE. when the engine is hot. The
D150203AUN
This may cause severe engine engine coolant is under pres-
Engine temperature gauge sure and could cause severe
damage.
This gauge shows the temperature burns. Wait until the engine is
of the engine coolant when the igni- cool before adding coolant to
tion switch is ON. the reservoir.
Do not continue driving with an over-
heated engine. If your vehicle over-
heats, refer to “If the engine over-
heats” in section 6.
4 56
■ Type A ■ Type B
WARNING - Fuel gauge
Running out of fuel can expose
vehicle occupants to danger.
You must stop and obtain addi-
tional fuel as soon as possible
after the warning light comes
on or when the gauge indicator
comes close to the E level.
OSL040065N/OSL044404 OSL040040
D150204BHM-EE
CAUTION D150205AAM-EU
Fuel gauge Avoid driving with a extremely Odometer/Tripmeter/TRIP com-
low fuel level. Running out of puter (if equipped)
The fuel gauge indicates the approx- fuel could cause the engine to
imate amount of fuel remaining in the misfire, damaging the catalytic The trip computer is a microcomput-
fuel tank. The fuel tank capacity is converter. er-controlled driver information sys-
given in section 8. The fuel gauge is tem that displays information related
supplemented by a low fuel warning to driving, such as odometer, tripme-
light, which will illuminate when the ter, distance to empty, average
fuel tank is nearly empty. speed, driving time, average fuel
On inclines or curves, the fuel gauge consumption, and the
pointer may fluctuate or the low fuel ECOMINDER® Indicator (ECO
warning light may come on earlier ON/OFF) mode on the display when
than usual due to the movement of the ignition switch is in the ON posi-
fuel in the tank. tion. All stored driving information
(except odometer and distance to
empty) is reset if the battery is dis-
connected.
4 57
Trip Modes (Type A) Trip Modes (Type B) ■ Type A ■ Type B
Tripmeter A FUEL ECONOMY
• Distance To Empty
Tripmeter B
• Average Fuel Economy
Distance to empty
• Instant Fuel Economy
Average fuel consumption

TRIP A
• Tripmeter [A] OSL040200N/OSL044200N
Instant fuel consumption
• Average Vehicle Speed [A] Odometer
The odometer indicates the total dis-
Average speed • Elapsed Time [A] tance the vehicle has been driven.
You will also find the odometer useful
Driving time to determine when periodic mainte-
TRIP B nance should be performed.
Outside thermometer • Tripmeter [B] See Maintenance, section 7.
• Average Vehicle Speed [B]
Active ECO ON/OFF ✽ NOTICE
• Elapsed Time [B]
It is unlawful to alter the odometer
of all vehicles with the intent to
change the mileage registered on the
odometer. The alteration may void
your warranty coverage.
4 58
■ Type A ■ Type B ■ Type A ■ Type B ■ Type A ■ Type B
OSL040202N/OSL044202N
■ Type A ■ Type B
OSL040201N/OSL044201N OSL040204N/OSL044204N
Tripmeter Average fuel consumption
TRIP A : Tripmeter A (l/100 km or MPG)
TRIP B : Tripmeter B This mode calculates the average
fuel consumption from the total fuel
This mode indicates the distance of used and the distance since the last
individual trips selected since the average consumption reset. The total
last tripmeter reset. OSL040203N/OSL044203N
fuel used is calculated from the fuel
The meter's working range is from Distance to empty (km or mi.)
consumption input. For an accurate
0.0 to 999.9 miles (0.0 to 999.9 km). This mode indicates the estimated calculation, drive more than 0.03
Pressing the RESET button, when distance to empty based on the cur- miles (50 m).
the tripmeter (TRIP A or TRIP B) is rent fuel in the fuel tank and the
amount of fuel delivered to the Pressing the RESET button for more
being displayed, clears the tripmeter engine. When the remaining distance than 1 second, when the average
to zero (0.0). is below 30 miles (50 km), “---” will be fuel consumption is being displayed,
displayed and the distance to empty clears the average fuel consumption
indicator (RANGE) will blink until the to zero (--.-).
vehicle is refueled.
The meter’s working range is from 30
to 990 miles (50 to 990 km).
4 59
If the vehicle speed exceeds 1.6 ■ Type A ■ Type B ✽ NOTICE

MPH (1 km/h) after refueled more • If the vehicle is not on level ground
than 1.6 gallons (6 l), the average or the battery power has been
fuel consumption will be cleared to interrupted, the “Distance to
zero (--.-). empty” function may not operate
correctly.
The trip computer may not regis-
ter additional fuel if less than 1.6
gallons (6 liters) of fuel are added
to the vehicle.
• The fuel consumption and dis-
OSL042205N/OSL044205N tance to empty values may vary
Instant fuel consumption (if equipped) significantly based on driving con-
(l/100 km or MPG) ditions, driving habits, and condi-
tion of the vehicle.
This mode calculates the instant fuel • The distance to empty value is an
consumption during the last few sec- estimate of the available driving
onds. distance. This value may differ
from the actual driving distance
available.
4 60
■ Type A ■ Type B ■ Type A ■ Type B ■ Type A ■ Type B
OSL040206N/OSL044206N OSL040207N/OSL044207N OSL040208N/OSL044208N

Average speed (km/h or MPH) Driving time Outside thermometer (if equipped)
This mode calculates the average This mode indicates the total time This mode indicates the outside tem-
speed of the vehicle since the last traveled since the last driving time perature around the vehicle.
average speed reset. reset. The meter's working range is from -
Even if the vehicle is not in motion, Even if the vehicle is not in motion, 40°F to 176°F (-40°C to 80°C).
the average speed keeps going while the driving time keeps going while To change the outside temperature
the engine is running. the engine is running. display unit (°C ↔ °F), press the
Pressing the RESET button for more The meter’s working range is from RESET button more than 1 second
than 1 second, when the average 0:00~99:59. in this mode.
speed is being displayed or after the Pressing the RESET button for more • The outside temperature on the
engine stops and 2 hours elapsed than 1 second, when the driving time display may not change immedi-
clears the average speed to zero (--- is being displayed or after the engine ately like a general thermometer to
). stops and 2 hours elapsed clears the prevent the driver from being inat-
driving time to zero (0:00). tentive.
4 61
D150300AAM D150301AAM-EU D150302AUN

Warnings and indicators ECOMINDER® indicator ECO Air bag warning light
All warning lights are checked by Active ECO system
turning the ignition switch ON (do not
start the engine). Any light that does This warning light will illuminate for
not illuminate should be checked by This indicator light illuminates: approximately 6 seconds each time
an authorized Kia dealer. When the Active ECO button is you turn the ignition switch to the ON
After starting the engine, check to pressed the ECOMINDER® indicator position.
make sure that all warning lights are (green) will illuminate to show that This light also comes on when the
off. If any warning lights are still on, the Active ECO is operating. Supplemental Restraint System
this indicates a situation that needs For more detailed information, refer (SRS) is not working properly. If the
attention. When releasing the park- to "Active ECO" in section 5. AIR BAG warning light does not
ing brake, the brake system warning come on, or continuously remains on
light should go off. The fuel warning after operating for about 6 seconds
light will stay on if the fuel level is low. when you turned the ignition switch
to the ON position or started the
engine, or if it comes on while driv-
ing, have the SRS inspected by an
For passenger air bag OFF indicator
on the center facia, refer to ‘air bag’
in section 3.
4 62
D150303AHM-U1 Electronic brake

Anti-lock brake system force distribu- WARNING
(ABS) warning light tion (EBD) sys- If both ABS and brake warning
tem warning lights are on and stay on, your
light vehicle’s brake system will not
This warning light illuminates if the
ignition switch is turned ON and goes If these two warning lights illuminate work normally during sudden
off in approximately 3 seconds if the at the same time while driving, the braking. In this case, avoid high
system is operating normally. ABS and EBD system may have mal- speed driving and abrupt brak-
functioned. ing. Have your vehicle checked
If the ABS warning light remains on, by an authorized Kia dealer as
comes on while driving, or does not In this case, your ABS and regular
brake system may not work normally. soon as possible.
come on when the ignition switch is
turned to the ON position, this indi- Have the vehicle checked by an
cates that the ABS may have mal- authorized Kia dealer as soon as
functioned. possible.
If this occurs, have your vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia dealer
as soon as possible. The normal
braking system will still be opera-
tional, but without the assistance of
the anti-lock brake system.
4 63
✽ NOTICE D150304AHM-EU-U1 If the driver's seat belt is not fastened

If the ABS warning light or EBD Seat belt warning when the vehicle speed exceeds 6
warning light is on and stays on, the mph (10 km/h), the seat belt warning
speedometer or odometer/tripmeter light and chime will operate approxi-
may not work. Also, the EPS warn- As a reminder to the driver, the seat mately 11 times with a pattern of 6
ing light may illuminate and the belt warning light will blink for seconds on and 24 seconds off until
steering effort may increase or approximately 6 seconds each time the belt is fastened or the vehicle
decrease. In this case, have your you turn the ignition switch ON, speed decreases below 3 mph (5
vehicle checked by an authorized regardless of belt fastening. km/h).
Kia dealer as soon as possible. If the driver's seat belt is not fastened For front passenger’s seat belt warn-
when the ignition switch is turned on, ing light on the center facia, refer to
the seat belt warning light and the ‘seat belt’ in section 3.
seat belt warning chime will operate
for approximately 6 seconds. But if it
warning light will blink until the 6 sec-
onds are up The warning chime will
turn off immediately.
If the driver's seat belt is disconnect-
ed after the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position, the seat belt
warning light will blink for approxi-
mately 6 seconds. But if it is fastened
within the 6 seconds the warning
light will turn off immediately.
4 64
D150305AHM D150306AUN D150309AUN

Turn signal indicator High beam indicator Front fog light indicator
(if equipped)
The blinking green arrows on the This indicator illuminates when the This indicator illuminates when the
instrument panel show the direction headlights are on and in the high front fog lights are on.
indicated by the turn signals. If the beam position or when the turn sig-
arrow comes on but does not blink, nal lever is pulled into the Flash-to- D150331ABH
blinks more rapidly than normal, or Pass position.
does not illuminate at all, it indicates Tail light indicator
a malfunction in the turn signal sys- (if equipped)
tem. You should consult your dealer
for repairs. This indicator illuminates when the
tail lights are on.
4 65
D150307AHM D150308AHM-EE
Engine oil pressure CAUTION Parking brake & brake
warning light If the oil pressure warning light fluid warning light
stays on while the engine is run-
This warning light indicates the ning, serious engine damage Parking brake warning
engine oil pressure is low. may result. The oil pressure
warning light comes on when- This light is illuminated when the
If the warning light illuminates while ever there is insufficient oil parking brake is applied with the igni-
driving: pressure. In normal operation, it tion switch in the START or ON posi-
1. Drive safely to the side of the road should come on when the ignition. The warning light should go off
and stop. tion switch is turned on, then go after a few seconds when the park-
2. With the engine off, check the out when the engine is started. ing brake is released.
engine oil level. If the level is low, If the oil pressure warning light
add oil as required. stays on while the engine is run- Low brake fluid level warning
If the warning light remains on after ning, there is a serious malfunc-
tion. If the warning light remains on, it may
adding oil or if oil is not available, call indicate that the brake fluid level in
an authorized Kia dealer. If this happens, stop the vehicle the reservoir is low.
as soon as it is safe to do so,
turn off the engine and check If the warning light remains on:
CAUTION the oil level. If the oil level is low, 1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
If the engine is not stopped fill the engine oil to the proper location and stop your vehicle.
immediately after the engine oil level and start the engine again. 2. With the engine stopped, check
pressure warning light is illumi- If the light stays on with the the brake fluid level immediately
nated, severe damage could engine running, turn the engine and add fluid as required. Then
result. off immediately. In any instance check all brake components for
where the oil light stays on fluid leaks.
when the engine is running, the
engine should be checked by an
authorized Kia dealer before the
vehicle is driven again.
4 66
3. Do not drive the vehicle if leaks D150312AAM

are found, the warning light
remains on or the brakes do not
WARNING
Driving the vehicle with a warn-
Shift pattern indicator
(if equipped) P
operate properly. Have the vehicle ing light on is dangerous. If the
towed to any authorized Kia deal- brake warning light remains on, This indicator displays which auto-
er for a brake system inspection have the brakes checked and matic transaxle shift position is
and necessary repairs. repaired immediately by an selected.
Your vehicle is equipped with dual- authorized Kia dealer.
diagonal braking systems. This
means you still have braking on two
wheels even if one of the dual sys-
tems should fail. With only one of the
dual systems working, more than
normal pedal travel and greater
pedal pressure are required to stop
the vehicle. Also, the vehicle will not
stop in as short a distance with only
a portion of the brake system work-
ing. If the brakes fail while you are
driving, shift to a lower gear for addi-
tional engine braking and stop the
vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.
To check bulb operation, check
whether the parking brake and brake
fluid warning light illuminates when
the ignition switch is in the ON posi-
tion.
4 67
Manual transaxle shift indicator D150313AHM D150315AUN

(if equipped) ■ Type A ■ Type B Charging system warn- Tailgate open warning
ing light light
This warning light indicates a mal- This warning light illuminates when
This indicator informs you which function of either the generator or the tailgate is not closed securely
gear is desired while driving to save electrical charging system. with the ignition switch in any posi-
fuel. If the warning light illuminates while tion.
For example the vehicle is in motion:
1. Drive to the nearest safe location. D150316AUN
: Indicates that shifting up to the
2. With the engine off, check the gen- Door ajar warning light
3rd gear is desired (currently
the shift lever is in the 2nd erator drive belt for looseness or
gear). breakage.
: Indicates that shifting down to 3. If the belt is adjusted properly, a This warning light illuminates when a
the 3rd gear is desired (current- problem exists somewhere in the door is not closed securely with the
ly the shift lever is in the 4th electrical charging system. Have ignition switch in any position.
gear). an authorized Kia dealer correct
the problem as soon as possible.
✽ NOTICE
When the system is not working
properly, up & down arrow indica-
tor and Gear are not displayed.
4 68
D150318AHM Immobilizer indicator • When the battery is weak, if the

Low fuel level warning (if equipped) ENGINE START/STOP button is
light pressed, the indicator will blink and
With smart key system you are not able to start the
engine. However, you can start the
This warning light indicates the fuel If any of the following occurs in a engine if you press the Engine
tank is nearly empty. When it comes vehicle equipped with the smart key, Start/Stop Button with the smart
on, you should add fuel as soon as the immobilizer indicator illuminates, key. Also, if the smart key system
possible. Driving with the fuel level blinks or goes off. related parts have a problem, the
warning light on or with the fuel level • When the smart key is in the vehi- indicator will blink.
below “E” can cause the engine to cle, if the ENGINE START/STOP
misfire and damage the catalytic button is in the ACC or ON posi-
converter. tion, the indicator will illuminate for
approximately 30 seconds to indi-
Electronic power steer- cate that you are able to start the
ing (EPS) system warn- EPS engine. However, when the smart
ing light key is not in the vehicle, if the
ENGINE START/STOP button is
pressed, the indicator will blink for
This indicator light comes on after a few seconds to indicate that you
the ignition key is turned to the ON are not be able to start the engine.
position and then it will go out after
the engine is started. • If the indicator illuminates only for 2
seconds and goes out when the
This light also comes on when the ENGINE START/STOP button is
EPS has some troubles. If it comes turned to ON position with the
on while driving, have your vehicle smart key in the vehicle, have the
inspected by an authorized Kia deal- system checked by an authorized
er. Kia dealer.
4 69
D150320AHM-EU-U1 D150323AAM-EU
Malfunction Indicator CAUTION ESC (Electronic Stability
Light (MIL) (check Prolonged driving with the Control) indicator
engine light) Emission Control System
Malfunction Indicator Light illu- The ESC indicator will illuminate
This indicator light is part of the minated may cause damage to when the ignition switch is turned
Engine Control System which moni- the emission control systems ON, but should go off after approxi-
tors various emission control system which could effect drivability mately 3 seconds. When the ESC is
components. If this light illuminates and/or fuel economy. on, it monitors the driving conditions
while driving, it indicates that a and under normal driving conditions,
potential malfunction has been the ESC indicator will remain off.
detected somewhere in the emission CAUTION When a slippery or low traction con-
control system. dition is encountered, the ESC will
If the Emission Control System operate, and the ESC indicator will
This light will also illuminate when Malfunction Indicator Light illu-
the ignition switch is turned to the blink to indicate the ESC is operat-
minates, potential catalytic con- ing.
ON position, and will go out in a few verter damage is possible. This
seconds after the engine is started. If could result in loss of engine If this indicator illuminates and stays
it illuminates while driving, or does power. Have the Engine Control on, the ESC may have malfunc-
not illuminate when the ignition System inspected as soon as tioned. Take your vehicle to an
switch is turned to the ON position, possible by an authorized Kia authorized Kia dealer and have the
take your vehicle to the nearest dealer. system checked.
system checked.
Generally, your vehicle will continue
to be drivable, but have the system
promptly.
4 70
D150324AAM-EU DBC (Downhill brake D150325AAM

ESC OFF indicator control) indicator (if Cruise indicators (if equipped)
equipped)
CRUISE indicator
The ESC OFF indicator will illumi- The DBC indicator will illuminate CRUISE
nate when the ignition switch is when the DBC button is pressed and
turned ON, but should go off after the system is on.
approximately 3 seconds. To switch When driving down a steep hill at a The indicator illuminates when the
to ESC OFF mode, press the ESC speed under 35 km/h (22 mph), the cruise control system is enabled.
OFF button. The ESC OFF indicator DBC will operate and the DBC indi-
will illuminate indicating the ESC is The cruise indicator in the instrument
cator will blink to indicate the DBC is cluster is illuminated when the cruise
deactivated. operating. control ON-OFF switch on the steer-
ing wheel is pushed.
✽ NOTICE If the red indicator illuminates, the The indicator goes off when the
No system, no matter how advanced, DBC system may have malfunc- cruise control ON-OFF switch is
can compensate for all driver error tioned. Take your vehicle to an pushed again. For more information
and/or driving conditions. Always authorized Kia dealer and have the about the use of cruise control, refer
drive responsibly. system checked. to “Cruise control system” in section
5.
4 71
Cruise SET indicator D150327AUN KEY OUT indicator

SET Key reminder warning chime (if equipped)
KEY
(if equipped) OUT
If the driver’s door is opened while
The indicator illuminates when the
the ignition key is left in the ignition When the ENGINE START/STOP
cruise function switch (SET - or RES
switch (ACC or LOCK position), the button is in the ACC or ON position,
+) is ON.
key reminder warning chime will if any door is open, the system
The cruise SET indicator in the sound. This is to prevent you from checks for the smart key. If the smart
instrument cluster is illuminated locking your keys in the vehicle. The key is not in the vehicle, the indicator
when the cruise control switch (SET chime sounds until the key is will blink, and if all doors are closed,
- or RES +) is pushed. removed from the ignition switch or the chime will also sound for about 5
The cruise SET indicator does not the driver’s door is closed. seconds. The indicator will go off
illuminate when the cruise control while the vehicle is moving.
switch (CANCEL) is pushed or the
system is disengaged.
4 72
4WD system warning 4WD LOCK indicator TPMS (Tire Pressure

light (if equipped) Monitoring System)
(if equipped) indicator
Low tire pressure telltale
The 4WD LOCK indicator light is illu-
When the ignition switch is turned to minated when the 4WD LOCK button
the ON position, the 4WD indicator is pushed. The purpose of this 4WD
will illuminate and then go off in a few The low tire pressure telltale comes
LOCK mode is to increase the drive
seconds. on for 3 seconds after the ignition
power when driving on wet pave-
switch is turned to the "ON" position.
If the 4WD system warning light ment, snow-covered roads and/or
illuminates, this indicates that there off-road. The 4WD LOCK indicator The low tire pressure telltale illumi-
is a malfunction in the 4WD system. light is turned off by pushing the but- nates when one or more of your tires
If this occurs, have your vehicle ton again. is significantly underinflated.
checked by an authorized Kia dealer The low tire pressure telltale will illu-
as soon as possible. CAUTION minate after it blinks for approximate-
ly one minute when there is a prob-
Do not use 4WD LOCK mode on lem with the Tire Pressure
dry paved roads or highway, it Monitoring System.
can cause noise, vibration or
damage of 4WD related parts. If this occurs, have the system
as soon as possible.
For details, refer to the TPMS on
section 6.
4 73
LCD display warning (if equipped) Low key battery

WARNING - Safe Key not in vehicle If the ENGINE START/STOP button
stopping If the smart key is not in the vehicle turns to the OFF position when the
• The TPMS cannot alert you to and if any door is opened or closed smart key in the vehicle discharges,
severe and sudden tire dam- with the ENGINE START/STOP but- the warning illuminates on the LCD
age caused by external fac- ton in the ACC, ON, or START posi- display for about 10 seconds. Also,
tors. tion, the warning illuminates on the the warning chime sounds once.
• If you feel any vehicle instabil- LCD display. Also, the chime sounds Replace the battery with a new one.
ity, immediately take your foot for 5 seconds when the smart key is
off the accelerator, apply the not in the vehicle and the door is
Press brake pedal to start engine
brakes gradually and with closed.
light force, and slowly move to If the ENGINE START/STOP button
Always have the smart key with you.
a safe position off the road. turns to the ACC position twice by
pressing the button repeatedly with-
Key not detected out depressing the brake pedal, the
If the smart key is not in the vehicle warning illuminates on the LCD dis-
or is not detected and you press the play for about 10 seconds to indicate
ENGINE START/STOP button, the that you should depress the brake
warning illuminates on the LCD dis- pedal to start the engine.
play for 10 seconds. Also, the immo-
bilizer indicator light blinks for 10
seconds.
4 74
Press cluch pedal to start engine Check stop lamp fuse Press start button again
If the ENGINE START/STOP button When the stop lamp fuse is discon- If you can not operate the ENGINE
turns to the ACC position twice by nected, the warning illuminates for START/STOP button when there is a
pressing the button repeatedly with- 10 seconds on the LCD display. problem with the ENGINE
out depressing the clutch pedal, the Replace the fuse with a new one. If START/STOP button system, the
warning illuminates on the LCD dis- that is not possible you can start the warning illuminates for 10 seconds
play for about 10 seconds to indicate engine by pressing the engine and the chime sounds continuously
that you should depress the clutch start/stop button for 10 seconds with to indicate that you could start the
pedal to start the engine. the engine start/stop button in ACC. engine by pressing the ENGINE
START/STOP button once more.
Shift to "P" position The chime will stop if the ENGINE
START/STOP button system works
If you try to turn off the engine with- normally or the theft alarm system is
out the shift lever in the P (Park) armed.
position, the ENGINE START/STOP
button will turn to the ACC position. If If the warning illuminates each time
the button is pressed once more it you press the ENGINE
will turn to the ON position. The START/STOP button, take your vehi-
warning illuminates on the LCD dis- cle to an authorized Kia dealer and
play for about 10 seconds to indicate have the system checked.
that you should press the ENGINE
START/STOP button with the shift
lever in the P (Park) position to turn
off the engine.
Also, the warning chime sounds for
about 10 seconds. (if equipped)
4 75
Shift to "P" or "N" to start the engine

If you try to start the engine with the
shift lever not in the P (Park) or N
(Neutral) position, the warning illumi-
nates for about 10 seconds on the
LCD display.
You can also start the engine with
the shift lever in the N (Neutral) posi-
tion, but for your safety start the
engine with the shift lever in the P
(Park) position.
Low washer liquid

This warning light indicates the
washer fluid reservoir is near empty.
Refill the washer fluid as soon as
possible.
4 76
BACK-UP WARNING SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING
• The Back-up warning system
is a supplementary function
only. The operation of the
Back-up warning system can
be affected by several factors
(including environmental con-
ditions). It is the responsibility
of the driver to always check
Sensors the area behind the vehicle
OSL040050 before and while backing up. OSL040051N
The Back-up warning system assists • The Back-Up Warning System Operation of the Back-up
the driver during backward move- is not a substitute for proper warning system
ment of the vehicle by chiming if any and safe backing-up proce-
object is sensed within a distance of dures. The Back-Up Warning Operating condition
47 in. (120 cm) behind the vehicle. System may not detect every • This system will activate when
This system is a supplemental sys- object behind the vehicle. backing up with the ignition switch
tem and it is not intended to nor does Always drive safely and use ON.
it replace the need for extreme care caution when backing up. If the vehicle is moving at a speed
and attention of the driver. The sens- over 6 mph (10 km/h), the system
ing range and objects detectable by may not be activated correctly.
the back sensors are limited. • This system will activate when the
Whenever backing-up, pay as much indicator on the rear parking assist
attention to what is behind you as OFF button is not illuminated. If
you would in a vehicle without a you desire to deactivate the Back-
Back-up warning system. up warning system, press the rear
parking assist OFF button.
4 77
(The indicator on the button will Non-operational conditions of The detecting range may decrease
illuminate.) To turn the system on, Back-up warning system when:
press the button again. (The indi- 1.The sensor is stained with foreign
The Back-up warning system may
cator on the button will go off.) matter such as snow or water. (The
not operate properly when:
• The sensing distance while the sensing range will return to normal
1.Moisture is frozen to the sensor. (It when removed.)
Back-up warning system is in oper-
will operate normally when the
ation is approximately 47 in. (120 2.Outside air temperature is
moisture has been cleared.)
cm). extremely hot or cold.
2.The sensor is covered with foreign
• When more than two objects are
matter, such as snow or water, or
sensed at the same time, the clos-
the sensor cover is blocked. (It will The following objects may not be
est one will be recognized first.
operate normally when the materi- recognized by the sensor:
al is removed or the sensor is no 1.Sharp or slim objects such as
Types of warning sound longer blocked.) ropes, chains or small poles.
• When an object is 120 cm to 81 cm 3.Driving on uneven road surfaces 2.Objects which tend to absorb the
(47 in. to 32 in.) from the rear (unpaved roads, gravel, bumps, sensor frequency such as clothes,
bumper: Buzzer beeps intermit- gradient). spongy material or snow.
tently. 4.Objects generating excessive 3.Undetectable objects smaller than
• When an object is 80 cm to 41 cm noise (vehicle horns, loud motorcy- 40 in. (1 m) in height and narrower
(31 in. to 16 in.) from the rear cle engines, or truck air brakes) are than 6 in. (14 cm) in diameter.
bumper: Buzzer beeps more fre- within range of the sensor.
quently. 5.Heavy rain or water spray exists.
• When an object is within 40 cm (15 6.Wireless transmitters or mobile
in.) of the rear bumper: phones are within range of the
Buzzer sounds continuously. sensor.
7.The sensor is covered with snow.
8.Trailer towing
4 78
Back-up warning system pre- ✽ NOTICE

cautions This system can only sense objects WARNING
• The Back-up warning system may within the range and location of the Pay close attention when the
not sound consistently depending sensors; It can not detect objects in vehicle is driven close to
on the speed and shapes of the other areas where sensors are not objects on the road, particularly
objects detected. installed. Also, small or slim objects, pedestrians, and especially
such as poles or objects located children. Be aware that some
• The Back-up warning system may objects may not be detected by
malfunction if the vehicle bumper between sensors may not be detected
by the sensors. the sensors, due to the object’s
height or sensor installation has distance, size or material, all of
been modified or damaged. Any Always visually check behind the
vehicle when backing up. which can limit the effective-
non-factory installed equipment or ness of the sensor. Always per-
accessories may also interfere with Be sure to inform any drivers of the
vehicle that may be unfamiliar with form a visual inspection to
the sensor performance. make sure the vehicle is clear of
the system regarding the systems
• The sensor may not recognize capabilities and limitations. all obstructions before moving
objects less than 15 in. (40 cm) the vehicle in any direction.
from the sensor, or it may sense an
incorrect distance. Use caution.
• When the sensor is frozen or
stained with snow, dirt, or water,
the sensor may be inoperative until
the stains are removed using a soft
cloth.
• Do not push, scratch or strike the
sensor. Sensor damage could
occur.
4 79
REAR-CAMERA DISPLAY (IF EQUIPPED)

Self-diagnosis This system is a supplemental sys-
If you don’t hear an audible warning tem that shows behind the vehicle
sound or if the buzzer sounds inter- through the rearview display mirror
mittently when shifting the gear to while backing-up.
the R (Reverse) position, this may The Rear-camera display may be
1
indicate a malfunction in the Back-up turned off by pressing the ON/OFF
warning system. If this occurs, have button (1) when the Rear-camera
your vehicle checked by an author- display is activated.
ized Kia dealer as soon as possible. To turn the camera on again, press
OSL040056
the ON/OFF button again when the
ignition switch is on and the shift
WARNING lever in R (Reverse). Also, the cam-
Your new vehicle warranty does era will turn on automatically when-
not cover any accidents or dam- ever the ignition switch is turned off
age to the vehicle or injuries to and on again.
its occupants due to a Back-up
warning system malfunction.
Always drive safely and cau-
tiously.
OSL040055
D330000AHM-EE
The Rear-camera display will acti-
vate when the back-up light is ON
with the ignition switch ON and the
shift lever in the R (Reverse) posi-
tion.
4 80
HAZARD WARNING
FLASHER
WARNING
• The Rear-Camera Display and
Back-Up Warning System are
not substitutes for proper and
safe backing-up procedures.
Always drive safely and use
caution when backing up. The
Rear-Camera Display and
Back-Up Warning System may
not detect every object behind
the vehicle.
• Always keep the camera lens OSL060001
clean. If lens is covered with D180000AHM
foreign matter, the camera The hazard warning flasher should
may not operate normally. be used whenever you find it neces-
sary to stop the vehicle in a haz-
ardous location. When you must
❈ Detailed information for Rear- make such an emergency stop,
camera display on the navigation always pull off the road as far as pos-
system is described in a separate- sible.
ly supplied manual. The hazard warning lights are turned
on by pushing in the hazard switch.
Both turn signal lights will blink. The
hazard warning lights will operate
even though the key is not in the igni-
tion switch.
To turn the hazard warning lights off,
push the switch again.
4 81
LIGHTING
D190100APB Headlight escort function Headlight welcome function
Battery saver function (if equipped) (if equipped)
• The purpose of this feature is to The headlights (and/or taillights) When the headlight switch is in the
prevent the battery from being dis- remain on for approximately 5 min- ON or AUTO position and all doors
charged if the lights are left in the utes after the ignition key is removed (and tailgate) are closed and locked,
ON position. or turned to the ACC or LOCK posi- if you press the door unlock button
• With this feature, the parking lights tion. However, if the driver’s door on the transmitter (or smart key), the
will turn off automatically if the driv- (and tailgate) is opened and closed, headlights will come on for about 15
er parks on the side of the road at the headlights are turned off after 15 seconds.
night and opens the driver’s side seconds. If the headlight switch is in the AUTO
door. The headlights can be turned off by position, the function can only oper-
If necessary, to keep the parking pressing the lock button on the trans- ate at night.
lights on when the ignition key is mitter (or smart key) twice or turning At this time, if you press the door lock
removed, perform the following: off the light switch from the headlight button or unlock button (once or
1) Open the driver-side door. or Auto light position. twice) on the transmitter (or smart
2) Turn the parking lights OFF and key), the headlights will turn off
ON again using the light switch CAUTION immediately.
on the steering column. If the driver gets out of the vehi-
cle through other doors (except
driver's door), the battery saver
function does not operate and
the headlight escort function
does not turn off automatically.
Therefore, It causes the battery
to be discharged. In this case,
make sure to turn off the lamp
before getting out of the vehicle.
4 82
■ Type A D190400AUN-C1
Lighting control
The light switch has a Headlight and
a Parking light position.
To operate the lights, turn the knob at
the end of the control lever to one of
the following positions:
(1) OFF position or DRL OFF position
- Without DRL system : Head
OXM049110 lamp light will be turned off.
■ Type B
- With DRL system : DRL and OXM049250N
Head lamp light will be turned off D190401AHM
❈ DRL : Daytime Running Lights Parking light position ( )
(2) Parking light position When the light switch is in the park-
(3) Headlight position ing light position (1st position), the
front parking (position) light, the tail,
(4) Auto light position (if equipped) license and instrument panel lights
will turn ON. Vehicles with LED
Daytime Running Light (DRL) have
OBK042045N LED parking (position) lights.
❈ The actual feature may differ from
the illustration.
4 83
CAUTION
• Never place anything over the
sensor (1) located on the
instrument panel. This will
ensure better auto-light sys-
tem control.
• Don’t clean the sensor using a
window cleaner. The cleaner
may leave a light film which
could interfere with sensor
OXM049251N OSL040057 operation.
D190402AHM Auto light position (if equipped) • If your vehicle has window tint
Headlight position ( ) When the light switch is in the AUTO or other types of metallic coat-
When the light switch is in the headlight position, the taillights and head- ing on the front windshield,
light position (2nd position), the lights will turn ON or OFF automati- the Auto light system may not
head, tail, license and instrument cally depending on the amount of work properly.
panel lights will turn ON. light outside the vehicle.
✽ NOTICE
The ignition switch must be in the
ON position to turn on the head-
lights.
4 84
WARNING
Do not use high beam when
there are other vehicles. Using
high beam could obstruct the
other driver’s vision.
OAM049044 OAM049043
D190500AUN To flash the headlights, pull the lever
High beam operation towards you. It will return to the nor-
To turn on the high beam headlights, mal (low beam) position when
push the lever away from you. Pull it released. The headlight switch does
back for low beams. not need to be on to use this flashing
feature.
The high beam indicator will light
when the headlight high beams are
switched on.
To prevent the battery from being
discharged, do not leave the lights
on for a prolonged time while the
engine is not running.
4 85
To signal a lane change, move the One-touch lane change function

turn signal lever slightly and hold it in (if equipped)
position (B). The lever will return to To activate an one-touch lane
the OFF position when released. change function, move the turn sig-
If an indicator stays on and does not nal lever slightly for less than 1.5
flash or if it flashes abnormally, one second and then release it. The lane
of the turn signal bulbs may be change signals will blink 3 times.
burned out and will require replace-
ment.
✽ NOTICE
If an indicator flash is abnormally
OAM049045 quick or slow, a bulb may be burned
D190600AUN-U1 out or have a poor electrical connec-
Turn signals and lane change tion in the circuit.
signals
The ignition switch must be on for the
turn signals to function. To turn on
the turn signals, move the lever up or
down (A). The green arrow indicators
on the instrument panel indicate
which turn signal is operating. They
will self-cancel after a turn is com-
pleted. If the indicator continues to
flash after a turn, manually return the
lever to the OFF position.
4 86
D190900AUN-EU
CAUTION Daytime running light
When in operation, the fog (if equipped)
lights consume large amounts Daytime Running Lights (DRL) can
of vehicle electrical power. Only make it easier for others to see the
use the fog lights when visibility front of your vehicle during the day.
is poor. DRL can be helpful in many different
driving conditions, and it is especial-
ly helpful after dawn and before sun-
set.
The DRL system will make the day-
OAM049046N
time running lights turn OFF when:
D190700AAM-EU
1. The multifunction switch is in the
Front fog light (if equipped) DRL OFF position. (if equipped)
Fog lights are used to provide 2. The headlights or parking light is
improved visibility when visibility is ON.
poor due to fog, rain or snow, etc. 3. Engine stops.
The fog lights will turn on when the
fog light switch (1) is turned to the on
position after the headlight is turned
on.
To turn off the fog lights, turn the fog
light switch (1) to the OFF position.
4 87
WIPERS AND WASHERS

D200100AAM
Windshield wiper/washer Rear window wiper/washer
Front windshield wipers
Operates as follows when the igni-
tion switch is turned ON.
MIST : For a single wiping cycle,
/AUTO*
push the lever upward and
release it with the lever in the
OFF position. The wipers will
operate continuously if the
lever is pushed upward and
held.
OXM049231L/OAM049048N
D200000AAM-EE OFF : Wiper is not in operation
INT : Wiper operates intermittently at the
A : Wiper speed control D : Rear wiper control* same wiping intervals. Use this
· MIST – Single wipe · ON – Continuous wipe mode in light rain or mist. To vary
· OFF – Off · INT* – Intermittent wipe the speed setting, turn the speed
· INT – Intermittent wipe · OFF – Off control knob.
LO : Normal wiper speed
AUTO* – Auto control wipe
HI : Fast wiper speed
· LO – Low wiper speed E : Wash with brief wipes (rear)*
· HI – High wiper speed * if equipped
✽ NOTICE
B : Intermittent wipe time adjust- If there is heavy accumulation of
ment snow or ice on the windshield,
defrost the windshield for about 10
minutes, or until the snow and/or ice
C : Wash with brief wipes (front)* is removed before using the wind-
shield wipers to ensure proper oper-
ation.
4 88
To vary the speed setting, turn the

speed control knob (1). CAUTION
If the wiper switch is set in AUTO When washing the vehicle, set
mode when the ignition switch is ON, the wiper switch in the OFF
the wiper will operate once to per- position to stop the auto wiper
form a self-check of the system. Set operation.
the wiper to OFF position when the The wiper may operate and be
wiper is not in use. damaged if the switch is set in
the AUTO mode while washing
Rain sensor the vehicle.
CAUTION Do not remove the sensor cover
OXM049123 When the ignition switch is ON located on the upper end of the
Auto control (if equipped) and the windshield wiper switch passenger side windshield
The rain sensor located on the upper is placed in the AUTO mode, use glass. Damage to system parts
end of the windshield glass senses caution in the following situa- could occur and may not be
the amount of rainfall and controls tions to avoid any injury to the covered by your vehicle warran-
the wiping cycle for the proper inter- hands or other parts of the ty.
val. The more it rains, the faster the body: When starting the vehicle in
wiper operates. When the rain stops, • Do not touch the upper end of winter, set the wiper switch in
the wiper stops. the windshield glass facing the OFF position. Otherwise,
the rain sensor. wipers may operate and ice may
• Do not wipe the upper end of damage the windshield wiper
the windshield glass with a blades. Always remove all snow
damp or wet cloth. and ice and defrost the wind-
• Do not put pressure on the shield properly prior to operat-
windshield glass. ing the windshield wipers.
4 89
The reservoir filler neck is located in

the front of the engine compartment CAUTION
on the passenger side. • To prevent possible damage
to the wipers or windshield,
do not operate the wipers
CAUTION when the windshield is dry.
To prevent possible damage to • To prevent damage to the
the washer pump, do not oper- wiper blades, do not use gaso-
ate the washer when the fluid line, kerosene, paint thinner,
reservoir is empty. or other solvents on or near
them.
OAM049102N • To prevent damage to the
D200200ASA WARNING wiper arms and other compo-
Front windshield washers Do not use the washer in freez- nents, do not attempt to move
In the OFF position, pull the lever ing temperatures without first the wipers manually.
gently toward you to spray washer warming the windshield with
fluid on the windshield and to run the the defrosters; the washer solu-
wipers 1-3 cycles. tion could freeze on the wind-
Use this function when the windshield and obscure your vision.
shield is dirty.
The spray and wiper operation will
continue until you release the lever.
If the washer does not work, check
the washer fluid level. If the fluid level
is not sufficient, you will need to add
appropriate non-abrasive windshield
washer fluid to the washer reservoir.
4 90
OAM049103N OXM049125
D200300AAM Push the lever away from you to
Rear window wiper and wash- spray rear washer fluid and to run the
er switch (if equipped) rear wipers 1~3 cycles. The spray
The rear window wiper and washer and wiper operation will continue
switch is located at the end of the until you release the lever.
wiper and washer switch lever. Turn
the switch to the desired position to
operate the rear wiper and washer.
ON - Normal wiper operation
INT - Intermittent wiper operation
(if equipped)
OFF - Wiper is not in operation
4 91
INTERIOR LIGHTS
D210000AEN • DOOR : The light comes on when
any door is opened
CAUTION regardless of the ignition
Do not use the interior lights for switch position. When
extended periods when the doors are unlocked by the
engine is not running. transmitter or the key is
removed from the ignition
It may cause battery discharge. switch, the light comes on
for approximately 30 sec-
onds as long as any door
WARNING is not opened. The light
OXM049132 goes out gradually after
Do not use the interior lights approximately 30 seconds
when driving in the dark. D210200AAM-EU
if the door is closed.
Accidents could happen Room lamp
because the view may be However, if the ignition
The light will turn on and off as follw switch is ON or all doors
obscured by interior lights. if the switch is moved. are locked, the light will
• ON : The light stays on at all times. turn off immediately. If a
• OFF : The light stays off at all times. door is opened with the
ignition switch in the ACC
or LOCK position, the light
stays on for about 20 min-
utes. However, if a door is
opened with the ignition
switch in the ON position,
the light stays on continu-
ously.
4 92
• DOOR Interior light welcome function

The light comes on when any door (if equipped)
is opened or the ignition switch is When the interior light switch is in the
turned OFF. (if equipped) DOOR position and all doors (and
The light goes out gradually after tailgate) are locked and closed, the
approximately 30 seconds if the room lamp will come on for 30 sec-
door is closed or the ignition switch onds if any of the below is per-
is turned OFF. formed.
However, if all doors are locked or • Without smart key system
the ignition switch is turned ON, - When the door unlock button is
the light will turn off immediately. pressed on the transmitter.
OSL040058
Map lamp • With the smart key system

- When the door unlock button is
The light will turn on and off as below
pressed on the smart key.
if the switch is pressed. The light will
turn off if the button is pressed again. - When the button of the outside
door handle is pressed.
• Push the lens to turn the map lamp
on or off. This light produces a spot - When the smart key is within 1m
beam for convenient use as a map (40 in.) from the outside handle.
lamp at night or as a personal lamp
for the driver and the front passen- At this time, if you press the door lock
ger. button, the room lamp will turn off
immediately.
4 93
OSL040061 OSL040060 OSL040059
Luggage lamp (if equipped) Glove box lamp (if equipped) Vanity mirror lamp (if
The luggage room lamp comes on The glove box lamp comes on when equipped)
when the tailgate is opened. the glove box is opened. • : The lamp will turn on if this
The parking lights or headlights must button is pressed.
be ON for the glove box lamp to func- • : The lamp will turn off if this
tion. button is pressed.
✽ NOTICE
Turn off the lamp before return the
sunvisor to its original position.
4 94
DEFROSTER
220000AUN ■ Type A The rear window defroster automati-
cally turns off after approximately 20
CAUTION minutes or when the ignition switch is
To prevent damage to the con- turned off. To turn off the defroster,
ductors bonded to the inside press the rear window defroster but-
surface of the rear window, ton again.
never use sharp instruments or ■ Type B
window cleaners containing Outside rearview mirror defroster

abrasives to clean the window. (if equipped)
If your vehicle is equipped with the
OSL040062
outside rearview mirror defrosters,
✽ NOTICE Rear window defroster
they will operate at the same time
you turn on the rear window
If you want to defrost and defog the defroster.
front windshield, refer to The defroster heats the window to
“Windshield defrosting and defog- remove frost, fog and thin ice from
ging” in this section. the rear window, while the engine is Wiper deicer (if equipped)
running.
If your vehicle is equipped with the
To activate the rear window wiper deicer, it will operate at the
defroster, press the rear window same time you turn on the rear win-
defroster button located in the center dow defroster.
facia switch panel. The indicator on
the rear window defroster button illu-
minates when the defroster is ON.
If there is heavy accumulation of
snow on the rear window, brush it off
before operating the rear defroster.
4 95
MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

Heating and air conditioning
1.Start the engine.
2.Set the mode to the desired posi-
tion.
For improving the effectiveness of
heating and cooling;
- Heating:
- Cooling:
3.Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4.Set the air intake control to the out-
side (fresh) air position (if
equipped).
5.Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
6.If air conditioning is desired, turn
1. Fan speed control knob 4. Air intake control button the air conditioning system (if
2. Front windshield defroster button 5. Rear window defroster button equipped) on.
3. Air conditioning button 6. Temperature control knob
(if equipped) 7. Mode selection button
❈ The actual control panel in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OSL040070
4 96
OSL040071
Mode selection
The mode selection buttons control
the direction of the air flow through
the ventilation system.
Air can be directed to the floor, dash-
board outlets, or windshield. Five
symbols are used to represent Face,
Bi-Level, Floor, Floor-Defrost and
Defrost air position.
* *
* : if equipped OSL044072
4 97
Face-Level (B, D, F*) Floor/Defrost-Level (A, C, D, E)
Air flow is directed toward the upper Most of the air flow is directed to the
body and face. Additionally, each floor and the windshield with a small
outlet can be controlled to direct the amount directed to the side window
air discharged from the outlet. defrosters.
Bi-Level (B, D, E, C, F*) Defrost-Level (A, D)

OSL040073
Instrument panel vents
Air flow is directed towards the face Most of the air flow is directed to the
and the floor. windshield with a small amount of air The outlet vents can be opened or
directed to the side window closed separately using the thumb-
defrosters. wheel. (If equipped)
Also, you can adjust the direction of
Floor-Level (C, E, A, D) air delivery from these vents using
* : If equipped
the vent control lever as shown.
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor, with a small amount of the air
being directed to the windshield and
side window defrosters.
4 98
Recirculated air position

With the recirculated air
position selected, air
from the passenger
compartment will be
drawn through the heat-
ing system and heated
or cooled according to
the function selected.
Outside (fresh) air position

OSL040074 OSL040075
With the outside (fresh)
Temperature control Air intake control air position selected, air
The temperature control knob allows The air intake control is used to enters the vehicle from
you to control the temperature of the select the outside (fresh) air position outside and is heated or
air flowing from the ventilation sys- or recirculated air position. cooled according to the
tem. To change the air temperature in To change the air intake control posi- function selected.
the passenger compartment, turn tion, press the control button.
the knob to the right position for
warm and hot air or left position for
cooler air.
MAX
If you select the A/C , the air condi-
tioning and the recirculated air posi-
tion will be selected automatically.
4 99
✽ NOTICE
Prolonged operation of the heater in WARNING
the recirculated air position (without • Continue using the climate
air conditioning selected) may cause control system in the recircu-
fogging of the windshield and side lated air position may allow
windows and the air within the pas- humidity to increase inside
senger compartment may become the vehicle which may fog the
stale. glass and obscure visibility.
In addition, prolonged use of the air • Do not sleep in a vehicle with
conditioning with the recirculated the air conditioning or heating
air position selected will result in system on. It may cause seri-
excessively dry air in the passenger ous harm or death due to a OSL040076
compartment. drop in the oxygen level Fan speed control
and/or body temperature. The ignition switch must be in the ON
• Continue using the climate position for fan operation.
control system in the recircu- The fan speed control knob allows
lated air position can cause you to control the fan speed of the air
drowsiness or sleepiness, flowing from the ventilation system.
and loss of vehicle control. To change the fan speed, turn the
Set the air intake control to knob to the right for higher speed or
the outside (fresh) air position left for lower speed.
as much as possible while
driving.
4 100
System operation
Ventilation
1. Set the mode to the position.
2. Set the air intake control to the
outside (fresh) air position.
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
OSL043305 OSL040077
To turn off the blowers Air conditioning Heating
To turn off the blowers, turn the fan Press the A/C button to turn the air 1. Set the mode to the position.
speed control knob to the "0" posi- conditioning system on (indicator 2. Set the air intake control to the
tion. light will illuminate). Press the button outside (fresh) air position.
again to turn the air conditioning sys- 3. Set the temperature control to the
tem off. desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
5. If dehumidified heating is desired,
turn the air conditioning system (if
equipped) on.
• If the windshield fogs up, set the
mode to the or position.
4 101
Operation Tips Air conditioning ✽ NOTICE

• To keep dust or unpleasant fumes All Kia Air Conditioning Systems are • When using the air conditioning
from entering the vehicle through filled with environmentally friendly system, monitor the temperature
the ventilation system, temporarily R-134a refrigerant. gauge closely while driving up
set the air intake control to the 1. Start the engine. Press the air con- hills or in heavy traffic when out-
recirculated air position. Be sure to ditioning button. side temperatures are high. Air
return the control to the fresh air conditioning system operation
position when the irritation has 2. Set the mode to the position. may cause engine overheating.
passed to keep fresh air in the 3. Set the air intake control to the Continue to use the blower fan but
vehicle. This will help keep the driv- outside air or recirculated air posi- turn the air conditioning system
er alert and comfortable. tion. off if the temperature gauge indi-
• Air for the heating/cooling system 4. Adjust the fan speed control and cates engine overheating.
is drawn in through the grilles just temperature control to maintain • When opening the windows in
ahead of the windshield. Care maximum comfort. humid weather air conditioning
should be taken that these are not • When maximum cooling is desired, may create water droplets inside
blocked by leaves, snow, ice or set the temperature control to the the vehicle. Since excessive water
other obstructions. extreme left position, set the mode droplets may cause damage to
control to the MAX A/C position, electrical equipment, air condi-
• To prevent interior fog on the wind-
then set the fan speed control to tioning should only be used with
shield, set the air intake control to
the highest speed. the windows closed.
the fresh air position and fan speed
to the desired position, turn on the
air conditioning system, and adjust
the temperature control to desired
temperature.
4 102
Air conditioning system operation tips • When using the air conditioning
• If the vehicle has been parked in system, you may notice clear water Outside air
direct sunlight during hot weather, dripping (or even puddling) on the
Recirculated
open the windows for a short time ground under the passenger side air
to let the hot air inside the vehicle of the vehicle. This is a normal sys-
escape. tem operation characteristic.
• To help reduce moisture inside of • Operating the air conditioning sys-
the windows on rainy or humid tem in the recirculated air position
days, decrease the humidity inside provides maximum cooling, how- Blower
the vehicle by operating the air ever, continual operation in this Climate control air filter Heater core
conditioning system. mode may cause the air inside the Evaporator core
vehicle to become stale. OHM048209
• During air conditioning system
operation, you may occasionally • During cooling operation, you may Climate control air filter
notice a slight change in engine occasionally notice a misty air flow (if equipped)
speed as the air conditioning com- because of rapid cooling and
humid air intake. This is a normal The climate control air filter installed
pressor cycles. This is a normal behind the glove box filters the dust
system operation characteristic. system operation characteristic.
or other pollutants that come into the
• Use the air conditioning system vehicle from the outside through the
every month only for a few minutes heating and air conditioning system.
to ensure maximum system per- If dust or other pollutants accumulate
formance. in the filter over a period of time, the
air flow from the air vents may
decrease, resulting in moisture accu-
mulation on the inside of the wind-
shield even when the outside (fresh)
air position is selected. If this hap-
pens, inspect and replace the cli-
mate control air filter. (Refer to “cli-
mate control air filter” in section 7.)
4 103
If you’re unsure about replacing pro- Checking the amount of air

cedure, have it done by an author- conditioner refrigerant and WARNING
ized Kia dealer. compressor lubricant For more detailed information,
When the amount of refrigerant is we recommend that you contact
✽ NOTICE low, the performance of the air con- an authorized Kia dealer.
• Replace the filter according to the ditioning is reduced. Overfilling also Improper service may cause
Maintenance Schedule. has a negative impact on the air con- serious injury to the person per-
If the vehicle is being driven in ditioning system. forming the service.
severe conditions such as dusty or Therefore, if abnormal operation is
rough roads, more frequent air found, have the system inspected by
conditioner filter inspections and an authorized Kia dealer.
changes are required.
• When the air flow rate suddenly ✽ NOTICE
decreases, the system should be
checked at an authorized Kia It is important that the correct type
dealer. and amount of oil and refrigerant is
used. Otherwise, damage to the
compressor and abnormal system
operation may occur.
4 104
AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
1. AUTO (automatic control) button

2. Driver's temperature control knob
3. A/C display
4. Mode selection button
5. Air conditioning button*
6. Fan speed control switch
7. Passenger's temperature control
knob
8. Dual temperature control selection
button
9. Rear window defroster button
10. Air intake control button
11. Blower OFF button
12. Front windshield defroster button
* if equipped
❈ The actual control panel in the vehi-

cle may differ from the illustration.
OSL040078
4 105
✽ NOTICE
• To turn the automatic operation
off, select any button or switch of
the following:
- Mode selection button
- Air conditioning button
- Front windshield defroster but-
ton
- Fan speed control switch
The selected function will be con-
trolled manually while other func-
OSL040079 OSL040083 tions operate automatically.
Automatic heating and air con- 2. Turn the temperature control knob • For your convenience and to
to set the desired temperature. improve the effectiveness of the
ditioning climate control, use the AUTO
1. Press the AUTO button. button and set the temperature to
The modes, fan speeds, air intake 73°F/23°C.
and air-conditioning will be controlled
automatically according to the tem-
perature setting.
4 106
Manual heating and air condi-

tioning
The heating and cooling system can
be controlled manually by pressing
buttons or turning knob(s) other than
the AUTO button. In this case, the
system works sequentially according
to the order of buttons or knob(s)
selected.
1.Start the engine.
OSL040080 2.Set the mode to the desired posi- OSL040081
tion.
✽ NOTICE Mode selection
For improving the effectiveness of
Never place anything over the sen- heating and cooling; The mode selection button controls
sor located on the instrument panel the direction of the air flow through
to ensure better control of the heat- - Heating: the ventilation system.
ing and cooling system. - Cooling: The air flow outlet port is converted
3.Set the temperature control to the as follows:
desired position.
4.Set the air intake control to the out-
side (fresh) air position.
5.Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed. Refer to the illustration in the
“Manual climate control system”.
6.If air conditioning is desired, turn
the air conditioning system on.
Press the AUTO button in order to
convert to full automatic control of
the system.
4 107
Face-Level Floor-Level
Air flow is directed toward the upper Most of the air flow is directed to the
body and face. Additionally, each floor, with a small amount of the air
outlet can be controlled to direct the being directed to the windshield and
air discharged from the outlet. side window defrosters.
Bi-Level Floor/Defrost-Level
OSL040082
Defrost-Level
Air flow is directed towards the face Most of the air flow is directed to the
and the floor. floor and the windshield with a small Most of the air flow is directed to the
amount directed to the side window windshield with a small amount of air
defrosters. directed to the side window
defrosters.
4 108
OSL040073 OSL040083 OSL040084

Instrument panel vents Temperature control Adjusting the driver and passenger
The outlet vents can be opened or The temperature will increase to the side temperature individually
closed separately using the thumb- maximum (HI) by turning the knob to 1. Press the DUAL button to operate
wheel. (If equipped) the extreme right. the driver and passenger side
Also, you can adjust the direction of The temperature will decrease to the temperature individually. Also, if
air delivery from these vents using minimum (Lo) by turning the knob to the passenger side temperature
the vent control lever as shown. the extreme left. control switch is operated, it will
automatically change to the DUAL
When turning the knob, the tempera- mode as well.
ture will increase or decrease by
1°F/0.5°C. When set to the lowest 2. Operate the left temperature con-
temperature setting, the air condi- trol to adjust the driver side tem-
tioning will operate continuously. perature. Operate the right tem-
perature control to adjust the pas-
senger side temperature.
4 109
Adjusting the driver and passenger Temperature conversion

side temperature equally You can switch the temperature
1. Press the DUAL button again to mode from Centigrade to Fahrenheit
deactivate DUAL mode. The pas- as follows:
senger side temperature will be While pressing the OFF button,
set to the same temperature as press the AUTO button for 3 seconds
the driver side. or more.
2. Operate the driver side tempera- The display will change from
ture control switch. The driver and Centigrade to Fahrenheit, or from
passenger side temperature will Fahrenheit to Centigrade.
be adjusted equally.
If the battery has been discharged or OSL040085
disconnected, the temperature mode
display will reset to Fahrenheit. Air intake control
This is used to select the outside
(fresh) air position or recirculated air
position.
To change the air intake control posi-
tion, push the control button.
4 110
Recirculated air position ✽ NOTICE

With the recirculated air Prolonged operation of the heater in WARNING
position selected, air the recirculated air position (with- • Continue using the climate
from the passenger out air conditioning selected) may control system in the recircu-
compartment will be cause fogging of the windshield and lated air position may allow
drawn through the heat- side windows and the air within the humidity to increase inside
ing system and heated passenger compartment may the vehicle which may fog the
or cooled according to become stale. glass and obscure visibility.
the function selected. In addition, prolonged use of the air • Do not sleep in a vehicle with
conditioning with the recirculated the air conditioning or heating
Outside (fresh) air position air position selected will result in system on. It may cause seri-
excessively dry air in the passenger ous harm or death due to a
With the outside (fresh) compartment. drop in the oxygen level
air position selected, air and/or body temperature.
enters the vehicle from
outside and is heated or • Continue using the climate
cooled according to the control system in the recircu-
function selected. lated air position can cause
drowsiness or sleepiness,
and loss of vehicle control.
Set the air intake control to
the outside (fresh) air position
as much as possible while
driving.
4 111
OSL040086 OSL040087 OSL040088

Fan speed control Air conditioning OFF mode
The fan speed can be set to the Press the A/C button to turn the air Press the front blower OFF button to
desired speed by operating the fan conditioning system on (indicator turn off the front air climate control
speed control switch. light will illuminate). system. However, you can still oper-
To change the fan speed, press ( Press the button again to turn the air ate the mode and air intake buttons
) the switch for higher speed, or push conditioning system off. as long as the ignition switch is in the
( ) the switch for lower speed. To ON position.
turn the fan speed control off, press
the front blower OFF button.
4 112
WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING

• For maximum defrosting, set the
WARNING - Windshield temperature control to the extreme
heating right/hot position and the fan speed
Do not use the or posi- control to the highest speed.
tion during cooling operation in • If warm air to the floor is desired
extremely humid weather. The while defrosting or defogging, set
difference between the temper- the mode to the floor-defrost posi-
ature of the outside air and the tion.
windshield could cause the • Before driving, clear all snow and or
outer surface of the windshield ice from the windshield, rear win-
to fog up, causing loss of visi- dow, outside rear view mirrors, and
bility. In this case, set the mode all side windows. OSL040089
selection to the position Manual climate control system
• Clear all snow and ice from the
and fan speed control to the
hood and air inlet in the cowl grill to To defog inside windshield
lower speed.
improve heater and defroster effi-
ciency and to reduce the probabili- 1. Set the fan speed to the desired
ty of fogging up the inside of the position.
windshield. 2. Select desired temperature.
3. Select the or position.
4. The outside (fresh) air will be
selected automatically. If the
position is selected, air condition-
ing will also be selected automati-
cally.
If the air conditioning and/or outside
(fresh) air position are not selected
automatically, press the correspon-
ding button manually.
4 113
If the air conditioning and outside

(fresh) air position are not selected
automatically, adjust the correspon-
ding button manually. If the posi-
tion is selected, lower fan speed is
adjusted to a higher fan speed.
OSL040090 OSL040091
To defrost outside windshield Automatic climate control sys-
1. Set the fan speed to the highest tem
position. To defog inside windshield
2. Set the temperature to the 1. Set the fan speed to the desired
extreme hot position. position.
3. Select the position. 2. Select desired temperature.
4. The outside (fresh) air and air con- 3. Press the defroster button ( ).
ditioning will be selected automat-
ically. 4. The outside (fresh) air position will
be selected automatically and the
If the air conditioning is not selected air conditioning will turn on
automatically press the correspon- according to the detected ambient
ding button manually. temperature.
4 114
Defogging logic
To reduce the possibility of fogging
up the inside of the windshield, the
air intake or air conditioning is con-
trolled automatically according to
certain conditions such as or
position. To cancel or return to the
defogging logic, do the following.
OSL040092 OSL040093
To defrost outside windshield Manual climate control system
1. Set the fan speed to the highest 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON
position. position.
2. Set the temperature to the 2. Turn the mode selection knob to
extreme hot (HI) position. the defrost position ( ).
3. Press the defroster button ( ). 3. Press the air intake control button
4. The outside (fresh) air position will at least 5 times within 3 seconds.
be selected automatically and the The indicator light in the air intake
air conditioning will turn on control button will blink 3 times with
according to the detected ambient 0.5 second of interval. It indicates
temperature. that the defogging logic is canceled
or returned to the programmed sta-
tus.
If the battery has been discharged or

disconnected, it resets to the defog
logic status.
4 115
If the battery has been discharged or

disconnected, it resets to the defog
logic status.
OSL040094
Automatic climate control system
position.
2. Select the defroster position
pressing the defroster button (
).
3. While pressing the air conditioning
button (A/C), press the air intake
control button at least 5 times with-
in 3 seconds.
The A/C display blinks 3 times with
0.5 second of interval. It indicates
that the defogging logic is canceled
or returned to the programmed sta-
tus.
4 116
STORAGE COMPARTMENTS
D270000AHM
These compartments can be used to
store small items.
CAUTION
• To avoid possible theft, do not
leave valuables in the storage
compartment.
• Always keep the storage com-
partment covers closed while
driving. Do not attempt to OSL044100 OSL040101
place so many items in the Center console storage Glove box
storage compartment that the
storage compartment cover
(if equipped) To open the glove box, pull the han-
cannot close securely. To open the center console storage, dle and the glove box will automati-
pull up the lever. cally open. Close the glove box after
use.
WARNING - Flammable
materials WARNING
Do not store cigarette lighters, To reduce the risk of injury in an
propane cylinders, or other accident or sudden stop, always
flammable/explosive materials keep the glove box door closed
in the vehicle. These items may while driving.
catch fire and/or explode if the
vehicle is exposed to hot tem-
peratures for extended periods. WARNING
Do not keep food in the glove
box for a long time.
4 117
✽ NOTICE
While using the cooling function, a
small amount of condensed moisture
could damage your pieces of paper.
OSL040102 OSL040103
Glove box cooling Sunglass holder (if equipped)

(if equipped) To open the sunglass holder, press
You can keep beverage cans or other the cover and the holder will slowly
items cool using the open/close lever open. Place your sunglasses with the
of the vent installed in the glove box. lenses facing out. To close the sun-
glass holder, push it up.
1. Turn on the air conditioning (A/C)
system.
2. Move the open/close lever (1) of
the vent installed in the glove box
to the open position.
When the cool box is not used, turn
the lever to its closed position ( ).
4 118
WARNING
• Do not keep objects except
sunglasses inside the sun-
glass holder. Such objects
can be thrown from the holder
in the event of a sudden stop
or an accident, possibly injur-
ing the passengers in the
vehicle.
• Do not open the sunglass
holder while the vehicle is OSL040104
moving. The rear view mirror D270500BUN-C1
of the vehicle can be blocked Luggage box (if equipped)
by an opened sunglass hold-
er. You can place a first aid kit, a reflec-
• Do not put the glasses tor triangle, tools, etc. in the box for
forcibly into a sunglass holder easy access.
to prevent breakage or defor- Grasp the handle on the edge of the
mation of the glasses. It may cover and lift it.
cause personal injury if you
try to open it forcibly when the
glasses are jammed in the CAUTION
holder. To prevent damage to the goods
or the vehicle, care should be
taken when carrying fragile or
bulky objects in the luggage
box.
4 119
INTERIOR FEATURES
Cup holder ■ Front
Type A * *
WARNING - Hot liquids
• Do not place uncovered cups
with hot liquid in the cup hold-
er while the vehicle is in
motion. If the hot liquid spills,
you may burn yourself. Such a
OSL040107
burn to the driver could lead Type B
to loss of control of the vehi-
cle. OLM049207
• To reduce the risk of personal ❈ The actual sunvisor lamp in the vehicle
injury in the event of sudden may differ from the illustration.
stop or collision, do not place
uncovered or unsecured bot- Sunvisor
tles, glasses, cans, etc., in the
cup holder while the vehicle is Use the sunvisor to shield direct light
in motion. OSL040108 through the front or side windows.
■ Rear (if equipped) To use the sunvisor, pull it down-
ward.
To use the sunvisor for the side win-
WARNING dow, pull it downward, unsnap it from
Keep cans or bottles out of the bracket (1) and swing it to the
direct sun light and do not put side (2).
them in a vehicle that is heated
Adjust the sunvisor extension for-
up. It may explode.
ward or backward (3). (if equipped)
OSL040149
To use the vanity mirror, pull down
Cups or small beverage cans may be the visor and slide the mirror cover
placed in the cup holders. (4).
4 120
The ticket holder (5) is provided for ■ Front

holding a tollgate ticket. (if equipped) CAUTION
• Use the power outlet only
when the engine is running
CAUTION - Vanity mirror and remove the accessory
lamp (if equipped) plug after use. Using the
If you use the vanity mirror accessory plug for prolonged
lamp, turn off the lamp before periods of time with the
returning the sunvisor to its engine off could cause the
original position, otherwise it battery to discharge.
could result in battery dis- OSL044109L
• Only use 12V electric acces-
charge and possible sunvisor ■ Rear (if equipped)
sories which are less than 10A
damage. in electric capacity.
• Adjust the air-conditioner or
heater to the lowest operating
WARNING level when using the power
For your safety, do not obstruct outlet.
your vision when using the sun- • Close the cover when not in
visor use.
• Some electronic devices can
OSL040110
cause electronic interference
D280500AEN when plugged into a vehicle’s
Power outlet (if equipped) power outlet. These devices
The power outlet is designed to pro- may cause excessive audio
vide power for mobile telephones or static and malfunctions in
other devices designed to operate other electronic systems or
with vehicle electrical systems. The devices used in your vehicle.
devices should draw less than 10
amps with the engine running.
4 121
WARNING
Do not put a finger or a foreign
element (pen, etc) into a power
outlet and do not touch with a
wet hand. You may get an elec-
tric shock.
SL_USA_RADIO/Q OSL040112
Digital clock (if equipped) ❈ The actual feature may differ from the
illustration.
Whenever the battery terminals or
related fuses are disconnected, you
must reset the time. Clothes hanger (if equipped)
For details, refer to the audio in the
end of this section. CAUTION
Do not hang heavy clothes,
WARNING since those may damage the
Do not adjust the clock while hook.
driving. You may lose your
steering control and cause an
accident that results in severe WARNING
personal injury or death. To reduce the risk of injury in an
accident or sudden stop, do not
hang sharp or dangerous
things except clothes.
4 122
■ Driver's side ■ Passenger's side

WARNING
The following must be observed
when installing ANY floormat to
the vehicle.
• Ensure that the floormats are
securely attached to the vehi-
cle's floormat anchor(s)
before driving the vehicle.
• Do not use ANY floormat that OSL040113
cannot be firmly attached to
OTFNCO2001
the vehicle's floormat
❈ The actual feature may differ from the anchors.
illustration.
• Do not stack floormats on top
Floor mat anchor(s) of one another (e.g. all-weath-
(if equipped) er rubber mat on top of a car-
peted floormat). Only a single
When using a floor mat on the floor floormat should be installed
carpet, make sure it attaches to the
floor mat anchor(s) in your vehicle. in each position.
This keeps the floor mat from sliding IMPORTANT - Your vehicle was OSL040114
forward. manufactured with driver's side
D281000AHM
floormat anchors that are
designed to securely hold the Luggage net holder
floormat in place. To avoid any (if equipped)
interference with pedal opera- To keep items from shifting in the
tion, Kia recommends that only cargo area, you can use the holders
the Kia floormat designed for located in the cargo area to attach
use in your vehicle be installed. the luggage net.
4 123
If necessary, contact your authorized

Kia dealer to obtain a luggage net.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the goods
or the vehicle, care should be
taken when carrying fragile or
bulky objects in the luggage
compartment.
OSL040115 OSL040116
WARNING Cargo security screen To use the cargo security screen,

To avoid eye injury, DO NOT (if equipped) pull the handle backward and insert
overstretch the luggage net. the edges into the slots.
Use the cargo security screen to
ALWAYS keep your face and hide items stored in the cargo area.
body out of the luggage net’s
recoil path. DO NOT use the
luggage net when the strap has
visible signs of wear or dam-
age.
4 124
EXTERIOR FEATURES
WARNING
• Do not place objects on the
cargo security screen. Such
objects may be thrown about
inside the vehicle and possi-
bly injure vehicle occupants
during an accident or when
braking.
• Never allow anyone to ride in
the luggage compartment. It
OSL040117 is designed for luggage only. OSL040150
When not in use, place the cargo • Maintain the balance of the D290100AAM
security screen on the lower portion vehicle and locate the weight Roof rack (if equipped)
of the cargo area. as far forward as possible.
If the vehicle has a roof rack, you can
load cargo on top of your vehicle.
CAUTION
Since the cargo security screen ✽ NOTICE
may be damaged or malformed, If the vehicle is equipped with a sun-
do not put the luggage on it roof, be sure not to position cargo
when it is used. onto the roof rack in such a way that
it could interfere with sunroof oper-
ation.
4 125
CAUTION (Continued) (Continued)

• When carrying cargo on the Loading cargo or luggage in This could cause the items to
roof rack, take the necessary excess of the specified weight fall off the roof rack and cause
precautions to make sure the limit on the roof rack may damage to your vehicle or
cargo does not damage the damage your vehicle. others around you.
roof of the vehicle. • The vehicle center of gravity • To prevent damage or loss of
• When carrying large objects will be higher when items are cargo while driving, check fre-
on the roof rack, make sure loaded onto the roof rack. quently before or while driv-
they do not exceed the overall Avoid sudden starts, braking, ing to make sure the items on
roof length or width. sharp turns, abrupt maneu- the roof rack are securely fas-
vers or high speeds that may tened.
• When you are carrying cargo result in loss of vehicle con-
on the roof rack, do not operate trol or rollover resulting in an
the sunroof (if equipped). accident.
• Always drive slowly and turn
corners carefully when carry-
WARNING ing items on the roof rack.
• The following specification is Severe wind updrafts, caused
the maximum weight that can by passing vehicles or natural
be loaded onto the roof rack. causes, can cause sudden
Distribute the load as evenly upward pressure on items
as possible on the roof rack loaded on the roof rack. This
and secure the load firmly. is especially true when carry-
ing large, flat items such as
ROOF 220 lbs. (100 kg) wood panels or mattresses.
RACK EVENLY DISTRIBUTED
(Continued)
(Continued)
4 126
AUDIO SYSTEM
✽ NOTICE ■ Type A ■ Type B
CAUTION
If you install an after market HID
head lamp, your vehicle’s audio and • Before entering a place with a
electronic device may malfunction. low height clearance or a car
wash, remove the antenna by
rotating it counter-clockwise.
If not, the antenna may be
damaged.
• When reinstalling your roof
antenna, it is important that it
is fully tightened and adjusted
OXM049252N/OSL044412 to the upright position to
Antenna ensure proper reception. But it
could be removed when park-
Type A ing the vehicle or when load-
D300102AAM-EU ing cargo on the roof rack.
Your vehicle uses a roof antenna to • When cargo is loaded on the
receive both AM and FM broadcast roof rack, do not place the
signals. cargo near the antenna pole to
This antenna is removable. To ensure proper reception.
remove the roof antenna, turn it
counterclockwise. To install the roof
antenna, turn it clockwise.
Type B
Your vehicle uses a roof antenna to
receive both AM and FM broadcast
signals.
4 127
D300204AHM RADIO mode

VOLUME ( / ) (1) It will function as the PRESET STA-
• Press the lever upward ( ) to TION buttons.
increase the volume.
• Press the lever downward ( ) to CD/USB/iPod® mode
decrease the volume.
It will function as TRACK UP/DOWN
button.
D300203AHM
SEEK/PRESET ( / ) (2) D300202AEN
The SEEK/PRESET button has dif- MODE (3)
OSL040235L ferent functions based on the system
D300200AEN mode. For the following functions the Press the button to change audio
button should be pressed for 0.8 sec- source.
Steering wheel audio controls
(if equipped) onds or more. FM(1~2)➟ AM➟ SAT(1~3)➟ CD➟ USB
AUX(iPod®)➟FM...
The steering wheel may incorporate
audio control buttons. RADIO mode
D300205AHM
It will function as the AUTO SEEK
select button. MUTE (4)
CAUTION
• Press the button to mute the
Do not operate audio remote sound.
control buttons simultaneously. CD/USB/iPod® mode
• Press the button to turn off the
It will function as the FF/REW button. microphone during a telephone
call.
If the SEEK/PRESET button is
pressed for less than 0.8 seconds, it Detailed information for audio control
will work as follows in each mode. buttons is described in the following
pages in this section.
4 128
How vehicle audio works This can be due to factors, such as

the distance from the radio station,
FM reception closeness of other strong radio sta-
tions or the presence of buildings,
bridges or other large obstructions in
the area.
¢ ¢¢
OSL040121
D300600AHM-EE
JBM001
Aux, USB and iPod® * port
(if equipped) AM and FM radio signals are broad-
cast from transmitter towers located
If your vehicle has an aux and/or around your city. They are intercept-
USB(universal serial bus) port or ed by the radio antenna on your vehi-
iPod® port, you can use an aux port cle. This signal is then processed by
to connect audio devices and an the radio and sent to your vehicle
USB port to plug in an USB and also speakers.
an iPod® port to plug in an iPod®.
When a strong radio signal has
✽ NOTICE reached your vehicle, the precise
When using a portable audio device engineering of your audio system
connected to the power outlet, noise ensures the best possible quality
may occur during playback. If this reproduction. However, in some
happens, use the power source of the cases the signal coming to your vehi-
portable audio device. cle may not be strong and clear.
* iPod ® is a trademark of Apple Inc.
4 129
AM reception FM radio station
¢ ¢¢
¢ ¢¢ ¢ ¢¢
JBM002 JBM003 JBM004

AM broadcasts can be received at FM broadcasts are transmitted at • Fading - As your vehicle moves
greater distances than FM broad- high frequencies and do not bend to away from the radio station, the
casts. This is because AM radio follow the earth's surface. Because signal will weaken and sound will
waves are transmitted at low fre- of this, FM broadcasts generally begin to fade. When this occurs,
quencies. These long distance,low begin to fade within short distances we suggest that you select another
frequency radio waves can follow the from the station. short distances from stronger station.
curvature of the earth rather than the station. Also, FM signals are eas- • Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals or
travelling straight. In addition, they ily affected by buildings, mountains, large obstructions between the
curve around obstructions resulting and obstructions. This can lead to transmitter and your radio can dis-
in better signal coverage. undesirable or unpleasant listening turb the signal causing static or
conditions which might lead you to fluttering noises to occur. Reducing
believe a problem exists with your the treble level may lessen this
radio. The following conditions are effect until the disturbance clears.
normal and do not indicate radio
trouble:
4 130
Using a cellular phone or a two- Caring for disc

way radio • If the temperature inside the car is too
When a cellular phone is used inside high, open the car windows to venti-
the vehicle, noise may be produced late before using the system.
from the audio system. This does not • It is illegal to copy and use
mean that something is wrong with MP3/WMA files without permission.
the audio equipment. In such a case, Use CDs that are created only by
try to operate mobile devices as far lawful means.
from the audio equipment as possi-
ble. • Do not apply volatile agents, such
as benzene and thinner, normal
cleaners and magnetic sprays
JBM005 CAUTION made for analogue disc onto CDs.
• Station Swapping - As an FM sig- When using a communication • To prevent the disc surface from
nal weakens, another more power- system such as a cellular phone getting damaged, hold CDs by the
ful signal near the same frequency or a radio set inside the vehicle, edges or the center hole only.
may begin to play. This is because a separate external antenna
your radio is designed to lock onto • Clean the disc surface with a piece
must be fitted. When a cellular of soft cloth before playback (wipe
the clearest signal. If this occurs, phone or a radio set is used
select another station with a it from the center to the outside
with an internal antenna alone, edge).
stronger signal. it may interfere with the vehi-
• Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio cle's electrical system and • Do not damage the disc surface or
signals being received from sever- adversely affect safe operation attach pieces of sticky tape or
al directions can cause distortion of the vehicle. paper.
or fluttering. This can be caused by • Make certain only CDs are insert-
a direct and reflected signal from ed into the CD player (Do not insert
the same station, or by signals WARNING more than one CD at a time).
from two stations with close fre- Do not use a cellular phone • Keep CDs in their cases after use to
quencies. If this occurs, select while driving. Stop at a safe protect them from scratches or dirt.
another station until the condition location to use a cellular phone.
has passed.
4 131
• Depending on the type of CD- NOTE:

R/CD-RW CDs, certain CDs may Order of playing files (folders) :
not operate normally according to
the manufacturing companies. In 1. Song playing order : to
such circumstances, continued sequentially.
use may cause malfunctions to 2. Folder playing order :
your audio system. ❋ If no song file is contained in the
folder, that folder is not displayed.
✽ NOTICE
- Playing an Incompatible
Copy Protected Audio CD
Some copy protected CDs, which do
not comply with international audio
CD standards (Red Book), may not
play on your car audio. Please note
that inabilities to properly play a
copy protected CD may indicate
that the CD is defective, not the CD
player.
4 132
WARNING (Continued) CAUTION

• Do not stare at the screen • Please refrain from use if the • Operating the device while
while driving. Staring at the screen is blank or no sound driving could lead to acci-
screen for prolonged periods can be heard as these signs dents due to a lack of atten-
of time could lead to traffic may indicate product mal- tion to external surroundings.
accidents. function. Continued use First park the vehicle before
in such conditions could lead operating the device.
• Do not disassemble, assem- to accidents(fires, electric
ble, or modify the audio sys- shock) or product malfunc- • Adjust the volume to levels
tem. Such acts could result in tions. that allow the driver to hear
accidents, fire, or electric sounds from outside of the
shock. • Do not touch the antenna dur- vehicle. Driving in a state
ing thunder or lightening as where external sounds cannot
• Using the phone while driving such acts may lead to light-
may lead to a lack of attention of be heard may lead to acci-
ning induced electric shock. dents.
traffic conditions and increase
the likelihood of accidents. • Do not stop or park in park- • Pay attention to the volume
Use the phone feature after ing-restricted areas to operate setting when turning the
parking the vehicle. the product. Such acts could device on. A sudden output of
lead to traffic accidents. extreme volume upon turning
• Heed caution not to spill water
or introduce foreign objects • Use the system with the vehi- the device on could lead to
into the device. Such acts cle ignition turned on. hearing impairment. (Adjust
could lead to smoke, fire, or Prolonged use with the igni- the volume to a suitable levels
product malfunction. tion turned off could result in before turning off the device.)
battery discharge. (Continued)
(Continued)
4 133
• If you want to change the posi- • When cleaning the device,
tion of device installation, make sure to turn off the
please inquire with your place device and use a dry and
of purchase or service mainte- smooth cloth. Never use
nance center. Technical tough materials, chemical
expertise is required to install cloths, or solvents (alcohol,
or disassemble the device. benzene, thinners, etc.) as
• Turn on the car ignition before such materials may damage
using this device. Do not oper- the device panel or cause
ate the audio system for long color/quality deterioration
periods of time with the igni- • Do not place beverages close
tion turned off as such opera- to the audio system. Spilling
tions may lead to battery dis- beverages may lead to system
charge. malfunction.
• Do not subject the device to • In case of product malfunction,
severe shock or impact. Direct please contact your place of pur-
pressure onto the front side of chase or After Service center.
the monitor may cause dam- • Placing the audio system
age to the LCD or touch within an electromagnetic
screen. environment may result in
(Continued) noise interference.
• Prevent caustic solutions
such as perfume and cosmet-
ic oil from contacting the
dashboard because they may
cause damage or discol-
oration.
4 134
USING THE USB DEVICE (Continued) (Continued)

• To use an external USB device, • An encrypted MP3 PLAYER is • You may hear a strange noise
make sure the device is not con- not recognizable. when connecting or disconnect-
nected when starting up the • Depending on the condition of ing a USB device.
vehicle. Connect the device after the external USB device, the • If you disconnect the external
starting up. connected external USB device USB device during playback in
• If you start the engine when the can be unrecognizable. USB mode, the external USB
USB device is connected, it may • When the formatted byte/sector device can be damaged or may
damage the USB device. (USB setting of External USB device is malfunction. Therefore, discon-
flashdrives are very sensitive to not either 512BYTE or nect the external USB device
electric shock.) 2048BYTE, then the device will when the audio is turned off or in
not be recognized. another mode. (e.g, Radio, CD)
• If the engine is started up or
turned off while the external USB • Use only a USB device format- • Depending on the type and
device is connected, the external ted to FAT 12/16/32. capacity of the external USB
USB device may not work. device or the type of the files
• USB devices without USB I/F stored in the device, there is a
• The System may not play unau- authentication may not be recog- difference in the time taken for
thenticated MP3 or WMA files. nizable. recognition of the device.
1) It can only play MP3 files with • Make sure the USB connection • Do not use the USB device for
the compression rate terminal does not come in con- purposes other than playing
between 8Kbps ~ 320Kbps. tact with the human body or music files.
2) It can only play WMA music other objects.
• Playing videos through the USB
files with the compression • If you repeatedly connect or dis- is not supported.
rate between 8Kbps ~ connect the USB device in a
320Kbps. short period of time, it may break • Use of USB accessories such as
the device. rechargers or heaters using USB
• Take precautions for static elec-
I/F may lower performance or
tricity when connecting or discon- (Continued) cause trouble.
necting the external USB device.
(Continued)
(Continued)
4 135
• If you use devices such as a USB • Some USB flash memory read-
hub purchased separately, the ers (such as CF, SD, micro SD,
vehicle’s audio system may not etc.) or external-HDD type
recognize the USB device. In that devices can be unrecognizable.
case, connect the USB device
directly to the multimedia terminal • Music files protected by DRM
of the vehicle. (DIGITAL RIGHTS MANAGE-
MENT) are not recognizable.
• If the USB device is divided by log-
ical drives, only the music files on • The data in the USB memory
the highest-priority drive are rec- may be lost while using this
ognized by car audio. audio. Always back up important
data on a personal storage
• Devices such as MP3 Player/ device.
Cellular phone/Digital camera can
be unrecognizable by standard • Please avoid using
USB I/F can be unrecognizable. USB memory prod-
ucts which can be
• Charging through the USB may used as key chains or
not be supported in some mobile cellular phone acces-
devices. sories as they could cause dam-
• USB HDD or USB types liable to age to the USB jack. Please
connection failures due to vehicle make certain only to use plug
vibrations are not supported. type connector products.
(i-stick type)
• Some non-standard USB devices
(METAL COVER TYPE USB) can
be unrecognizable.
(Continued)
4 136
USING THE iPod® DEVICE (Continued) (Continued)

• Some iPod models may not
® • Some iPod® devices, such as the • When connecting iPod® with the
support communication protocol iPhone®, can be connected iPod® Power Cable, insert the
and files may not properly play. through the Bluetooth® Wireless connector to the multimedia
Supported iPod® models: Technology interface. The device socket completely. If not inserted
must have audio Bluetooth® completely, communications
- iPhone® 3GS/4 Wireless Technology capability between iPod® and audio may
- iPod® touch 1st~4th generation (such as for stereo headphone be interrupted.
- iPod® nano 1st~6th generation Bluetooth® Wireless Technology ). • When adjusting the sound
The device can play, but it will effects of the iPod® and the
- iPod® classic not be controlled by the audio audio system, the sound effects
• The order of search or playback system. of both devices will overlap and
of songs in the iPod® can be dif- • To use iPod® features within the might reduce or distort the qual-
ferent from the order searched in audio, use the cable provided ity of the sound.
the audio system. upon purchasing an iPod® • Deactivate (turn off) the equaliz-
• If the iPod® is disabled due to its device. er function of an iPod® when
own malfunction, reset the • Skipping or improper operation adjusting the audio system’s vol-
iPod®. (Reset: Refer to iPod® may occur depending on the ume, and turn off the equalizer
manual) characteristics of your iPod®/ of the audio system when using
• An iPod® may not operate nor- iPhone® device. the equalizer of an iPod®.
mally on low battery. • If your iPhone® is connected to • When not using iPod® with car
(Continued) both the Bluetooth® Wireless audio, detach the iPod® cable
Technology and USB, only sup- from iPod®. Otherwise, iPod®
port iPod® mode because the may remain in accessory mode,
sound may not be properly and may not work properly.
played in Bluetooth® Audio
Streaming. To use Bluetooth®
Audio Streaming, disconnect
iPod® cable with iPhone®.
(Continued)
4 137
Bluetooth® Wireless Before Using the Bluetooth® Precautions for Safe Driving
Technology Handsfree
• Bluetooth® Handsfree is a feature
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology What is Bluetooth® ? that enables drivers to practice safe
The Bluetooth® word mark and logos • Bluetooth® refers to a short-dis- driving. Connecting the head unit
are registered trademarks owned by tance wireless networking technol- with a Bluetooth® phone allows the
Bluetooth SIG, lnc. and any use of ogy which uses a 2.4GHz ~ user to conveniently make and
such marks by Kia is under license. 2.48GHz frequency to connect var- receive calls and use contacts.
ious devices within a certain dis- Before using Bluetooth®, carefully
A Bluetooth® enabled call phone is
tance. read the contents of this user’s
required to use Bluetooth® wireless
manual.
technology. • Supported within PCs, external
devices, Bluetooth® phones, PDAs, • Excessive use or operations while
various electronic devices, and driving may lead to negligent driv-
WARNING automotive environments, ing practices and result in acci-
Driving while distracted can Bluetooth® allows data to be trans- dents. Refrain from excessive oper-
result in a loss of vehicle control mitted at high speeds without hav- ations while driving.
that may lead to an accident, ing to use a connector cable. • Viewing the screen for prolonged
severe personal injury, and • Bluetooth® Handsfree refers to a periods of time is dangerous and
death. The driver’s primary device which allows the user to con- may lead to accidents. When driv-
responsibility is in the safe and veniently make phone calls with ing, view the screen only for short
legal operation of a vehicle, and Bluetooth® mobile phones through periods of time.
use of any handheld devices, the audio system.
other equipment, or vehicle sys-
tems which take the driver’s • Bluetooth® Handsfree may not be
eyes, attention and focus away supported in some mobile phones.
from the safe operation of a vehi- To learn more about mobile device
cle or which are not permissible compatibility, visit www.kia.com.
by law should never be used dur-
ing operation of the vehicle.
4 138
When connecting a Bluetooth® • Park the vehicle when connecting

Phone the head unit with the mobile
phone.
• Before connecting the head unit • Bluetooth® connection may
with the mobile phone, check to become intermittently discon-
see that the mobile phone sup- nected in some mobile phones.
ports Bluetooth® features. Follow these steps to try again.
• Even if the phone supports 1. Within the mobile phone, turn
Bluetooth®, the phone will not be the Bluetooth® function off/on
found during device searches if and try again.
the phone has been set to hidden 2. Turn the mobile phone power
state or the Bluetooth® power is Off/On and try again.
turned off. Disable the hidden 3. Completely remove the mobile
state or turn on the Bluetooth® phone battery, reboot, and then
power prior to searching/connect- again.
ing with the Head unit.
4. Reboot the audio system and
• Bluetooth phone is automatically try again.
connected when the ignition on.
5. Delete all paired devices, pair
• If you do not want automatic con- and try again.
nection with your Bluetooth®
device, turn off the Bluetooth® • Handsfree call quality and volume
feature within your mobile phone. may differ depending on the
model of your mobile phone.
• The Handsfree call volume and
quality may differ depending on
the mobile phone.
4 139
Voice Recognition (Continued)

- When driving on rugged and
• When using the voice recognition uneven roads
feature, only commands listed - During severe rain (heavy rains,
within the user's manual are sup- windstorms)
ported. • Phone related voice commands
• Be aware that during the operation can be used only when a
of the voice recognition system, Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
pressing any key other than the device is connected.
key terminate voice recogni- • When making calls by stating a
tion mode. name, the corresponding contact
• For superior voice recognition per- must be downloaded and stored
formance, position the microphone within the audio system.
used for voice recognition above • After downloading the Bluetooth®
the head of the driver’s seat and Wireless Technology phone book,
maintain a proper position when it takes some times to convert the
saying commands. phone book data into voice infor-
• Within the following situations, mation. During this time, voice
voice recognition may not function recognition may not properly oper-
properly due to external sound. ate.
- When the windows and sunroof • Pronounce the voice commands
are open naturally and clearly as if in a nor-
- When the wind of the cooling / mal conversation.
heating device is strong
- When entering and passing
through tunnels
(Continued)
4 140
■ CD Player : AM1A0SLKN, AM1A0SLAN,AM170SLAN
❋ No logo will be shown if the Bluetooth® Wireless Technology feature is not supported.
4 141
SYSTEM CONTROLLERS (2) RADIO (4) PHONE

AND FUNCTIONS Changes to FM/AM/SIRIUS XMTM Operates Phone Screen
mode. ❈ When a phone is not connected,
❈ Display and settings may differ Each time the key is pressed, the the connection screen is displayed.
depending on the selected audio. mode is changed in order of FM1 ➟
FM2 ➟ AM ➟ SAT1 ➟ SAT2 ➟ SAT3.
(5) PWR/VOL knob
❈ In Setup>Display, the radio pop up
Audio Head Unit screen will be displayed when Power : Turns power On/Off by
[Mode Pop up] is turned On . pressing the knob
When the pop up screen is dis- Volume : Sets volume by turning
played, use the TUNE knob or the knob left/right
keys 1 ~ 6 to select the
desired mode. SEEK
(6) TRACK
Radio Mode : Automatically search-
(3) MEDIA es for broadcast frequencies.
Changes to CD, USB(iPod®), AUX, CD, USB, iPod®, My Music modes
My Music, BT Audio mode. - Shortly press the key (under 0.8 sec-
Each time the key is pressed, the onds): Moves to next or previous song
mode is changed in order of CD, (file)
(1) (EJECT) USB(iPod®), AUX, My Music, BT - Press and hold the key (over 0.8 sec-
Ejects the disc. Audio. onds): Rewinds or fast-forwards the
❈ In Setup>Display, the media pop current song.
up screen will be displayed when BT Audio mode : Moves to next or
[Mode Pop up] is turned On . previous song(file)
When the pop up screen is dis- ❈ The Play/Pause feature may oper-
played, use the TUNE knob or ate differently depending on the
keys 1 ~ 5 to select the mobile phone.
desired mode.
4 142
❈ Audio operation is maintained and

(10) SETUP
CLOCK
only the screen will be turned Off.
In the screen Off state, press any Shortly press the key (under 0.8 sec-
key to turn the screen On again. onds) : Moves to the Display, Sound,
Clock, Phone, System setting modes
(9) SCAN Press and hold the key (over 0.8 sec-
onds) : Move to the Time setting
Radio Mode
screen
- Shortly press the key : Previews
each broadcast for 5 seconds
each. (11) MENU
(7) 1 ~ 6 (Preset) - Press and hold the key (over 0.8 Displays menus for the current mode.
Radio Mode: Saves frequencies seconds): Previews the broadcasts ❈ iPod® List : Move to parent category
(channels) or receives saved fre- saved in Preset 1 ~ 6 for 5
quencies (channels) seconds each.
(12) TUNE knob
CD, USB, iPod®, My Music mode ❈ Press the SCAN key again to
continue listening to the current Radio mode : Changes frequency by
- 1 RPT : Repeat turning the knob left/right.
frequency.
- 2 RDM : Random CD, USB, iPod®, My Music mode:
❈ SAT Radio does not support the
In the Radio, Media, Setup, and Searches songs (files) by turning the
Preset scan feature.
Menu pop up screen, the number knob left/right.
menu is selected. CD, USB, My Music mode
❈ When the desired song is displayed,
- Shortly press the key (under 0.8 press the knob to play the song.
seconds): Previews each song
(8) DISP Moves focus in all selection menus
(file) for 10 seconds each.
Each time the button is shortly and selects menus.
❈ Press the SCAN key again to
pressed (under 0.8 seconds), it sets
continue listening to the current
the screen Off ➟ Screen On ➟
song (file).
Screen Off
4 143
(13) BACK Audio Head Unit

Go to previous depth(no previous (For NON BT model)
screen)
(14) MUTE
When the button is pressed, stops
sound and "Audio Mute" is displayed
on LCD.
CAT
(15) FOLDER
Radio Mode
- SIRIUS XMTM RADIO : Category (16) FM
Search
Changes to FM mode.
MP3, CD, USB mode : Folder Search
Each time the key is pressed, the
mode changed in order of FM1 ➟
FM2 ➟ FMA.
(17) AM
Changes to AM mode.
Each time the key is pressed, the
mode changed in order of AM ➟
AMA.
4 144
SETUP Mode Pop up

[Mode Pop up] Changes On / Off
selection mode
Display Settings • During On state, press the RADIO
SETUP
or MEDIA key to display the mode
Press the CLOCK key Select [Display] change pop up screen.
through TUNE knob or 1 key
Select menu through TUNE knob
Text Scroll
[Text Scroll] Set On / Off
• On : Maintains scroll
• Off : Scrolls only one (1) time.
Media Display
When playing an MP3 file, select the
desired display info from ‘Folder/File’
or ‘Album/Artist/Song’.
4 145
SOUND SETTINGS Sound Settings Speed Dependent Volume Control

This menu allows you to set the ‘Bass, This feature is used to automatically
SETUP Middle, Treble’ and the Sound Fader and control the volume level according to
Press the CLOCK key Select [Sound] Balance. the speed of the vehicle.
through TUNE knob or 2 key Select [Sound Settings] Select Select [Speed Dependent Vol.] Set
Select menu through TUNE knob menu through TUNE knob Turn in 4 levels [Off/Low/Mid/High] of
TUNE knob left/right to set TUNE knob
• Bass, Middle, Treble : Selects the
sound tone.
• Fader, Balance : Moves the sound
fader and balance.
• Default : Restores default settings.
❈ Back : While adjusting values,
pressing the TUNE knob will
restore the parent menu. Voice Recognition Volume
Adjusts voice recognition volume.
Select [Voice Recognition Vol.] Set
volume of TUNE knob
4 146
CLOCK SETTINGS Clock Settings ❈ Adjust the number currently in

This menu is used to set the time.
focus to make the settings and
press the tune knob to move to the
Press the SETUP
CLOCK key Select [Clock] Select [Clock Settings] Set through next setting. (Set in order of
through TUNE knob or 3 key TUNE knob Press TUNE knob Year/Month/Day)
Select menu through TUNE knob
Time Format
This function is used to set the
12/24 hour time format of the
audio system. Select [Time
Format] Set 12Hr / 24Hr through
TUNE knob
❈ Adjust the number currently in
focus to set the [hour] and press
the tune knob to set the [minute]. Clock Display when Power is OFF
Select [Clock Disp.(Pwr Off) Set
Calendar Settings On / Off through TUNE knob
This menu is used to set the date
(MM/DD/YYYY). On : Displays time/date on screen
Select [Calendar Settings] Set through Off : Turn off.
TUNE knob Press TUNE knob
4 147
SYSTEM SETTINGS Memory Information • Off : This mode is for expert users
Displays currently used memory and and omits some information during
total system memory. voice command operation. (When
SETUP
Press the CLOCK key Select using Expert mode, guidance
[System] Select menu through Select [Memory Information] OK instructions can be heard through
TUNE knob The currently used memory is dis- the [Help] or [Menu] commands.
played on the left side while the total
system memory is displayed on the
right side. Language
This menu is used to set the display
and voice recognition language.
Select [Language]
Set through TUNE knob
Prompt Feedback
This feature is used to change voice
command feedback between Normal
and Expert modes. ❈ The system will reboot after the
Select [Prompt Feedback] Set language is changed.
through TUNE knob ❈ Language support by region
• On : This mode is for beginner - English, Francais, Espanol
users and provides detailed instruc-
tions during voice command opera-
tion.
4 148
RADIO : FM, AM OR SIRIUS XMTM Preset SEEK Selecting through manual

Press the 1 ~ 6 key search
• Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8 Turn the TUNE knob left/right to
seconds): Plays the frequency adjust the frequency.
saved in the corresponding key. • FM : Changes by 200KHz
• Pressing and holding the key (over • AM : Changes by 10KHz
0.8 seconds): Pressing and holding
the desired key from 1 ~ 6
will save the currently playing
broadcast to the selected key and
SEEK sound a BEEP.
SEEK
Press the TRACK key
• Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8 SCAN
seconds): Automatically searches
for the next station. Press the SCAN key
• Pressing and holding the key (over • Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8
0.8 seconds): While holding the key seconds): The broadcast frequency
, frequency changes without stop- increases and previews each
ping. When the key is released, broadcast for 5 seconds each. After
automatically searches for the next scanning all frequencies, returns
frequency from that point. and plays the current broadcast fre-
quency.
• Pressing and holding the key (over
0.8 seconds): Previews the broad-
casts saved in Preset 1 ~ 6
for 5 seconds each.
4 149
MENU
Within MENU key are the A.Store
(Auto Store) and Info functions.
A.Store
Press the MENU key Set [A.Store]
through TUNE knob or 1 key.
Saves broadcasts with superior
reception to 1 ~ 6 keys. If no
frequencies are received, then the
most recently received frequency will
be broadcast.
4 150
SIRIUS XMTM Satellite Radio information

Satellite Radio channels: • Terrain: Hills, mountains, tall build- For information on extended sub-
SIRIUS XMTM Satellite Radio has ings, bridges, tunnels, freeway scription terms, contact SIRIUS
over 140 channels, including 69 overpasses, parking garages, XMTM at 1-866-528-7474.
channels of 100% commercial-free dense tree foliage and thunder- NOTE:
music, plus sports, news, talk and storms can interfere with your
reception. SiriusXM service requires a sub-
entertainment available nationwide scription, sold separately, after 3-
in your vehicle. For more information month trial included with vehicle
and a complete list of SIRIUS XMTM SIRIUS XMTM Satellite Radio service: purchase. If you decide to contin-
Satellite Radio channels, visit sir- SIRIUS XMTM Satellite Radio is a sub- ue your SiriusXM service at the
ius.com in the United States, sirius- scription-based satellite radio service end of your trial subscription, the
canada.ca in Canada, or call SIRIUS that broadcasts music, sports, news and plan you choose will automatical-
XMTM at 1-866-528-7474. entertainment programming to radio ly renew and bill at then-current
receivers, which are available for installa- rates until you call Sirius XM at 1-
Satellite Radio reception factors: tion in motor vehicles or factory installed, 866-528-7474 to cancel. See our
To receive the satellite signal, your as well as for the home, portable and Customer Agreement for com-
wireless devices, and through an Internet plete terms at www.siriusxm.com.
vehicle has been equipped with a connection on personal computer.
satellite radio antenna located on the Programming subject to change.
Vehicles that are equipped with a factory Sirius satellite service is available
roof of your vehicle. The vehicle roof installed SIRIUS XMTM Satellite Radio
provides the best location for an only to those at least 18 and older
system include: in the 48 contiguous USA, D.C.,
unobstructed, open view of the sky, a
requirement of a satellite radio sys- • Hardware and an introductory trial and PR (with coverage limita-
tem. Like AM/FM, there are several subscription term, which begins on tions). Traffic information not
factors that can affect satellite radio the date of sale or lease of the available in all markets. See sir-
reception performance: vehicle. iusxm.com/traffic for details.
• Antenna obstructions: For optimal • For a small upgrade fee, access to Sirius, XM and all related marks
reception performance, keep the SIRIUS XMTM music channels, and and logos are trademarks of Sirius
antenna clear of snow and ice other select channels over the XM Radio Inc.
build-up and keep luggage and Internet using any computer con-
other material as far away from the nected to the Internet (U.S. cus-
antenna as possible. tomers only).
4 151
SIRIUS XMTM RADIO Please note that the vehicle will need SCAN
to be turned on, in Sirius mode, and
Press the RADIO key SCAN
Using SIRIUS XMTM Satellite have an unobstructed view of the sky
in order for the radio to receive the • Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8
Radio seconds): Previews each broadcast for
activation signal.
Your Kia vehicle is equipped with a 3 5 seconds each
month complimentary period of SIR- ❈ Press the SCAN key again to contin-
IUS XMTM Satellite Radio so you have SEEK ue listening to the current frequency
access to over 140 channels of Press the RADIO key ❈ If the “Category” icon is displayed,
music, information, and entertain- channels are changed within the cur-
• Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8 rent category.
ment programming. seconds): select previous or next chan-
nel.
• Pressing and holding the key (over 0.8 Category
seconds): continuously move to previ- CAT
Press the FOLDER key Set
ous or next channel. through the TUNE knob
❈ If the “Category” icon is displayed,
channels are changed within the cur- • The display will indicate the category
rent category. menus, highlight the category that the
current channel belongs to.
Activation • In the Category List Mode, press the
In order to extend or reactivate your CAT key to navigate category
FOLDER
subscription to SIRIUS XMTM Satellite
list.
Radio, you will need to contact SIR-
• Press the tune knob to select the lowest
IUS XMTM Customer Care at 1-866-
channel in the highlighted category.
528-7474. Have your 12 digit SID
❈ If channel is selected by selecting cat-
(Sirius Identification Number) / ESN
egory, then the “CATEGORY” icon is
(Electronic Serial Number) ready. To displayed at the top of the screen.
retrieve the SID / ESN, turn on the
radio, press the [RADIO] button, and
tune to channel zero.
4 152
Preset Tune
Press the RADIO key 1 ~ 6 • Rotate TUNE knob : Changes
• Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8 the channel number or scrolls cate-
seconds): Plays the frequency saved in gory list.
the corresponding key. • Press TUNE knob : Selects the
• Pressing and holding the key (over menu.
0.8 seconds): Pressing and holding
the desired key from 1 ~ 6
will save the current broadcast to
Menu
the selected key and sound a Select category menu through the
BEEP. TUNE knob Press the MENU key
Select [ Info] through the TUNE
✽ Troubleshooting knob or 1 RPT key
1. Antenna Error
If this message is displayed, the anten-
na or antenna cable is broken or Info (Information)
unplugged. Please consult with your Displays the Artist/Song info of the
Kia dealership. current song.
2. Acquiring Signal
If this message is displayed, it means
that the antenna is covered and that
the SIRIUS XMTM Satellite Radio sig-
nal is not available. Ensure the anten-
na is uncovered and has a clear view
of the sky.
4 153
BASIC METHOD OF USE : Repeat

Audio CD / MP3 CD / USB / While song (file) is playing 1 RPT
(RPT) key
iPod® / My Music
Audio CD, MP3 CD, USB, iPod®, My
Music mode: RPT on screen
Press the MEDIA key to change the • To repeat one song (press the key)
<USB>
mod mode in order of CD ➟ : Repeats the current song.
USB(iPod®) ➟ AUX ➟ My Music ➟ BT MP3 CD, USB mode: FLD.RPT on
Audio. screen
The folder/file name is displayed on • To repeat folder (pressing twice):
the screen. repeats all files within the current
folder.
<My Music> ❈ Press the 1 RPT key again to turn
off repeat.
❈ The CD is automatically played
when a CD is inserted. Random
<Audio CD> ❈ The USB music is automatically While song (file) is playing 2 RDM
played when a USB is connected. (RDM) key
Audio CD, My Music mode: RDM on
screen
• Random (press the key) : Plays all
songs in random order.
<CD MP3>
4 154
MP3 CD, USB mode: FLD.RDM on While song (file) is playing Folder Search : MP3 CD, USB
screen SEEK key Mode
TRACK
• Folder Random (press the key) : • Shortly pressing the key : Plays the While file is playing CAT
FOLDER
Plays all files within the current fold- next song. (Folder Up) key
er in random order. • Pressing and holding the key (over • Searches the next folder.
iPod® mode: ALL RDM on screen 0.8 seconds): Fast forwards the CAT
song. While file is playing FOLDER
• All Random (press the key) : Plays (Folder Down) key
all files in random order. • Searches the parent folder.
MP3 CD, USB : ALL RDM on screen
Scan
❈ If a folder is selected by pressing
• All Random (pressing twice): Plays While song (file) is playing SCAN the TUNE knob, the first file
all files in random order. key within the selected folder will be
❈ Press the 2 RDM key again to turn • Shortly pressing the key : Scans all played.
off random. songs from the next song for 10 ❈ In iPod® mode, moves to the
seconds each. Parent Folder.
❈ Press the SCAN key again to turn
Changing Song/File off.
While song (file) is playing Searching Songs (File)
❈ The SCAN function is not support-
SEEK
TRACK key ed in iPod® mode. • Turning TUNE knob : Searches
• Shortly pressing the key : Plays the for songs (files)
current song from the beginning. • Pressing TUNE knob : Plays
❈ If the SEEK
TRACK key is pressed selected song (file).
again within 2 second, the previ-
ous song is played.
• Pressing and holding the key (over
0.8 seconds): Rewinds the song.
4 155
MENU : Audio CD Information MENU : MP3 CD / USB

Press the CD MP3 mode MENU key Press the MENU key Set [ Info] Press the CD MP3 mode MENU key
to set the Repeat, Random, through the TUNE knob or 3 to set the Repeat, Folder Random,
Information features. key to display information of the cur- Folder Repeat, All Random,
rent song. Information, and Copy features.
❈ Press the MENU key to turn off
info display.
Repeat
Press the MENU key Set [ RPT]
through the TUNE knob or 1 RPT key
Repeat
to repeat the current song. Press the MENU key Set [ RPT]
❈ Press RPT again to turn off. through the TUNE knob or 1 RPT
key to repeat the current song.
Random ❈ Press RPT again to turn off.
Press the MENU key Set [ RDM]
through the TUNE knob or 2 RDM
key to randomly play songs within
the current folder.
❈ Press RDM again to turn off.
4 156
Folder Random Information Copy

Press the MENU key Set [ F.RDM] Press the MENU key Set [ Info] Press the MENU key Set [
through the TUNE knob or 2 RDM through the TUNE knob or 5 Copy] through the TUNE knob
key to randomly play songs within the key to display information of the cur- or 6 key.
rent song.
current folder. This is used to copy the current
❈ Press the MENU key to turn off song into My Music. You can play
❈ Press F.RDM again to turn off. info display. the copied Music in My Music
mode.
Folder Repeat ❈ If another key is pressed while
Press the MENU key Set [ F.RPT] copying is in progress, a pop up
through the TUNE knob or 3 asking you whether to cancel
key to repeat songs within the cur- copying is displayed.
rent folder. ❈ If another media is connected or
❈ Press F.RPT again to turn off. inserted (USB, CD, iPod®, AUX)
while copying is in progress, copy-
All Random ing is canceled.
Press the MENU key Set [ A.RDM] ❈ Music will not be played while
through the TUNE knob or 4 key copying is in progress.
to randomly play all songs within the
CD.
❈ Press A.RDM again to turn off.
4 157
MENU : iPod® Information

In iPod mode, press the
® MENU key Press the MENU key Set [ Info]
to set the Repeat, Random, through the TUNE knob or 3
Information and Search features. key.
Displays information of the current
song.
❈ Press the MENU key to turn off
info display.
Search
Press the MENU key Set [ Search]
through the TUNE knob or 4
Repeat key.
Press the MENU key Set [ RPT] Displays iPod® category list.
through the TUNE knob or 1 RPT
key to repeat the current song. ❈ Searching iPod® category is
MENU key pressed, move to par-
❈ Press RPT again to turn repeat off. ent category.
Random
through the TUNE knob or 2 RDM
key.
Plays all songs within the currently
playing category in random order.
❈ Press RDM again to turn off.
4 158
MENU : My Music Mode Information ➀ Select the file you wish to delete
Press the MENU key Set [ Info] by using the TUNE knob.
through the TUNE knob or 3 ➁ Press the MENU key and select
In My Music mode, press the MENU the delete menu to delete the
key to set the Repeat, Random, key.
Displays information of the current selected file.
Information, Delete, Delete All, and
Delete Selection features. song.
❈ Press the MENU key to turn off Delete All
info display. Press the MENU key Set [ Del.All]
through the TUNE knob or 5 key.
Delete Deletes all songs of My Music.
Press the MENU key Set [ Delete]
through the TUNE knob or 4 Delete Selection
key.
Repeat Press the MENU key Set [ Del.Sel]
Deletes currently playing file
Press the MENU key Set [ RPT] through the TUNE knob or 6
through the TUNE knob or 1 RPT In the play screen, pressing delete key.
key. will delete the currently playing song.
Songs within My Music are selected
Repeats the currently playing song. Deletes file from list and deleted.
❈ Press RPT again to turn repeat ➀ Select the songs you wish to
off. delete from the list.
Random
through the TUNE knob or 2 RDM key.
Plays all songs in random order.
❈ Press RDM again to turn random off.
4 159
➁ After selecting, press MENU key AUX

and select the delete menu. AUX is used to play external MEDIA
currently connected with the AUX
terminal.
AUX mode will automatically start
when an external device is connect-
ed with the AUX terminal.
If an external device is connected,
you can also press the MEDIA key to
change to AUX mode.
My Music
• Even if memory is available, a
maximum of 6,000 songs can be
stored.
• The same song can be copied up
to 1,000 times.
• Memory info can be checked in the ❈ AUX mode cannot be started
System menu of Setup. unless there is an external device
connected to the AUX terminal.
AUX
Fully insert the AUX cable into the
AUX terminal for use.
4 160
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology • The Bluetooth® word mark and • Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
AUDIO logos are registered trademarks audio can be used only when the
owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and [Audio Streaming] of Phone is turned
any use of such marks by Kia is On .
What is Bluetooth® Wireless under license. Other trademarks ❈ Setting Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
Technology? and trade names are those of their Audio Streaming : Press the SETUP
CLOCK
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology allows respective owners. A Bluetooth® key Select [Phone] Select
devices to be connected in a short dis- enabled cell phone is required to [Audio Streaming] through the
tance, including hands-free devices, use Bluetooth® Wireless Technology TUNE knob Set On / Off
stereo headsets, wireless remote con-
trollers, etc. For more information, visit the
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology website at WARNING
www.Bluetooth.com Driving while distracted can
result in a loss of vehicle control
Before using Bluetooth® Wireless that may lead to an accident,
Technology audio features severe personal injury, and
death. The driver’s primary
• Bluetooth® Wireless Technology responsibility is in the safe and
audio may not be supported depend- legal operation of a vehicle, and
ing on the compatibility of your use of any handheld devices,
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology other equipment, or vehicle sys-
mobile phone. tems which take the driver’s
• In order to use Bluetooth® Wireless eyes, attention and focus away
Technology audio, you must first from the safe operation of a vehi-
pair and connect the Bluetooth® cle or which are not permissible
Wireless Technology mobile phone. by law should never be used dur-
4 161
Starting Bluetooth® Wireless Using the Bluetooth® Wireless

Technology Audio Technology audio features
• Press the MEDIA key to change the • Play / Stop
mode in order of Press the TUNE knob to play and
CD➟USB➟AUX➟My Music➟BT pause the current song.
Audio.
• If BT Audio is selected, Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology audio will start
playing.
❈ Audio may not automatically start
playing in some mobile phones.
❈ The title / artist info may not be

supported in some mobile phone.
When it is not supported, no title /
no artist will be displayed.
• Previous / Next song
SEEK SEEK
Press TRACK or TRACK to play
previous or next song.
❈ The previous song / next song /
play / pause functions may not be
supported in some mobile phones.
4 162
PHONE Making a call using the Steering- • Check call history and making call
wheel mounted controls ➀ Shortly press (under 0.8 seconds)
Before using the Bluetooth® Wireless the key on the steering
Technology phone features remote controller.
• In order to use Bluetooth® Wireless ➁ The call history list will be dis-
Technology phone, you must first played on the screen.
pair and connect the Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology mobile phone. ➂ Press the key again to con-
nect a call to the selected number.
• If the mobile phone is not paired or
connected, it is not possible to
enter Phone mode. Once a phone • Redialing the most recently called
is paired or connected, the guid- number
ance screen will be displayed. ➀ Press and hold (over 0.8 seconds)
• If Priority is set upon vehicle igni- the key on the steering
tion (IGN/ACC ON), the Bluetooth® (1) MUTE button : Mute the micro- remote controller.
Wireless Technology phone will be phone during a call. ➁ The most recently called number
automatically connected. Even if is redialed.
you are outside, the Bluetooth® (2) VOLUME button : Raises or low-
Wireless Technology phone will be ers speaker volume.
automatically connected once you (3) button : Places and transfers
are in the vicinity of the vehicle. If calls.
you do not want automatic (4) button : Ends calls or cancels
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology functions.
phone connection, set the
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology (5) button : Activates voice recog-
power to OFF nition.
4 163
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology

WARNING
Pairing a Bluetooth® Wireless Driving while distracted can
Technology Device result in a loss of vehicle control
that may lead to an accident,
severe personal injury, and
What is Bluetooth® Wireless death. The driver’s primary
Technology Pairing? responsibility is in the safe and
legal operation of a vehicle, and
Pairing refers to the process of syn- use of any handheld devices,
chronizing your Bluetooth® Wireless other equipment, or vehicle sys-
Technology phone or device with the tems which take the driver’s
car audio system for connection. eyes, attention and focus away
Pairing is necessary to connect and from the safe operation of a vehi-
use the Bluetooth® Wireless cle or which are not permissible
Technology feature. by law should never be used dur-
The Bluetooth® word mark and logos ing operation of the vehicle.
are registered trademarks owned by
Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of
such marks by Kia is under license.
Other trademarks and trade names
are those of their respective owners.
A Bluetooth® enabled cell phone is
required to use Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology
4 164
Pairing PHONE Key / Key 2.Select [OK] button to enter the Pair [Non SSP supported device]
on the Steering Remote Phone screen. (SSP: Secure Simple Pairing)
Controller 4. After a few moments, a screen is
displayed where the passkey is
entered. Enter the passkey “0000”
When No Devices have been to pair your Bluetooth® Wireless
Paired Technology device with the car
1.Press the PHONE key or the audio system.
key on the steering remote controller. 1)Car Name : Name of device as
shown when searching from your [SSP supported device]
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
device 4. After a few moments, a screen is
displayed 6 digits passkey.
2) Passkey : Passkey used to pair Check the passkey on your
the device Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
device and confirm.
3. From your Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology device (i.e. Mobile
Phone), search and select your
car audio system.
5. Once pairing is complete, the fol-

lowing screen is displayed.
4 165
Some phones (i.e., iPhone, Android

and Blackberry phones) may offer an
option to allow acceptance of all
future Bluetooth connection requests
by default." and "Visit
http://www.kia.com/us/#/bluetooth for
additional information on pairing your
Bluetooth-enabled mobile phone,
and to view a phone compatibility list.
• If Bluetooth® Wireless Technology

devices are paired but none are
currently connected, pressing the
PHONE key or the key on the
steering wheel displays the follow-
ing screen. Select [Pair] button to
pair a new device or select
[Connect] to connect a previously
paired device.
4 166
Pairing through [PHONE] • Bluetooth® Wireless Technology • Only Bluetooth® Wireless

Setup features supported within the vehi- Technology Handsfree and
cle are as follows. Some features Bluetooth audio related features
SETUP
may not be supported depending are supported.
Press the CLOCK key Select on your Bluetooth® Wireless • Bluetooth related operations are
[Phone] Select [Pair Phone] Technology device. possible only within devices that
Select TUNE knob - Outgoing/Incoming Handsfree support Handsfree or audio fea-
calls tures, such as a Bluetooth®
- Operations during a call (Switch Wireless Technology mobile phone
to Private, Switch to call waiting, or a Bluetooth audio device.
MIC on/off) • If a connected Bluetooth® Wireless
- Downloading Call History Technology device becomes dis-
connected due to being out of com-
- Downloading Mobile Contacts munication range, turning the
1. The following steps are the same - Bluetooth® Wireless Technology device OFF, or a Bluetooth®
as those described in the section device auto connection Wireless Technology communica-
"When No Devices have been - Bluetooth Audio Streaming tion error, corresponding Bluetooth®
Paired" on the previous page. • Up to five Bluetooth® Wireless Wireless Technology devices are
Technology devices can be paired automatically searched and recon-
to the Car Handsfree system. nected.
• Only one Bluetooth® device can be • If the system becomes unstable
connected at a time. due to communication errors
between the car Handsfree and the
• Only one Bluetooth® Wireless Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
Technology device can be connect- device, reset the device by turning
ed at a time. off and back on again. Upon reset-
• Other devices cannot be paired ting Bluetooth® Wireless
while a Bluetooth® Wireless Technology device, the system will
Technology device is connected. be restored.
4 167
• After pairing is complete, a con- Connecting a Device From the paired phone list, select the
tacts download request is sent device you want to connect and
once to the mobile phone. Some SETUP select [Connect].
mobile phones may require confir- Press the CLOCK key Select
mation upon receiving a download [Phone] Select [Phone List]
request, ensure your mobile phone
accepts the connection. Refer to
your phones user’s manual for
additional information regarding
phone pairing and connections.
1) Connected Phone : Device that is

currently connected
2) Paired Phone : Device that is
paired but not connected
4 168
Changing Priority From the paired phone list, select • Priority icon will be displayed when
the phone you want to switch to the the selected phone is set as a pri-
highest priority, then select [Change ority phone.
What is Priority? Priority] button from the Menu. The
It is possible to pair up to five selected device will be changed to
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology the highest priority.
devices with the car audio system.
The "Change Priority" feature is used
to set the connection priority of
paired phones.
SETUP
Press the CLOCK key Select
[Phone] Select [Phone List]
4 169
Disconnecting a Device Deleting a Device • When deleting the currently con-

nected device, the device will auto-
SETUP SETUP
matically be disconnected to pro-
Press the CLOCK key Select Press the CLOCK key Select ceed with the deleting process.
[Phone] Select [Phone List] [Phone] Select [Phone List] • If a paired Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology device is deleted, the
device’s call history and contacts
data will also be deleted.
• To re-use a deleted device, you
must pair the device again.
From the paired phone list, select the From the paired phone list, select the
currently connected device and device you want to delete and select
select [Disconnect] button. [Delete] button.
4 170
a prompt is displayed which asks to Answering Calls

USING Bluetooth® Wireless download call history data.
Technology
• If you select the [Contacts] button
but there is no contacts data Answering a Call
Phone Menu Screen stored, a prompt is displayed which Answering a call with a Bluetooth®
asks to download contacts data. Wireless Technology device connect-
• This feature may not be supported ed will display the following screen.
Phone Menus in some mobile phones. For more To accept the call, press key on
With a Bluetooth® Wireless information on download support, the steering wheel while the call is
Technology device connected, press refer to your mobile phone user’s incoming.
the PHONE key to display the Phone manual.
menu screen.
1) Caller : Displays caller's name

when the incoming caller is saved
within your contacts
1) Favorite : Up to 20 frequently used
contacts saved for easy access. 2) Incoming Number : Displays the
incoming number
2) Call History : Displays the call his-
tory list screen
3) Contacts : Displays the Contacts
list screen
4) Setup : Displays Phone related
settings.
• If you select the [Call History] but-
ton but there is no call history data,
4 171
• When an incoming call pop-up is Favorites Call History

displayed, most Audio and SETUP
mode features are disabled. Only
the call volume will operate. Press the PHONE key Select Press the PHONE key Select [Call
• The telephone number may not be [Favorites] History]
properly displayed in some mobile
phones.
• When a call is answered with the
mobile phone, the call mode will
automatically revert to Private
mode.
1) Saved favorite contact : Connects A list of incoming, outgoing and
call upon selection missed calls is displayed.
2) To add favorite : Downloaded con- • Call history may not be saved in the call
tacts be saved as favorite. history list in some mobile phones.
• Calls received with hidden caller ID will
• To save Favorite, contacts should not be saved in the call history list.
be downloaded.
• Calling through the call history is not pos-
• Contact saved in Favorites will not sible when there is no call history stored
be automatically updated if the or a Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
contact has been updated in the phone is not connected.
phone. To update Favorites, delete
the Favorite and create a new • Up to 20 received, dialed and missed
Favorite. calls are stored in Call History.
• Time of received/dialed calls and call
time information are not stored in Call
History.
4 172
Contacts • Up to 1,000 contacts saved in your device authorization upon attempt-

Bluetooth® Wireless Technology ing to download contacts. If down-
phone can be downloaded into the loading does not normally occur,
Press the PHONE key Select car contacts. Contacts that have check the Bluetooth® Wireless
[Contacts] been downloaded to the car cannot Technology device settings or the
be edited or deleted on the phone. screen state.
• Mobile phone contacts are man- • The contacts download feature may
aged separately for each paired not be supported in some mobile
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology phones. For more information of
device (max 5 devices x 1,000 con- supported Bluetooth® devices and
tacts each). Previously downloaded function support, refer to your
The list of saved phone book entries data is maintained even if the phone’s user manual.
is displayed. Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
device has been disconnected.
(However, the contacts and call his-
NOTE: tory saved to the phone will be
Find a contact in an alphabetical deleted if a paired phone is delet-
order, press the MENU key. ed.)
• It is possible to download contacts
during Bluetooth streaming audio.
• When downloading contacts, the
icon will be displayed within the sta-
tus bar.
• It is not possible to begin down-
loading a contact list when the con-
tact download feature has been
turned off within the Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology device. In
addition, some devices may require
4 173
Bluetooth® Wireless Pairing a New Device Viewing Paired Phone List

Technology Setting SETUP SETUP
Press the CLOCK key Select Press the CLOCK key Select
[Phone] Select [Pair Phone] [Phone] Select [Phone List]
The Bluetooth® word mark and logos
are registered trademarks owned by
Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of
such marks by Kia is under license.
Other trademarks and trade names
are those of their respective owners.
A Bluetooth® enabled cell phone is Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
required to use Bluetooth® Wireless devices can be paired with the audio
Technology system.
For more information, refer to the
WARNING “Pairing through Phone Setup” sec-
Driving while distracted can tion within Bluetooth® Wireless
result in a loss of vehicle control Technology.
that may lead to an accident, This feature is used to view mobile
severe personal injury, and phones that have been paired with
death. The driver’s primary the audio system. Upon selecting a
responsibility is in the safe and paired phone, the setup menu is dis-
legal operation of a vehicle, and played.
use of any handheld devices, For more information, refer to the
other equipment, or vehicle sys- “Setting Bluetooth® Wireless
tems which take the driver’s Technology Connection” section
eyes, attention and focus away within Bluetooth® Wireless
from the safe operation of a vehi- Technology.
cle or which are not permissible
by law should never be used dur-
4 174
1) Connect/Disconnect Phone : Downloading Contacts Auto Download (Contacts)

Connect/ disconnects currently SETUP SETUP
Press the CLOCK key Select Press the CLOCK key Select
selected phone [Phone] Select [Contacts Download] [Phone] Select [Auto Download]
2) Change Priority : Sets currently
selected phone to highest connec-
tion priority
3) Delete : Deletes the currently
selected phone
4) Return : Moves to the previous
screen As the contacts are downloaded This feature is used to automatically
from the mobile phone, a download download mobile contacts entries
• To learn more about whether your progress bar is displayed. once a Bluetooth® Wireless
mobile phone supports contacts Technology phone is connected.
downloads, refer to your mobile • Upon downloading phone contacts,
phone user’s manual. the previous corresponding data is ✽ NOTICE
• The contacts for only the connected deleted.
• The Auto Download feature will
phone can be downloaded • This feature may not be supported download mobile contacts entries
in some mobile phones. every time the phone is connected.
• Voice Recognition may not operate The download time may differ
while contacts are being down- depending on the number of saved
loaded. contacts entries and the communi-
cation state.
• Before downloading contacts, first
check to see that your mobile
phone supports the contacts
download feature.
4 175
Audio Streaming Outgoing Volume Turning Bluetooth System Off

SETUP SETUP SETUP
Press the CLOCK key Select Press the CLOCK key Select Press the CLOCK key Select
[Phone] Select [Audio Streaming] [Phone] Select [Outgoing Volume] [Phone] Select [Bluetooth System
Off]
Once Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology is turned off, Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology related features
will not be supported within the audio
system.
|When Audio Streaming is turned on, Use TUNE knob to adjust the
you can play music files saved in outgoing volume level.
your Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology device through the audio
system. • While on a call, the volume can be
SEEK
changed by using the TRACK
key.
• To turn Bluetooth® Wireless

SETUP
Technology back on, go to CLOCK
[Phone] and select “Yes”.
4 176
VOICE RECOGNITION If prompt feedback is in [ON], then Contact List Best Practices
the system will say “Please say a 1)Do not store single-name entries
Using Voice Recognition command after the beep (BEEP)” (e.g., “Bob”, “Mom”, “Kim”, etc.).
• If prompt feedback is in [OFF] Instead, always use full names
mode, then the system will only say (including first and last names) for
Starting Voice Recognition “(BEEP)” all contacts (e.g., use “Jacob
Shortly press the key on the • To change Prompt Feedback Stevenson” instead of “Dad”).
steering wheel. Say a command [On]/[Off], go to SETUP
CLOCK
[System] 2)Do not use abbreviations (i.e., use
[Prompt Feedback] “Lieutenant” instead of “Lt.” or
• For proper recognition, say the “Sergeant” instead of “Sgt.”).
command after the voice instruc- 3)Do not use acronyms (i.e., use
tion and beep tone. “County Finance Department”
instead of “CFD”).
4)Do not use special characters
(e.g., “@”, “hyphen -“, “asterisk *”,
ampersand &”).
5)If a name is not recognized from
the contact list, change it to a more
descriptive name (e.g., use
“Grandpa Joseph” instead of “Pa
Joe”).
4 177
Skipping Prompt Messages ENDING VOICE Voice Recognition and Phone

While prompt message is being stat- RECOGNITION Contact Tips:
ed Shortly press the key on the The Kia Voice Recognition System
steering remote controller While Voice Recognition is operating may have difficulty understanding
The prompt message is immediately Press and hold the key on the some accents or uncommon
ended and the beep tone will sound. steering remote controller names. When using Voice
After the “beep”, say the voice com- Recognition to place a call, speak in
mand. a moderate tone, with clear pronun-
• While using voice command, press-
ing any steering wheel control or a ciation
Re-starting Voice Recognition different key will end voice com- To maximize the use of Voice
While system waits for a command mand. Recognition, consider these guide-
Shortly press the key on the • When the system is waiting for a lines when storing contacts:
steering remote controller voice command, say “cancel” or • Do not store single-name entries
The command wait state is immedi- “end” to end voice command. (e.g., “Bob”, “Mom”, etc.). Instead,
ately ended and the beep ton will • When the system is waiting for a always use full names (including
sound. After the “beep”, say the voice voice command, press and hold the first and last names) for these con-
command. key on the steering wheel to tacts
end voice command. • Do not use special characters (e.g.,
'@', '-', '*', '&', etc.)
• Do not use abbreviations (i.e., use
"Lieutenant" instead of "Lt.") or
acronyms (i.e., use "County
Finance Department" instead of
"C. F. D."; Be sure to say the name
exactly as it is entered in the con-
tacts list
4 178
Illustration on using voice commands More Help

Here are some examples of mode commands.
• Starting Voice Recognition. You can say a radio type like 'FM', 'AM', or 'Satellite'.
Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8 seconds): You can also say a media source l ke 'USB', 'My
Music', or 'iPod'.
Please say a command after Additionally, there are phone commands like
the beep (BEEP) Beep~ "Contacts', 'Call History', or 'Dial Number".
You can find more detailed commands in the user's
More Help manual.
Please say a command after the beep.
More Help
Here are some examples of mode commands.
You can say a radio type l ke 'FM', 'AM', or 'Satellite'. • Ending Voice Recognition.
You can also say a media source like 'USB', 'My Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8 seconds):
Music', or 'iPod'.
(BEEP)
Additionally, there are phone commands like
"Contacts', 'Call History', or 'Dial Number". Contacts
You can find more detailed commands in the user's
manual.
Please say a command after the beep. Contacts.
Please say the name of the contact you want
to call.
• Skipping Prompt Messages.
Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8 seconds):
Cancel
Please say a... while guidance message is being stated
Shortly pressing the (BEEP) Beep Beep.. (end beep)
key (under 0.8 seconds)
More Help
4 179
Voice Command List

• Common Commands: These commands can be used in most operations. (However a few commands may not be
available during certain operations)
Command Function Command Function
More Help Provides guidance on commands that can be • When listening to the radio, displays the next
used anywhere in the system. radio screen. (FM1➟FM2➟AM➟SAT1➟
Help Provides guidance on commands that can be SAT2➟SAT3➟FM1)
used within the current mode. Radio • When listening to a different mode, displays
Call<Name> Calls <Name> saved in Contacts the most recently played radio screen.
Ex) Call “John Smith” • When currently listening to the FM radio,
Phone Provides guidance on Phone related com- maintains the current state.
mands. After saying this command, say • When listening to a different mode, displays
“Favorites”,“Call History”, “Contacts” or ”Dial the most recently played FM screen.
Number” execute corresponding functions. FM1(FM One) Displays the FM1 screen.
Favorites Display the Favorite screen. FM2(FM Two) Displays the FM2 screen.
Call History Displays the Call History screen. AM Displays the AM screen.
Contacts Displays the Contacts screen. After saying FM Preset 1~6 Plays the most recently played broadcast
this command, say the name of a contact saved in FM Preset 1~6.
saved in the Contacts to automatically con-
nect the call. AM Preset 1~6 Plays the broadcast saved in AM Preset 1~6.
Dial Number Display the Dial number screen. After saying FM 87.5~107.9 Plays the FM broadcast of the corresponding
this command, you can say the number that frequency.
you want to call. AM 530~1710 Plays the AM broadcast of the corresponding
Redial Connects the most recently called number. frequency.
Tutorial Provide guidance on how to use voice • When currently listening to the SIRIUS
recognition and Bluetooth® connections XMTM, maintains the current state.
• When listening to a different mode, displays
the most recently played SIRIUS XMTM
screen.
4 180

SIRIUS XMTM Displays the selected SIRIUS XMTM screen. My Music Plays the music saved in My Music.
(Satellite) 1~3 AUX (Auxiliary) Plays the connected external device.
SIRIUS XMTM Plays the selected SIRIUS XMTM channel. ®
Bluetooth Audio Plays the music saved in connected Bluetooth®
Channel 0~223 device.
Media Moves to the most recently played media Please repeat Repeats the most recent comment.
screen. Mute Mutes the sound.
CD Plays the music saved in the CD. Cancel (Exit) Ends voice command.
USB Plays USB music.
iPod® Plays iPod® music.
4 181
• FM/AM radio commands: Commands available during • Satellite radio commands: Commands that can be
FM, AM radio operation. used while listening to Satellite Radio.

Preset 1~6 Plays the broadcast station saved in Preset 1~6. Channel 0~223 Plays the selected Satellite Radio channel.
Scan Scans receivable frequencies from the current Scan Scans receivable channels from the current
broadcast and plays for 10 seconds each. broadcast and plays for 10 seconds each.
Preset Scan Moves to the next preset from the current Preset 1~6 Plays the broadcast saved in Preset 1~6.
present and plays for 10 seconds each. Information Displays the information of the current broad-
Information Displays the information of the current broadcast.
cast.(This feature can be used when receiving
RBDS broadcasts.)
4 182
• Audio CD commands: Commands available during • MP3 CD / USB commands: Commands available dur-
Audio CD operation. ing USB and MP3 CD operation.

Random Randomly plays the tracks within the CD. Random Randomly plays the files within the current
Random Off Cancels random play to play tracks in sequen- folder.
tial order. Random Off Cancels random play to play files in sequential
Repeat Repeats the current track. order.
Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play tracks in sequen- Repeat Repeats the current file.
tial order. Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play files in sequential
Track 1~30 Plays the desired track number. order.
Information Displays the information screen of the current
file.
Next Folder Play the first file in the next folder.
Previous Folder Play the first file in the previous folder.
4 183
• iPod® Commands: Commands available during iPod® • My Music Commands: Commands available during
operation. My Music operation.

Random Randomly plays the songs within the current Random Randomly plays all saved files.
category. Random Off Cancels random play to play files in sequential
Random Off Cancels random play to play songs in sequen- order.
tial order. Repeat Repeats the current file.
Repeat Repeats the current song. Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play files in sequential
Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play songs in sequen- order.
tial order. Delete Deletes the current file. You will bypass an
additional confirmation process.
4 184
• Bluetooth® Wireless Technology Audio Commands: iPod® is a registered trademark of Apple Inc. iPod®
Commands available during Bluetooth® Wireless mobile digital device sold separately. The
Technology audio streaming from mobile phone oper- Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered
ation Command Operation trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any
use of such marks by Kia is under license. A
Command Function Bluetooth® enabled cell phone is required to use
Bluetooth® wireless technology. SiriusXM™ service
Play Plays the currently paused song.
requires a subscription, sold separately, after 3-
Pause Pauses the current song. month trial included with vehicle purchase. If you
decide to continue your SiriusXM™ service at the
end of the trial subscription, the plan you choose
will automatically renew and bill at the current rates
until you call SiriusXM™ at 1-866-528-7474 to can-
cel. See our Customer Agreement for complete
terms at www.siriusxm.com. Sirius satellite service
is available only to those at least 18 and older in the
48 contiguous United States, D.C., and P.R. (with
coverage limitations). SiriusXM™ Traffic available
in select markets. See siriusxm.com/traffic for more
information. Sirius, XM and all related marks and
logos are trademarks of Sirius XM Radio Inc.
4 185
Driving your vehicle
Before driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 Special driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-52

Key positions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 • Hazardous driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-52
Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 • Reducing the risk of a rollover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-52
Engine start/stop button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 • Rocking the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-53
• Illuminated ENGINE START/STOP button . . . . . . . 5-8 • Smooth cornering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-55
• ENGINE START/STOP button position . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 • Driving at night . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-55
• Driving in the rain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-56
Manual transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
• Driving in flooded areas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-56
• Manual transaxle operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
• Driving off-road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-56
Automatic transaxle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16 • Highway driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-56
• Automatic transaxle operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
Winter driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-58
Four wheel drive (4WD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
Trailer towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-62
Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
Vehicle load limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-71
• Power brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
• Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31
• Tire and loading information label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-71 5
• Certification label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-74
• Anti-lock brake system (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33
• Electronic stability control (ESC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35 Vehicle weight glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-75
• Vehicle stability management (VSM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-39 • Base curb weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-75
• Hill-start assist control (HAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40 • Vehicle curb weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-75
• Downhill brake control (DBC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40 • Cargo weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-75
• GAW (Gross axle weight) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-75
Cruise control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44
• GAWR (Gross axle weight rating) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-75
Active ECO system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-49 • GVW (Gross vehicle weight) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-75
Economical operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-50 • GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating). . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-75
E010000AUN-EU
WARNING - ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS!

Engine exhaust fumes can be extremely dangerous. If, at any time, you smell exhaust fumes inside the vehicle,
open the windows immediately.
• Do not inhale exhaust fumes.
Exhaust fumes contain carbon monoxide, a colorless, odorless gas that can cause unconsciousness and death
by asphyxiation.
• Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.
The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose.
If you hear a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side
of the car, have the exhaust system checked as soon as possible by an authorized Kia dealer.
• Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.
Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous practice. Never run the
engine in your garage any longer than it takes to start the engine and back the car out.
• Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the car.
If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the car, be sure to do so only in an
open area with the air intake set at "Fresh" and fan operating at one of the higher speeds so fresh air is drawn
into the interior.
If you must drive with the tailgate open because you are carrying objects that make this necessary:
1. Close all windows.
2. Open side vents.
3. Set the air intake control at "Fresh", the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face" and the fan at one of the higher
speeds.
To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, be sure the ventilation air intakes located just in front of the
windshield are kept clear of snow, ice, leaves or other obstructions.
5 2
BEFORE DRIVING
E020100AUN
CALIFORNIA PROPO- Before entering vehicle WARNING
SITION 65 WARNING • Be sure that all windows, outside Driving while distracted can
Engine exhaust and a wide vari- mirror(s), and outside lights are result in a loss of vehicle con-
ety of automobile components clean. trol, that may lead to an acci-
and parts, including compo- • Check the condition of the tires. dent, severe personal injury,
nents found in the interior fur- and death. The driver’s primary
nishings in a vehicle, contain or • Check under the vehicle for any responsibility is in the safe and
emit chemicals known to the sign of leaks. legal operation of a vehicle, and
State of California to cause can- • Be sure there are no obstacles use of any handheld devices,
cer and birth defects and repro- behind you if you intend to back up. other equipment, or vehicle sys-
ductive harm. In addition, cer- tems which take the driver’s
tain fluids contained in vehicles E020200AUN eyes, attention and focus away
and certain products of compo- Necessary inspections from the safe operation of a
nent wear contain or emit chem- Fluid levels, such as engine oil, vehicle or which are not permis-
icals known to the State of engine coolant, brake fluid, and sible by law should never be
California to cause cancer and washer fluid should be checked on a used during operation of the
birth defects or other reproduc- regular basis, at the exact interval vehicle.
tive harm. depending on the fluid. Further
details are provided in section 7,
“Maintenance”.
5 3
E020300AHM
Before starting WARNING WARNING - Driving
• Close and lock all doors. All passengers must be proper- under the influence of
ly belted whenever the vehicle alcohol or drugs
• Position the seat so that all con-
trols are easily reached. is moving. Refer to “Seat belts” Drinking and driving is danger-
in section 3 for more informa- ous. Drunk driving is the num-
• Adjust the inside and outside tion on their proper use. ber one contributor to the high-
rearview mirrors. way death toll each year. Even a
• Be sure that all lights work. small amount of alcohol will
• Check all gauges. affect your reflexes, percep-
WARNING tions and judgment. Driving
• Check the operation of warning
lights when the ignition switch is Always check the surrounding while under the influence of
turned to the ON position. areas near your vehicle for peo- drugs is as dangerous or more
ple, especially children, before dangerous than driving drunk.
• Release the parking brake and putting a car into D (Drive) or R
make sure the brake warning light You are much more likely to
(Reverse). have a serious accident if you
goes out.
drink or take drugs and drive.
For safe operation, be sure you are
familiar with your vehicle and its If you are drinking or taking
equipment. drugs, don’t drive. Do not ride
with a driver who has been
drinking or taking drugs.
Choose a designated driver or
call a cab.
5 4
KEY POSITIONS (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING
• When you intend to park or
stop the vehicle with the
engine on, be careful not to
depress the accelerator pedal
for a long period of time. It
may overheat the engine or
exhaust system and ignite a
fire.
• When you make a sudden
stop or turn the steering OSL050001 OXM059029N
wheel rapidly, loose objects Illuminated ignition switch Ignition switch position
may drop on the floor and it (if equipped) E030201AUN
could interfere with the opera-
tion of the foot pedals, possi- Whenever a front door is opened, the LOCK
bly causing an accident. Keep ignition switch will illuminate for your The steering wheel locks to protect
all things in the vehicle safely convenience, provided the ignition against theft (if equipped). The igni-
stored. switch is not in the ON position. The tion key can be removed only in the
light will go off immediately when the LOCK position.
• If you do not focus on driving, ignition switch is turned on. It will
it may cause an accident. Be also go off after about 30 seconds When turning the ignition switch to
careful when operating what when the door is closed. the LOCK position, push the key
may disturb driving such as inward at the ACC position and turn
audio or heater. It is the the key toward the LOCK position.
responsibility of the driver to
always drive safely.
5 5
E030202AHM E030204APB
ACC (Accessory) START (Continued)
The steering wheel is unlocked and Turn the ignition switch to the START • The anti-theft steering column
electrical accessories are operative. position to start the engine. The lock is not a substitute for the
engine will crank until you release parking brake. Before leaving
the key; then it returns to the ON the driver’s seat, always make
✽ NOTICE position. The brake warning light can sure the shift lever is engaged
If difficulty is experienced turning be checked in this position. in 1st gear for the manual
the ignition switch to the ACC posi- transaxle or P (Park) for auto-
tion, turn the key while turning the matic transaxle, set the park-
E030205AHM
steering wheel right and left to ing brake fully and shut the
release the tension. engine off. Unexpected and
WARNING - Ignition sudden vehicle movement
E030203AUN switch may occur if these precau-
ON • Never turn the ignition switch tions are not taken.
The warning lights can be checked to LOCK or ACC while the • Never reach for the ignition
before the engine is started. This is vehicle is moving. This would switch, or any other controls
the normal running position after the result in loss of directional through the steering wheel
engine is started. control and braking function, while the vehicle is in motion.
which could cause an acci- The presence of your hand or
Do not leave the ignition switch ON if dent. arm in this area could cause a
the engine is not running to prevent loss of vehicle control, an
battery discharge. (Continued)
accident and serious bodily
injury or death.
• Do not place any movable
objects around the driver’s
seat as they may move while
driving, interfere with the driv-
er and lead to an accident.
5 6
E040100AUN 1.Make sure the parking brake is

Starting the engine applied. CAUTION
2.Manual Transaxle - Depress the If the engine stalls while you are
clutch pedal fully and shift the in motion, do not attempt to
WARNING move the shift lever to the P
transaxle into Neutral. Keep the
Always wear appropriate shoes clutch pedal and brake pedal (Park) position. If traffic and
when operating your vehicle. depressed while turning the igni- road conditions permit, you may
Unsuitable shoes (high heels, tion switch to the start position. The put the shift lever in the N
ski boots,etc.) may interfere starter will not operate if the clutch (Neutral) position while the
with your ability to use the pedal is not fully depressed. vehicle is still moving and turn
brake and accelerator pedal, the ignition switch to the START
and the clutch (if equipped). Automatic Transaxle - Place the
transaxle shift lever in P (Park). position in an attempt to restart
Depress the brake pedal fully. the engine.
You can also start the engine when
the shift lever is in the N (Neutral)
position. CAUTION
3.Turn the ignition switch to START Do not engage the starter for
and hold it there until the engine more than 10 seconds. If the
starts (a maximum of 10 seconds), engine stalls or fails to start,
then release the key. wait 5 to 10 seconds before re-
4.In extremely cold weather (below engaging the starter. Improper
0°F / -18°C) or after the vehicle has use of the starter may damage
not been operated for several days, it.
let the engine warm up without
depressing the accelerator.
Whether the engine is cold or warm,
it should be started without
depressing the accelerator.
5 7
ENGINE START/STOP BUTTON (IF EQUIPPED)

ENGINE START/STOP button
position CAUTION
You are able to turn off the
OFF
engine (START/RUN) or vehicle
power (ON), only when the vehi-
cle is not in motion. In an emer-
gency situation while the vehi-
Not illuminated cle is in motion, you are able to
turn the engine off and to the
• With automatic transaxle ACC position by pressing the
ENGINE START/STOP button for
To turn off the engine (START/RUN more than 2 seconds or 3 times
OSL050004 position) or vehicle power (ON posi- successively within 3 seconds.
Illuminated ENGINE tion), press the ENGINE If the vehicle is still moving, you
START/STOP button START/STOP button with the shift can restart the engine without
lever in the P (Park) position. When depressing the brake pedal by
Whenever the front door is opened,
you press the ENGINE pressing the ENGINE
the ENGINE START/STOP button
START/STOP button without the shift START/STOP button with the
will illuminate for your convenience.
lever in the P (Park) position, the shift lever in the N (Neutral)
The light will go off after about 30
ENGINE START/STOP button will position.
seconds when the door is closed. It
not change to the OFF position but to
will also go off immediately when the
the ACC position.
theft-alarm system is armed.
5 8
ACC(Accessory) ON START/RUN
Orange indicator Green indicator Not illuminated
• With automatic transaxle • With automatic transaxle • With automatic transaxle

Press the ENGINE START/STOP Press the ENGINE START/STOP To start the engine, depress the
button while it is in the OFF position button while it is in the ACC position brake pedal and press the ENGINE
without depressing the brake pedal. without depressing the brake pedal. START/ STOP button with the shift
If the ENGINE START/STOP button The warning lights can be checked lever in the P (Park) or the N
is in the ACC position for more than before the engine is started. Do not (Neutral) position. For your safety,
1 hour, the button is turned off auto- leave the ENGINE START/STOP start the engine with the shift lever in
matically to prevent battery dis- button in the ON position for a long the P (Park) position.
charge. time. The battery may discharge,
because the engine is not running. ✽ NOTICE
If you press the ENGINE
START/STOP button without
depressing the brake pedal for auto-
matic transaxle vehicles, the engine
will not start and the ENGINE
START/STOP button changes as fol-
low:
OFF ➔ACC ➔ ON ➔ OFF or ACC
5 9
E040300AHM-EU
If you leave the ENGINE START/ Starting the engine with a

• Never reach for the ENGINE smart key (if equipped)
STOP button in the ACC or ON START/STOP button or any
position for a long time, the battery other controls through the 1.Carry the smart key or leave it
will discharge. steering wheel while the vehi- inside the vehicle.
cle is in motion. The presence 2.Make sure the parking brake is
of your hand or arm in the firmly applied
WARNING area could cause loss of vehi- 3.Automatic Transaxle - Place the
• Never press the ENGINE cle control, an accident and transaxle shift lever in P (Park).
START/STOP button while the serious bodily injury or death. Depress the brake pedal fully.
vehicle is in motion except in • Do not place any movable
an emergency. If the engine 4.Press the ENGINE START/STOP
objects around the driver's button while depressing the brake
stops while the vehicle is in seat as they may move while
motion, this would result in pedal.
driving, interfere with the driv- 5.In extremely cold weather (below
loss of directional control and er and lead to an accident.
braking function, which could 0°F (-18°C)) or after the vehicle
cause an accident. has not been operated for several
• Before leaving the driver's days, let the engine warm up with-
seat, always make sure the out depressing the accelerator.
shift lever is engaged in P Whether the engine is cold or warm,
(Park), set the parking brake it should be started without depress-
fully and shut the engine off. ing the accelerator.
Unexpected and sudden vehi-
cle movement may occur if
these precautions are not
taken.
(Continued)
5 10
• Even if the smart key is in the vehi-

cle, if it is far away from you, the WARNING CAUTION
engine may not start. The engine will start, only when If the engine stalls while the
• When the ENGINE START/STOP the smart key is in the vehicle. vehicle is in motion, do not
button is in the ACC position or Never allow children or any per- attempt to move the shift lever
above, if any door is opened, the son who is unfamiliar with the to the P (Park) position. If the
system checks for the smart key. If vehicle touch the ENGINE traffic and road conditions per-
the smart key is not in the vehicle, START/STOP button or related mit, you may put the shift lever
the "KEY OUT" indicator will blink. parts. in the N (Neutral) position while
And if all doors are closed, the the vehicle is still moving and
chime will sound for 5 seconds. press the ENGINE START/STOP
The indicator or warning will turn button in an attempt to restart
off while the vehicle is moving. the engine.
Always have the smart key with
you.
5 11
(Continued)
• When the stop lamp fuse is blown,
you can't start the engine normal-
ly. Replace the fuse with a new
one. If it is not possible, you can
start the engine by pressing the
ENGINE START/STOP button
for 10 seconds while it is in the
ACC position. The engine can
start without depressing the brake
pedal. But for your safety always
OXM052002 depress the brake pedal before
starting the engine.
✽ NOTICE
• If the battery is weak or the smart
key does not work correctly, you CAUTION
can start the engine by pressing Do not press the ENGINE
the engine start/stop button with START/ STOP button for more
the smart key. than 10 seconds except when
The side with the lock button the stop lamp fuse is blown.
should contact the engine
start/stop button directly.
When you press the engine
start/stop button directly with the
smart key, the smart key should
contact the button at a right angle.
(Continued)
5 12
MANUAL TRANSAXLE (IF EQUIPPED)

E050100BUN-C1
Manual transaxle operation CAUTION
The manual transaxle has 6 forward • When downshifting from fifth
gears. gear to fourth gear, caution
should be taken not to inad-
This shift pattern is imprinted on the vertently press the gear shift
shift knob. The transaxle is fully syn- lever sideways in such a man-
chronized in all forward gears so ner that second gear is
shifting to either a higher or a lower engaged. Such a drastic
gear is easily accomplished. downshift may cause the
Press the clutch pedal down fully engine speed to increase to
while shifting, then release it slowly. the point that the tachometer
The shift lever can be moved with- If your vehicle is equipped with an will enter the red-zone. Such
out pulling the R knob (1). ignition lock switch, the engine will over-revving of the engine
not start when starting the engine may possibly cause engine
The R knob (1) must be pulled up
without depressing the clutch pedal. damage.
while moving the shift lever.
OSL050008L
(if equipped) • Do not downshift more than 2
E050000AUN The gearshift lever must be returned gears or downshift the gear
to the neutral position before shifting when the engine is running at
into R (Reverse). high speed (5,000 RPM or
The ring (1) located immediately higher). Such a downshifting
below the shift knob must be pulled may damage the engine,
upward while moving the shift lever clutch and the transaxle.
to the R position. (if equipped)
Make sure the vehicle is completely
stopped before shifting into R
(Reverse).
Never operate the engine with the
tachometer (rpm) in the red zone.
5 13
• During cold weather, shifting may E050101AUN

be difficult until the transaxle lubri- WARNING Using the clutch
cant has warmed up. This is nor- • Before leaving the driver’s The clutch should be pressed all the
mal and not harmful to the seat, always set the parking way to the floor before shifting, then
transaxle. brake fully and shut the released slowly. The clutch pedal
• If you've come to a complete stop engine off. Then make sure should always be fully released while
and it's hard to shift into 1st or R the transaxle is shifted into driving. Do not rest your foot on the
(Reverse), put the shift lever in N 1st gear when the vehicle is clutch pedal while driving. This can
(Neutral) position and release the parked on a level or uphill cause unnecessary wear. Do not
clutch. Press the clutch pedal back grade, and shifted into R partially engage the clutch to hold
down, and then shift into 1st or R (Reverse) on a downhill the car on an incline. This causes
(Reverse) gear position. grade. Unexpected and sud- unnecessary wear. Use the foot
den vehicle movement can brake or parking brake to hold the
occur if these precautions are car on an incline. Do not operate the
CAUTION not followed in the order iden- clutch pedal rapidly and repeatedly.
• To avoid premature clutch tified.
wear and damage, do not • If your vehicle has a manual E050102AUN
drive with your foot resting on transaxle not equipped with a Downshifting
the clutch pedal. Also, don’t ignition lock switch, it may
use the clutch to hold the move and cause a serious When you must slow down in heavy
vehicle stopped on an uphill accident when starting the traffic or while driving up steep hills,
grade, while waiting for a traf- engine without depressing downshift before the engine starts to
fic light, etc. the clutch pedal while the labor. Downshifting reduces the
parking brake is released and chance of stalling and gives better
• Do not use the shift lever as a acceleration when you again need to
handrest during driving, as the shift lever not in the N
(neutral) position. increase your speed. When the vehi-
this can result in premature cle is traveling down steep hills,
wear of the transaxle shift downshifting helps maintain safe
forks. speed and prolongs brake life.
5 14
E050200AUN-C1 • Exercise extreme caution when

Good driving practices driving on a slippery surface. Be (Continued)
especially careful when braking, • Loss of control often occurs if
• Never take the vehicle out of gear two or more wheels drop off
and coast down a hill. This is accelerating or shifting gears. On a
slippery surface, an abrupt change the roadway and the driver
extremely hazardous. Always leave oversteers to reenter the road-
the vehicle in gear. in vehicle speed can cause the
drive wheels to lose traction and way.
• Don't "ride" the brakes. This can the vehicle to go out of control. • In the event your vehicle
cause them to overheat and mal- leaves the roadway, do not
function. Instead, when you are steer sharply. Instead, slow
driving down a long hill, slow down WARNING down before pulling back into
and shift to a lower gear. When you the travel lanes.
do this, engine braking will help • Always buckle-up! In a colli-
slow down the vehicle. sion, an unbelted occupant is • Never exceed posted speed
significantly more likely to be limits.
• Slow down before shifting to a seriously injured or killed
lower gear. This will help avoid than a properly belted occu-
over-revving the engine, which can pant.
cause damage.
• Avoid high speeds when cor-
• Slow down when you encounter nering or turning.
cross winds. This gives you much
better control of your vehicle. • Do not make quick steering
wheel movements, such as
• Be sure the vehicle is completely sharp lane changes or fast,
stopped before you attempt to shift sharp turns.
into reverse. The transaxle can be
damaged if you do not. To shift into • The risk of rollover is greatly
reverse, depress the clutch, move increased if you lose control
the shift lever to neutral, then shift of your vehicle at highway
to the reverse position. speeds.
(Continued)
5 15
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE (IF EQUIPPED)

E060100AAM-EU
Automatic transaxle operation
The automatic transaxle has 6 for-
Shift lever ward speeds and one reverse speed.
The individual speeds are selected
Button automatically, depending on the
position of the shift lever.
+ (UP) ✽ NOTICE
The first few shifts on a new vehicle,
if the battery has been disconnected,
may be somewhat abrupt. This is a
normal condition, and the shifting
sequence will adjust after shifts are
cycled a few times by the TCM
(Transaxle Control Module) or
PCM (Powertrain Control Module).
- (DOWN)
To shift, depress the brake pedal and press the button when the igni-
tion switch is in the ON position.
Press the button when shifting.
The shift lever can be shifted freely. OSL050009L
E060000AAM-EU
5 16
For smooth operation, depress the E060101AAM

brake pedal when shifting from N CAUTION Transaxle ranges
(Neutral) to a forward or reverse • To avoid damage to your The indicator in the instrument clus-
gear. transaxle, do not accelerate ter displays the shift lever position
the engine in R (Reverse) or when the ignition switch is in the ON
any forward gear position with position.
WARNING - Automatic the brakes on.
transaxle • When stopped on an incline, P (Park)
• Always check the surrounding do not hold the vehicle with
areas near your vehicle for the engine power. Use the Always come to a complete stop
people, especially children, service brake or the parking before shifting into P (Park). This
before shifting the shift lever brake. position locks the transaxle and pre-
into D (Drive) or R (Reverse). vents the drive wheels from rotating.
• Do not shift from N (Neutral)
• Before leaving the driver’s or P (Park) into D (Drive), or R
seat, always make sure the (Reverse) when the engine is WARNING
shift lever is in the P (Park) above idle speed.
position; then set the parking • Shifting into P (Park) while the
brake fully and shut the vehicle is in motion will cause
engine off. Unexpected and the drive wheels to lock which
sudden vehicle movement will cause you to lose control
can occur if these precautions of the vehicle.
are not followed in the order • Do not use the P (Park) posi-
identified. tion in place of the parking
brake. Always make sure the
shift lever is latched in the P
(Park) position and set the
parking brake fully.
• Never leave a child unattend-
ed in a vehicle.
5 17
N (Neutral)
CAUTION The wheels and transaxle are not
The transaxle may be damaged engaged. The vehicle will roll freely
if you shift into P (Park) while even on the slightest incline unless
the vehicle is in motion. the parking brake or service brakes
are applied.
R (Reverse)
Use this position to drive the vehicle D (Drive)
Sports
backward. This is the normal forward driving mode
position. The transaxle will automati-
cally shift through a 6-gear OSL050011
CAUTION sequence, providing the best fuel
Sports mode
Always come to a complete stop economy and power.
before shifting into or out of R Whether the vehicle is stationary or
(Reverse); you may damage the in motion, sports mode is selected by
For extra power when passing anoth- pushing the shift lever from the D
transaxle if you shift into R
er vehicle or climbing grades, (Drive) position into the manual gate.
(Reverse) while the vehicle is in
depress the accelerator fully, at To return to D (Drive) range opera-
motion, except when “Rocking
which time the transaxle will auto- tion, push the shift lever back into the
the vehicle” explained in this
matically downshift to the next lower main gate.
section.
gear.
✽ NOTICE
Always come to a complete stop
before shifting into D (Drive).
5 18
In sports mode, moving the shift (Continued) Shift lock system

lever backwards and forwards will • In sports mode, when the engine For your safety, the automatic
allow you to make gearshifts rapidly. rpm approaches the red zone shift transaxle has a shift lock system
In contrast to a manual transaxle, the points are varied to upshift auto- which prevents shifting the transaxle
sports mode allows gearshifts with matically. from P (Park) into R (Reverse)
the accelerator pedal depressed. • To maintain the required levels of unless the brake pedal is depressed.
Up (+) : Push the lever forward once vehicle performance and safety,
the system may not execute cer- To shift the transaxle from P (Park)
to shift up one gear. into R (Reverse):
tain gearshifts when the shift lever
Down (-) : Pull the lever backwards is operated. 1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
once to shift down one • When driving on a slippery road,
gear. 2. Start the engine or turn the ignition
push the shift lever forward into switch to the ON position.
the +(up) position. This causes the 3. Depress the lock release button
✽ NOTICE transaxle to shift into the 2nd gear and move the shift lever.
• In sports mode, the driver must which is better for smooth driving
on a slippery road. Push the shift If the brake pedal is repeatedly
execute upshifts in accordance depressed and released with the
with road conditions, taking care lever to the -(down) side to shift
back to the 1st gear. shift lever in the P (Park) position, a
to keep the engine speed below the chattering noise near the shift lever
red zone. may be heard. It is a normal condi-
• In sports mode, only the 6 forward tion.
gears can be selected. To reverse
or park the vehicle, move the shift
lever to the R (Reverse) or P
(Park) position as required.
• In sports mode, downshifts are
made automatically when the
vehicle slows down. When the
vehicle stops, 1st gear is automati-
cally selected.
(Continued)
5 19
E060103AHM
WARNING Ignition key interlock system
Always fully depress the brake The ignition key cannot be removed
pedal before and while shifting unless the shift lever is in the P
out of the P (Park) position into (Park) position. Even if the ignition
another position to avoid inad- switch is in the LOCK position, the
vertent motion of the vehicle key also cannot be removed.
which could injure persons in If your vehicle is equipped with
or around the vehicle. ENGINE START/STOP button, the
button will not change to the OFF
position unless the shift lever is in the
OSL053010L P (Park) position.
Shift-lock override
If the shift lever cannot be moved
from the P (Park) into R (Reverse)
position with the brake pedal
depressed, continue depressing the
brake, then do the following:
1. Carefully remove the cap covering
the shift-lock access hole (1).
2. Insert a screwdriver into the
access hole and press down on
the screwdriver.
3. Depress the lock release button
(2) and move the shift lever.
4. Have your vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer immediately.
5 20
E060200AAM • Always use the parking brake. Do

Good driving practices not depend on placing the WARNING
• Never move the gear shift lever transaxle in P (Park) to keep the • Always buckle-up! In a colli-
from P (Park) or N (Neutral) to any vehicle from moving. sion, an unbelted occupant is
other position with the accelerator • Exercise extreme caution when significantly more likely to be
pedal depressed. driving on a slippery surface. Be seriously injured or killed than
• Never move the gear shift lever into especially careful when braking, a properly belted occupant.
P (Park) when the vehicle is in accelerating or shifting gears. On a • Avoid high speeds when cor-
motion. slippery surface, an abrupt change nering or turning.
in vehicle speed can cause the
• Be sure the vehicle is completely • Do not make quick steering
drive wheels to lose traction and
stopped before you attempt to shift wheel movements, such as
the vehicle to go out of control.
into R (Reverse) or D (Drive). sharp lane changes or fast,
• Optimum vehicle performance and sharp turns.
• Never take the vehicle out of gear economy is obtained by smoothly
and coast down a hill. This may be • The risk of rollover is greatly
depressing and releasing the
extremely hazardous. Always leave increased if you lose control
accelerator pedal.
the car in gear when moving. of your vehicle at highway
• Do not "ride" the brakes. This can speeds.
cause them to overheat and mal- • Loss of control often occurs if
function. Instead, when you are two or more wheels drop off
driving down a long hill, slow down the roadway and the driver
and shift to a lower gear. When you oversteers to reenter the road-
do this, engine braking will help way.
slow down the car. • In the event your vehicle
• Slow down before shifting to a leaves the roadway, do not
lower gear. Otherwise, the lower steer sharply. Instead, slow
gear may not be engaged. down before pulling back into
the travel lanes.
• Never exceed posted speed
limits.
5 21
E060203AUN
WARNING Moving up a steep grade from a
If your vehicle becomes stuck in standing start
snow, mud, sand, etc., then you To move up a steep grade from a
may attempt to rock the vehicle standing start, depress the brake
free by moving it forward and pedal, shift the shift lever to D
backward. Do not attempt this (Drive). Select the appropriate gear
procedure if people or objects depending on load weight and steep-
are anywhere near the vehicle. ness of the grade, and release the
During the rocking operation parking brake. Depress the accelera-
the vehicle may suddenly move tor gradually while releasing the
forward of backward as it service brakes.
becomes unstuck, causing When accelerating from a stop on
injury or damage to nearby peo- a steep hill, the vehicle may have a
ple or objects. tendency to roll backwards.
Shifting the shift lever into 2
(Second Gear) will help prevent
the vehicle from rolling back-
wards.
5 22
FOUR WHEEL DRIVE (4WD) (IF EQUIPPED)

Engine power can be delivered to all Tight corner brake effect
front and rear wheels for maximum WARNING - Off road
traction. 4WD is useful when extra driving
traction is required on road, such as, CAUTION - 4WD
This vehicle is designed prima-
when driving on slippery, muddy, rily for on road use although it When turning sharply on a
wet, or snow-covered roads. These can operate effectively off road. paved road at low speed while
vehicles are not designed for chal- However, it was not designed to in four-wheel drive, steering
lenging off-road use. Occasional off- drive in challenging off-road control will be difficult.
road use such as established conditions. Driving in condi-
unpaved roads and trails are OK. It is tions that exceed the vehicle's
always important when traveling off- intended design or the driver's Tight corner brake effect is a unique
highway that the driver carefully experience level may result in characteristic of four-wheel drive
reduces the speed to a level that severe injury or death. vehicles caused by the difference in
does not exceed the safe operating tire rotation at the four wheels and
speed for those conditions. In gener- the zero-degree alignment of the
al, off-road conditions provide less front wheels and suspension.
traction and braking effectiveness WARNING Sharp turns at low speeds should be
than normal road conditions. The carried out with caution.
driver must be especially alert to If the 4WD system warning light
avoid driving on slopes which tilt the ( ) illuminates, this indicates
vehicle to either side. that there is a malfunction in the
4WD system.
These factors must be carefully con-
sidered when driving off-road. If this occurs, have your vehicle
Keeping the vehicle in contact with checked by an authorized Kia
the driving surface and under control dealer as soon as possible.
in these conditions is always the dri-
ver's responsibility for the safety of
him/herself and his or her passen-
gers.
5 23
Four Wheel Drive (4WD) transfer mode selection

Transfer mode Selection button Indicator light Description
• When driving in 4WD AUTO mode, the vehicle operates sim-
ilar to conventional 2WD vehicles under normal operating
conditions. However, if the system determines that there is a
4WD AUTO need for the 4WD mode, the engine’s driving power is dis-
(4WD LOCK is tributed to all four wheels automatically without driver inter-
deactivated) vention.
(Indicator light is
not illuminated) • When driving on normal roads and pavement, the vehicle
moves similar to conventional 2WD vehicles.
• This mode is used for climbing or descending sharp grades,

off-road driving, driving on sandy and muddy roads, etc., to
maximize traction.
4WD LOCK • This mode automatically begins to deactivate at speeds
above 19 mph (30 km/h) and is shifted to 4WD AUTO mode
(Indicator light is at speed above 25 mph (40 km/h). If the vehicle decelerates
illuminated) to speeds below approximate 25 mph (40 km/h), however,
the transfer mode is shifted into 4WD LOCK mode again.
✽ NOTICE
• When driving on normal roads, deactivate the 4WD LOCK mode by pushing the 4WD LOCK button (the indi-
cator light goes off). Driving on normal roads with 4WD LOCK mode (especially, when cornering) may cause
mechanical noise or vibration. The noise and vibration will disappear when the 4WD LOCK mode is deactivated.
Some parts of the power train may be damaged by prolonged driving with the noise and vibration.
• When the 4WD LOCK mode is deactivated, a shock may be felt as the drive power is delivered entirely to the
front wheels. This shock is not a mechanical failure.
5 24
For safe four-wheel drive oper-

ation
WARNING - Four-wheel
driving
The conditions of on-road or
off-road that demand four-
wheel drive mean all functions
of your vehicle are exposed to
extreme stress than under nor-
mal road conditions. Slow down HILL1 HILL2
and be ready for changes in the • When you are driving up or down
composition and traction of the hills drive as straight as possible.
surface under your tires. If you WARNING - Hills
Use extreme caution in going up or
have any doubt about the safety Driving across the contour of
down steep hills, since you may flip
of the conditions you are fac- steep hills can be extremely
your vehicle over depending on the
ing, stop and consider the best dangerous. This danger can
grade, terrain and water/mud con-
way to proceed. Do not exceed come from slight changes in the
ditions.
the ability of yourself or your wheel angle which can destabi-
vehicle to operate safely. lize the vehicle or, even if the
vehicle is maintaining stability
• Do not try to drive in deep standing under power, it can lose that
water or mud since such conditions stability if the vehicle stops its
can stall your engine and clog your forward motion. Your vehicle
exhaust pipes. Do not drive down may roll over without warning
steep hills since it requires extreme and without time for you to cor-
skill to maintain control of the vehi- rect a mistake that could cause
cle. serious injury or death.
5 25
• You must consciously take the • Make sure all passengers are
effort to learn how to corner in a wearing seat belts.
4WD vehicle. Do not rely on your
experience in conventional 2WD WARNING - Wind
vehicles in choosing safe cornering
speed in 4WD mode. For starters,
danger
you must drive more slowly in If you are driving in heavy wind,
4WD. the vehicle's higher center of
gravity decreases your steering
• Drive carefully off-road because
control capacity and requires
your vehicle may be damaged by
you to drive more slowly.
rocks or roots of trees. Become
familiar with the off-road conditions OXM059027N
where you are going to drive • If you need to drive in the water,
before you begin driving. stop your vehicle, set your transfer
WARNING - Steering to the 4WD LOCK mode and drive
wheel at less than 5 mph (8 km/h).
WARNING - 4WD Do not grab the inside of the
Reduce speed when you turn steering wheel when you are
corners. The center of gravity of driving off-road. You may hurt WARNING - Driving
4WD vehicles is higher than your arm by a sudden steering through
that of conventional 2WD vehi- maneuver or from steering water
cles, making them more likely to wheel rebound due to impact Drive slowly. If you are driving
roll over when you turn corners with objects on the ground. You too fast in water, the water can
too fast. could lose control of the steer- get into the engine compart-
ing wheel. ment and wet the ignition sys-
tem, causing your vehicle to
suddenly stop. If this happens
• Always hold the steering wheel and your vehicle is in a tilted
firmly when you are driving off- position, your vehicle may roll
road. over.
5 26
✽ NOTICE
WARNING - 4WD driving CAUTION - Mud or snow
• Do not drive in water if the level is
higher than the bottom of the vehi- • Avoid high cornering speed. If one of the front or rear wheels
cle. • Do not make quick steering begins to spin in mud, snow,
• Check your brake condition once wheel movements, such as etc. the vehicle can sometimes
you are out of mud or water. Press sharp lane changes or fast, be driven out by depressing the
the brake pedal several times as sharp turns. accelerator pedal further; how-
you move slowly until you feel nor- ever avoid running the engine
• The risk of rollover is greatly continuously at high rpm
mal braking forces return. increased if you lose control
• Shorten your scheduled mainte- because doing so could dam-
of your vehicle at high speed. age the 4WD system.
nance interval if you drive in off-
road conditions such as sand, mud • In a collision, an unbelted per-
or water (see “Maintenance under son is significantly more like-
severe usage conditions” in section ly to die compared to a person
wearing a seat belt. WARNING - Jacked
7). Always wash your vehicle thor- vehicle
oughly after off-road use, especial- • Loss of control often occurs if
ly cleaning the bottom of the vehi- two or more wheels drop off While the full-time 4WD vehicle
cle. the roadway and the driver is being raised on a jack, never
• Since the driving torque is always oversteers to re-enter the start the engine or cause the
applied to the 4 wheels the per- roadway. In the event your tires to rotate.
formance of the 4WD vehicle is vehicle leaves the roadway, do There is the danger that rotating
greatly affected by the condition of not steer sharply. Instead, tires touching the ground could
the tires. Be sure to equip the vehi- slow down before pulling cause the vehicle to go off the
cle with four tires of the same size back into the travel lanes. jack and to jump forward.
and type.
• A full time four wheel drive vehi-
cle cannot be towed by an ordi-
nary tow truck. Make sure that
the vehicle is placed on a flat bed
truck for moving.
5 27
• Full-time 4WD vehicles must be

tested on a special four wheel WARNING
chassis dynamometer. - Dynamometer testing
Keep away from the front of the
✽ NOTICE vehicle while the vehicle is in
gear on the dynamometer. This
Never engage the parking brake is very dangerous as the vehi-
while performing these tests. cle can jump forward and cause
Temporary free roller serious injury or death.
• A full-time 4WD vehicle should not Roll tester (speedometer)
be tested on a 2WD roll tester. If a OXM059025
2WD roll tester must be used, per- 1. Check the tire pressures recom-
form the following: mended for your vehicle.
CAUTION
2. Place the front wheels on the roll
• When lifting up the vehicle, do
tester for a speedometer test as
not operate front and rear
shown in the illustration.
wheel separately. All four
wheels should be operated.
3. Release the parking brake.
• If you need to operate the
4. Place the rear wheels on the tem- front wheel and rear wheel
porary free roller as shown in the when lifting up the vehicle,
illustration. you should release the park-
ing brake.
5 28
BRAKE SYSTEM
E070100AHM
Power brakes WARNING - Brakes (Continued)
• Do not drive with your foot Always test your brakes in
Your vehicle has power-assisted this fashion after driving
brakes that adjust automatically resting on the brake pedal.
This will create abnormal high through deep water. To dry the
through normal usage. brakes, apply them lightly
In the event that the power-assisted brake temperatures, exces-
sive brake lining and pad while maintaining a safe for-
brakes lose power because of a ward speed until brake per-
stalled engine or some other reason, wear, and increased stopping
distances. formance returns to normal.
you can still stop your vehicle by • Always, confirm the position
applying greater force to the brake • When descending a long or
steep hill, shift to a lower gear of the brake and accelerator
pedal than you normally would. The pedal before driving. If you
stopping distance, however, will be and avoid continuous applica-
tion of the brakes. Continuous don’t check the position of the
longer. accelerator and brake pedal
When the engine is not running, the brake application will cause
the brakes to overheat and before driving, you may
reserve brake power is partially depress the accelerator
depleted each time the brake pedal could result in a temporary
loss of braking performance. instead of the brake pedal. It
is applied. Do not pump the brake may cause a serious accident.
pedal when the power assist has • Wet brakes may impair the
been interrupted. vehicle’s ability to safely slow
Pump the brake pedal only when down; the vehicle may also
necessary to maintain steering con- pull to one side when the
trol on slippery surfaces. brakes are applied. Applying
the brakes lightly will indicate
whether they have been
affected in this way.
(Continued)
5 29
E070101AUN E070102AHM
In the event of brake failure Disc brakes wear indicator WARNING - Brake wear
If service brakes fail to operate while When your brake pads are worn and This brake wear warning sound
the vehicle is in motion, you can new pads are required, you will hear means your vehicle needs serv-
make an emergency stop with the a high-pitched warning sound from ice. If you ignore this audible
parking brake. The stopping dis- your front brakes or rear brakes. You warning, you will eventually
tance, however, will be much greater may hear this sound come and go or lose braking performance,
than normal. it may occur whenever you depress which could lead to a serious
the brake pedal. accident.
Please remember that some driving
WARNING - Parking conditions or climates may cause a
brake brake squeal when you first apply (or
Applying the parking brake lightly apply) the brakes. This is nor-
while the vehicle is moving at mal and does not indicate a problem
normal speeds can cause a with your brakes.
sudden loss of control of the
vehicle. If you must use the
parking brake to stop the vehi- CAUTION
cle, use great caution in apply- • To avoid costly brake repairs,
ing the brake. do not continue to drive with
worn brake pads.
• Always replace the front or
WARNING rear brake pads as pairs.
Do not operate the parking
brake while the vehicle is mov-
ing except in an emergency sit-
uation. It could damage the
vehicle system and make
endanger driving safety.
5 30
OLM059014 OSL050012 OLM059015

Parking brake E070201AFD-SA Releasing the parking brake
Hand type Foot type
Applying the parking brake
To engage the parking brake, first To release the parking brake,
Foot type apply the foot brake and then without depress the parking brake pedal a
To engage the parking brake, first pressing the release button in, pull second time while applying the foot
apply the foot brake and then the parking brake lever up as far as brake. The pedal will automatically
depress the parking brake pedal possible. extend to the fully released position.
down as far as possible. In addition it is recommended that
when parking the vehicle on a gradi-
ent, the shift lever should be posi-
tioned in the appropriate low gear on
manual transaxle vehicles.
CAUTION
Driving with the parking brake
applied will cause excessive
brake pad and brake rotor wear.
5 31
WARNING
• To prevent unintentional
movement when stopped and
leaving the vehicle, do not use
the shift lever instead of the
parking brake. Set the parking
brake AND make sure the shift
lever is securely positioned in
1st (First) gear or R (Reverse)
for manual transaxle
OSL050014 equipped vehicles and in P W-75
E070202AFD-U1 (Park) for automatic transaxle Check the brake warning light by
Hand type equipped vehicles. turning the ignition switch ON (do not
To release the parking brake, first • Never allow anyone who is start the engine). This light will be
apply the foot brake and pull up the unfamiliar with the vehicle to illuminated when the parking brake is
parking brake lever slightly. Secondly touch the parking brake. If the applied with the ignition switch in the
press the release button (1) and parking brake is released START or ON position.
lower the parking brake lever (2) unintentionally, serious injury Before driving, be sure the parking
while holding the button. may occur. brake is fully released and the brake
• All vehicles should always warning light is off.
have the parking brake fully If the brake warning light remains on
engaged when parking to after the parking brake is released
avoid inadvertent movement while the engine is running, there
of the vehicle which can injure may be a malfunction in the brake
occupants or pedestrians. system. Immediate attention is nec-
essary.
5 32
If at all possible, cease driving the E070300AHM-EU

Anti-lock brake system (ABS) (Continued)
vehicle immediately. If that is not pos-
sible, use extreme caution while • On roads where the road sur-
operating the vehicle and only con- face is pitted or has different
WARNING surface height.
tinue to drive the vehicle until you
can reach a safe location or repair ABS (or ESC) will not prevent The safety features of an ABS
shop. accidents due to improper or (or ESC) equipped vehicle
dangerous driving maneuvers. should not be tested by high
Even though vehicle control is speed driving or cornering. This
improved during emergency could endanger the safety of
braking, always maintain a safe yourself or others.
distance between you and
objects ahead. Vehicle speeds
should always be reduced dur-
ing extreme road conditions.
The braking distance for vehi-
cles equipped with an anti-lock
braking system (or Electronic
Stability Control System) may
be longer than for those without
it in the following road condi-
tions.
During these conditions the
vehicle should be driven at
reduced speeds:
• Rough, gravel or snow-cov-
ered roads.
• With tire chains installed.
(Continued)
5 33
The ABS continuously senses the ✽ NOTICE

speed of the wheels. If the wheels A click sound may be heard in the
are going to lock, the ABS system engine compartment when the vehi-
repeatedly modulates the hydraulic cle begins to move after the engine is
brake pressure to the wheels. started. These conditions are normal
When you apply your brakes under and indicate that the anti-lock brake
conditions which may lock the system is functioning properly.
wheels, you may hear a “tik-tik’’
sound from the brakes, or feel a cor- • Even with the anti-lock brake sys-
responding sensation in the brake tem, your vehicle still requires suf-
pedal. This is normal and it means ficient stopping distance. Always
your ABS is active. maintain a safe distance from the W-78
In order to obtain the maximum ben- vehicle in front of you.
efit from your ABS in an emergency • Always slow down when cornering. CAUTION
situation, do not attempt to modulate The anti-lock brake system cannot • If the ABS warning light is on
your brake pressure and do not try to prevent accidents resulting from and stays on, you may have a
pump your brakes. Press your brake excessive speeds. problem with the ABS. In this
pedal as hard as possible or as hard • On loose or uneven road surfaces, case, however, your regular
as the situation allows the ABS to operation of the anti-lock brake brakes will work normally.
control the force being delivered to system may result in a longer stop- • The ABS warning light will stay
the brakes. ping distance than for vehicles on for approximately 3 sec-
equipped with a conventional onds after the ignition switch
brake system. is ON. During that time, the
ABS will go through self-diag-
nosis and the light will go off if
everything is normal. If the
light stays on, you may have a
problem with your ABS.
Contact an authorized Kia
dealer as soon as possible.
5 34
CAUTION ✽ NOTICE
When you jump start your vehicle
• When you drive on a road hav- because of a drained battery, the
ing poor traction, such as an engine may not run as smoothly and
icy road, and have operated the ABS warning light may turn on
your brakes continuously, the at the same time. This happens
ABS will be active continuous- because of low battery voltage. It
ly and the ABS warning light does not mean your ABS has mal-
may illuminate. Pull your car functioned.
over to a safe place and stop • Do not pump your brakes!
the engine. • Have the battery recharged before
• Restart the engine. If the ABS driving the vehicle. OSL050015
warning light goes off, then E070500AHM-EU
your ABS system is normal. Electronic stability control
Otherwise, you may have a (ESC)
problem with the ABS.
Contact an authorized Kia The Electronic Stability control
dealer as soon as possible. (ESC) system is designed to stabi-
lize the vehicle during cornering
maneuvers. ESC checks where you
are steering and where the vehicle is
actually going. ESC applies the
brakes on individual wheels and
intervenes with the engine manage-
ment system to stabilize the vehicle.
5 35
The Electronic Stability Control E070501AUN-EU

WARNING (ESC) system is an electronic sys- ESC operation
Never drive too fast according tem designed to help the driver main- ESC ON condition
to the road conditions or too tain vehicle control under adverse
• When the ignition is turned ON,
quickly when cornering. conditions. It is not a substitute for
ESC and ESC OFF indicator lights
Electronic stability control safe driving practices. Factors includ-
illuminate for approximately 3 sec-
(ESC) will not prevent acci- ing speed, road conditions and driv-
onds, then ESC is turned on.
dents. Excessive speed in er steering input can all affect
turns, abrupt maneuvers and whether ESC will be effective in pre- • Press the ESC OFF button for at
hydroplaning on wet surfaces venting a loss of control. It is still your least half a second after turning the
can still result in serious acci- responsibility to drive and corner at ignition ON to turn ESC off. (ESC
dents. Only a safe and attentive reasonable speeds and to leave a OFF indicator will illuminate). To
driver can prevent accidents by sufficient margin of safety. turn the ESC on, press the ESC
avoiding maneuvers that cause OFF button (ESC OFF indicator
When you apply your brakes under
the vehicle to lose traction. light will go off).
conditions which may lock the
Even with ESC installed, always wheels, you may hear a “tik-tik’’ • When starting the engine, you may
follow all the normal precau- sound from the brakes, or feel a cor- hear a slight ticking sound. This is
tions for driving - including driv- responding sensation in the brake the ESC performing an automatic
ing at safe speeds for the condi- pedal. This is normal and it means system self-check and does not
tions. your ESC is active. indicate a problem.
✽ NOTICE
A click sound may be heard in the
engine compartment when the vehi-
cle begins to move after the engine is
started. These conditions are normal
and indicate that the Electronic
Stability Control System is function-
ing properly.
5 36
When operating E070502AUN-EU

■ ESC indicator light
When the ESC is in opera- ESC operation off
tion, ESC indicator light ESC OFF state
blinks.
• When the Electronic
Stability Control is operat- ■ ESC OFF indicator light
ing properly, you can feel a
slight pulsation in the vehi- To cancel ESC operation :
cle. This is only the effect • State 1
of brake control and indi- Press the ESC OFF button shortly
cates nothing unusual. (ESC OFF indicator light illuminates). E070503AAM-EU
• When moving out of the At this state, the engine control func-
tion does not operate. In other words, Indicator light
mud or slippery road,
pressing the accelerator the traction control function does not When the ignition switch is turned
pedal may not cause the operate but only the brake control ON, the indicator light illuminates,
engine rpm (revolutions function operates. then goes off if ESC system is oper-
per minute) to increase. • State 2 ating normally.
Press the ESC OFF button for more The ESC indicator light blinks when-
than 3 seconds. ESC OFF indicator ever ESC is operating and illumi-
light illuminates and ESC OFF warn- nates when ESC fails to operate.
ing chime will sound. At this state, the The ESC OFF indicator light comes
engine control function and brake con- on when the ESC is turned off with
trol function does not operate. In other the button.
words, the vehicle stability control
function does not operate any more.
If the ignition switch is placed to the
LOCK/OFF position when ESC is off,
ESC remains off. Upon restarting the
engine, the ESC will automatically turn
on again.
5 37
E070504AAM-EU ✽ NOTICE
CAUTION ESC OFF usage • When operating the vehicle on a
Driving with varying tire or When driving dynamometer, ensure that the
wheel sizes may cause the ESC • It’s a good idea to keep the ESC ESC is turned off (ESC OFF light
system to malfunction. When turned on for daily driving whenev- illuminated). If the ESC is left on,
replacing tires, make sure they er possible. it may prevent the vehicle speed
are the same size as your origi- from increasing, and result in false
nal tires. • To turn ESC off while driving, press
the ESC OFF button while driving diagnosis.
on a flat road surface. • Turning the ESC off does not
affect ABS or brake system opera-
WARNING tion.
WARNING
The Electronic Stability Control
system is only a driving aid; use Never press the ESC OFF but-
precautions for safe driving by ton while ESC is operating (ESC
slowing down on curved, indicator light blinks).
snowy, or icy roads. Drive slow- If ESC is turned off while ESC is
ly and don’t attempt to acceler- operating, the vehicle may slip
ate whenever the ESC indicator
light is blinking, or when the
road surface is slippery.
5 38
Vehicle stability management The VSM does not operate when: Malfunction indicator
(VSM) (if equipped) • Driving on bank road such as gra- The VSM can be deactivated even if
This system provides further dient or incline you don’t cancel the VSM operation
enhancements to vehicle stability • Driving rearward by pressing the ESC OFF button. It
and steering responses when a vehi- indicates that a malfunction has
• ESC OFF indicator light ( )
cle is driving on a slippery road or a been detected somewhere in the
remains on the instrument
vehicle detected changes in coeffi- Electric Power Steering system or
cluster
cient of friction between right wheels VSM system. If the ESC indicator
and left wheels when braking. • EPS indicator light remains on the light ( ) or EPS warning light
instrument cluster remains on, take your vehicle to an
VSM operation system checked.
VSM operation off
When the VSM is in operation, ESC
indicator light ( ) blinks. If you press the ESC OFF button to
turn off the ESC, the VSM will also ✽ NOTICE
When the vehicle stability manage- cancel and the ESC OFF indicator • The VSM is designed to function
ment is operating properly, you can light ( ) illuminates. above approximately 9 mph (15
feel a slight pulsation in the vehicle
To turn on the VSM, press the button km/h) on curves.
and/or abnormal steering responses
again. The ESC OFF indicator light • The VSM is designed to function
(EPS). This is only the effect of brake
goes out. above approximately 18 mph (30
and EPS control and indicates noth-
km/h) when a vehicle is braking on
ing unusual.
a split-mu road. The split-mu road
is made of surfaces which have dif-
ferent friction forces.
5 39
Hill-start assist control (HAC)

WARNING (if equipped)
• The Vehicle Stability A vehicle has the tendency to roll
Management system is not a back on a steep hill when it starts to
substitute for safe driving go after stopping. The Hill-start
practices but a supplemen- Assist Control (HAC) prevents the
tary function only. It is the vehicle from rolling back by applying
responsibility of the driver to the brakes automatically for about 2
always check the speed and seconds. The brakes are released
the distance to the vehicle when the accelerator pedal is
ahead. Always hold the steer- depressed or after about 2 seconds.
ing wheel firmly while driving. OSL050016
• Your vehicle is designed to Downhill brake control (DBC)
activate according to the dri- WARNING (if equipped)
ver’s intention, even with The HAC is activated only for
installed VSM. Always follow about 2 seconds, so when the The Downhill Brake Control (DBC)
all the normal precautions for vehicle is starting off always supports the driver driving down a
driving at safe speeds for the depress the accelerator pedal. steep hill without the driver depress-
conditions – including driving ing the brake pedal. It slows down
inclement weather and on a the vehicle under 5mph (8 km/h) and
slippery road. lets the driver concentrate on steer-
✽ NOTICE ing the vehicle.
• Driving with varying tire or
wheel sizes may cause the • The HAC does not operate when DBC defaults to the OFF position
VSM system to malfunction. the transaxle shift lever is in the P whenever the ignition is turned on.
When replacing tires, make (Park) or N (Neutral) position. The DBC can be turned on or off by
sure they are the same size as • The HAC activates even though pushing the button.
your original tires. the ESC is off but it does not acti-
vate when the ESC has malfunc-
tioned.
5 40
Mode Indicator light Description ✽ NOTICE

Press the DBC button when the vehicle speed is under • The DBC does not turn ON in the
25 mph (40 km/h). The DBC system will turn ON and P (Park) position.
enter the standby mode. • The DBC may not activate if the
Standby ESC (or BAS) is activated.
The system does not turn ON if the vehicle speed is
illuminated • Noise or vibration may occur from
over 25 mph (40 km/h).
the brakes when the DBC is acti-
vated.
In the standby mode, if the vehicle speed is under 22 • The rear stop light comes on when
Activated mph (35 km/h) while driving down a steep hill, the DBC the DBC is activated.
blinks
will activate automatically. • In a very steep hill even though the
brake pedal or accelerator pedal is
In the activated mode, the DBC will temporarily deacti-
depressed the DBC may not deac-
vate under the following conditions: tivate.
Temporarily • The hill is not steep enough. • Always turn OFF the DBC on nor-
deactivated • The brake pedal or accelerator pedal is depressed. mal roads. The DBC might acti-
illuminated If the above conditions are gone, the DBC will automat- vate from the standby mode when
ically activate again. abrupt corning or driving through
speed bumps.
The DBC will turn OFF under the following conditions: • DBC may activate and cause the
OFF • The DBC button is pressed again. engine to stop in vehicles with
not • The vehicle speed is over 38 mph (60 km/h). manual transaxle if you drive in
illuminated 3rd gear (or above) with DBC on.
Do not turn on DBC when driving
in 3rd gear (or above).
WARNING
If the DBC red indicator light illuminates, the system has overheated
or something is wrong. The DBC will not activate. If the DBC red indi-
cator light illuminates even though the DBC system has been cooled
enough have the system checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
5 41
E070600AAM • Check to be sure the parking brake • Don't coast down hills with the
Good braking practices is not engaged and the parking vehicle out of gear. This is extreme-
brake indicator light is out before ly hazardous. Keep the vehicle in
WARNING driving away. gear at all times, use the brakes to
• Driving through water may get the slow down, then shift to a lower
• Whenever you leave or park gear so that engine braking will
your vehicle, always set the brakes wet. They can also get wet
when the vehicle is washed. Wet help you maintain a safe speed.
parking brake as far as possi-
ble and shift the vehicle to 1st brakes can be dangerous! Your • Don't "ride" the brake pedal.
(First) gear or R (Reverse) for vehicle will not stop as quickly if the Resting your foot on the brake
manual transaxle, or P (Park) brakes are wet. Wet brakes may pedal while driving can be danger-
for automatic transaxle. If the cause the vehicle to pull to one ous because the brakes might
parking brake is not fully side. overheat and lose their effective-
engaged, the vehicle may To dry the brakes, apply the brakes ness. It also increases the wear of
move inadvertently and injure lightly until the braking action the brake components.
yourself and others. returns to normal, taking care to • If a tire goes flat while you are driv-
• All vehicles should always keep the vehicle under control at ing, apply the brakes gently and
have the parking brake fully all times. If the braking action does keep the vehicle pointed straight
engaged when parking to not return to normal, stop as soon ahead while you slow down. When
avoid inadvertent movement as it is safe to do so and call an you are moving slowly enough for it
of the vehicle which can injure authorized Kia dealer for assis- to be safe to do so, pull off the road
occupants or pedestrians. tance. and stop in a safe place.
5 42
• If your vehicle is equipped with an • Under some conditions your park-

automatic transaxle, don't let your ing brake can freeze in the
vehicle creep forward. To avoid engaged position. This is most like-
creeping forward, keep your foot ly to happen when there is an
firmly on the brake pedal when the accumulation of snow or ice
vehicle is stopped. around or near the rear brakes or if
• Be cautious when parking on a hill. the brakes are wet. If there is a risk
Firmly engage the parking brake that the parking brake may freeze,
and place the shift lever in P (auto- apply it only temporarily while you
matic transaxle) or in first or put the shift lever in P (automatic
reverse gear (manual transaxle). If transaxle) or in first or reverse gear
your vehicle is facing downhill, turn (manual transaxle) and block the
the front wheels into the curb to rear wheels so the vehicle cannot
help keep the vehicle from rolling. If roll. Then release the parking
your vehicle is facing uphill, turn brake.
the front wheels away from the • Do not hold the vehicle on the
curb to help keep the vehicle from upgrade with the accelerator
rolling. If there is no curb or if it is pedal. This can cause the transaxle
required by other conditions to to overheat. Always use the brake
keep the vehicle from rolling, block pedal or parking brake.
the wheels.
5 43
CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING (Continued)
• If the cruise control is left on • Be careful when driving
(CRUISE indicator light in the downhill using the cruise con-
instrument cluster illuminat- trol system, which may
ed), the cruise control can be increase the vehicle speed.
switched on accidentally.
Keep the cruise control sys-
CRUISE SET tem off (CRUISE indicator CAUTION
light OFF) when the cruise During cruise-speed driving of a
control is not in use, to avoid manual transaxle vehicle, do not
OSL010002N/Q inadvertently setting a speed. shift into neutral without
1. Cruise indicator • Use the cruise control system depressing the clutch pedal,
2. Cruise set indicator only when traveling on open since the engine will be over-
highways in good weather. revved. If this happens, depress
E090000AAM-EU
• Do not use the cruise control the clutch pedal or release the
when it may not be safe to cruise control ON-OFF switch.
The cruise control system allows you keep the vehicle at a constant
to program the vehicle to maintain a speed, for instance, driving in
constant speed without pressing the heavy or varying traffic, or on ✽ NOTICE
accelerator pedal. slippery (rainy, icy or snow- During normal cruise control opera-
This system is designed to function covered) or winding roads or tion, when the SET switch is activat-
above approximately 25 mph (40 over 6% up-hill or down-hill ed or reactivated after applying the
km/h). roads. brakes, the cruise control will ener-
• Pay particular attention to the gize after approximately 3 seconds.
driving conditions whenever The delay is normal.
using the cruise control sys-
tem.
(Continued)
5 44
✽ NOTICE
To activate cruise control, depress
the brake pedal at least once after
turning the ignition switch to the
ON position or starting the engine.
This is to check if the brake switch
which is important part to cancel
cruise control is in normal condi-
tion.
OSL050030L OSL050031L
E090100AUN-KM 3.Push the - SET switch, and release
To set cruise control speed: it at the desired speed. The SET
1.Push the cruise ON-OFF button on indicator light in the instrument
the steering wheel, to turn the sys- cluster will illuminate. Release the
tem on. The CRUISE indicator light accelerator at the same time. The
in the instrument cluster will illumi- desired speed will automatically be
nate. maintained.
2.Accelerate to the desired speed, On a steep grade, the vehicle may
which must be more than 25 mph slow down or speed up slightly while
(40 km/h). going downhill.
5 45
E090400AUN
To temporarily accelerate with
the cruise control on:
If you want to speed up temporarily
when the cruise control is on,
depress the accelerator pedal.
Increased speed will not interfere
with cruise control operation or
change the set speed.
To return to the set speed, take your
foot off the accelerator.
OSL050032L OSL050031L
E090200AAM-EU E090300AAM-EU
To increase cruise control set To decrease the cruising
speed: speed:
Follow either of these procedures: Follow either of these procedures:
• Push the RES + switch and hold it. • Push the - SET switch and hold it.
Your vehicle will accelerate. Your vehicle will gradually slow
Release the switch at the speed down. Release the switch at the
you want. speed you want to maintain.
• Push the RES + switch and • Push the - SET switch and release
release it immediately. The cruising it immediately. The cruising speed
speed will increase by 1.2 mph (2.0 will decrease by 1.2 mph (2.0
km/h) each time the RES + switch km/h) each time the - SET switch is
is operated in this manner. operated in this manner.
5 46
Each of these actions will cancel

cruise control operation (the SET
indicator light in the instrument clus-
ter will go off), but it will not turn the
system off. If you wish to resume
cruise control operation, push the
RES + switch located on your steer-
ing wheel. You will return to your pre-
viously preset speed.
OSL050033L OSL050032L
E090500AAM-EU E090600AAM-EU
To cancel cruise control, do To resume cruising speed at
one of the following: more than approximately 25
• Press the brake pedal. mph (40 km/h):
• Press the clutch pedal with a man- If any method other than the cruise
ual transaxle. ON-OFF switch was used to cancel
cruising speed and the system is still
• Shift into N (Neutral) with an auto-
activated, the most recent set speed
matic transaxle.
will automatically resume when the
• Push the CANCEL switch located RES + switch is pushed.
on the steering wheel.
It will not resume, however, if the
• Decrease the vehicle speed lower vehicle speed has dropped below
than the memory speed by 12 mph approximately 25 mph (40 km/h).
(20 km/h).
• Decrease the vehicle speed to less
than approximately 25 mph (40
km/h).
5 47
OSL050030L
E090700AUN-KM
To turn cruise control off, do
one of the following:
• Push the cruise ON-OFF button
(the CRUISE indicator light in the
instrument cluster will go off).
• Turn the ignition off.
Both of these actions will cancel the
cruise control operation. If you want
to resume the cruise control opera-
tion, repeat the steps provided in “To
set cruise control speed” on the pre-
vious page.
5 48
ACTIVE ECO SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

• When the Active ECO is activated, Limitation of Active ECO oper-
it will remain on until the Active ation:
ECO button is pressed again.
If the following conditions occur while
Active ECO does not turn off when Active ECO is operating, the system
the engine is restarted. To turn off operation is limited even though
Active ECO, press the Active ECO there is no change in the ECO indi-
button again. cator.
• If Active ECO is turned off, the sys- • When the coolant temperature is
tem will return to normal mode. low: The system will be limited until
engine performance becomes nor-
mal.
OSL050017 When Active ECO is activated:
• When driving up a hill: The system
Active ECO operation • The acceleration may slightly be will be limited to gain power when
Active ECO helps improve fuel effi- reduced eventhough you depress driving uphill because the engine
ciency by controlling certain engine the accelerator fully. torque is restricted.
and transaxle system operating • The air conditioner performance • When using sports mode: The sys-
parameters. Fuel efficiency depends may be limited. tem will be limited according to the
on the driver's driving habit and road • The shift pattern of the automatic shift location.
condition. transaxle may change. • When the accelerator pedal is
• When the Active ECO button is • The engine noise may get louder. deeply depressed for a few sec-
pressed the ECO indicator (green) onds: The system will be limited,
will illuminate to show that the judging that the driver wants to
Active ECO is operating. The above situations are normal
conditions when the active eco sys- speed up.
tem is activated to improve fuel effi-
ciency.
5 49
ECONOMICAL OPERATION
E100000AHM-EU • Don't "ride" the brake pedal. This • Keep your vehicle in good condi-
Your vehicle's fuel economy depends can increase fuel consumption and tion. For better fuel economy and
mainly on your style of driving, where also increase wear on these com- reduced maintenance costs, main-
you drive and when you drive. ponents. In addition, driving with tain your vehicle in accordance
Each of these factors affects how your foot resting on the brake pedal with the maintenance schedule in
many miles (kilometers) you can get may cause the brakes to overheat, section 7. If you drive your vehicle
from a gallon (liter) of fuel. To operate which reduces their effectiveness in severe conditions, more frequent
your vehicle as economically as pos- and may lead to more serious con- maintenance is required (see sec-
sible, use the following driving sug- sequences. tion 7 for details).
gestions to help save money in both • Take care of your tires. Keep them • Keep your vehicle clean. For maxi-
fuel and repairs: inflated to the recommended pres- mum service, your vehicle should
• Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a sure. Incorrect inflation, either too be kept clean and free of corrosive
moderate rate. Don't make "jack- much or too little, results in unnec- materials. It is especially important
rabbit" starts or full-throttle shifts essary tire wear. Check the tire that mud, dirt, ice, etc. not be
and maintain a steady cruising pressures at least once a month. allowed to accumulate on the
speed. Don't race between stop- • Be sure that the wheels are underside of the vehicle. This extra
lights. Try to adjust your speed to aligned correctly. Improper align- weight can result in increased fuel
the traffic so you don't have to ment can result from hitting curbs consumption and also contribute to
change speeds unnecessarily. or driving too fast over irregular corrosion.
Avoid heavy traffic whenever pos- surfaces. Poor alignment causes • Travel lightly. Don't carry unneces-
sible. Always maintain a safe dis- faster tire wear and may also result sary weight in your vehicle. Weight
tance from other vehicles so you in other problems as well as reduces fuel economy.
can avoid unnecessary braking. greater fuel consumption. • Don't let the engine idle longer
This also reduces brake wear. than necessary. If you are waiting
• Drive at a moderate speed. The (and not in traffic), turn off your
faster you drive, the more fuel your engine and restart only when
vehicle uses. Driving at a moderate you're ready to go.
speed, especially on the highway,
is one of the most effective ways to
reduce fuel consumption.
5 50
• Remember, your vehicle does not • Use your air conditioning sparingly.
require extended warm-up. After The air conditioning system is WARNING - Engine off
the engine has started, allow the operated by engine power so your during
engine to run for 10 to 20 seconds fuel economy is reduced when you motion
prior to placing the vehicle in gear. use it. Never turn the engine off to
In very cold weather, however, give • Open windows at high speeds can coast down hills or anytime the
your engine a slightly longer warm- reduce fuel economy. vehicle is in motion. The power
up period. steering and power brakes will
• Fuel economy is less in crosswinds
• Don't "lug" or "over-rev" the engine. and headwinds. To help offset not function properly without
Lugging is driving too slowly in a some of this loss, slow down when the engine running. Instead,
very high gear resulting in engine driving in these conditions. keep the engine on and down-
bucking. If this happens, shift to a shift to an appropriate gear for
lower gear. Over-revving is racing engine braking effect. In addi-
the engine beyond its safe limit. Keeping a vehicle in good operating tion, turning off the ignition
This can be avoided by shifting at condition is important both for econ- while driving could engage the
the recommended speed. omy and safety. Therefore, have an steering wheel lock resulting in
authorized Kia dealer perform loss of vehicle steering which
scheduled inspections and mainte- could cause serious injury or
nance. death.
5 51
SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS

E110100AHM • If stalled in snow, mud, or sand, E170800AHM
Hazardous driving conditions use second gear. Accelerate slow- Reducing the risk of a rollover
When hazardous driving conditions ly to avoid spinning the drive This multi-purpose passenger vehi-
are encountered such as water, wheels. cle is defined as a Sports Utility
snow, ice, mud, sand, or similar haz- • Use sand, rock salt, tire chains, or Vehicle (SUV). SUV’s have higher
ards, follow these suggestions: other non-slip material under the ground clearance and a narrower
• Drive cautiously and allow extra drive wheels to provide traction track to make them capable of per-
distance for braking. when stalled in ice, snow, or mud. forming in a wide variety of off-road
applications. Specific design charac-
• Avoid sudden braking or steering. teristics give them a higher center of
• When braking with non-ABS WARNING gravity than ordinary vehicles. An
brakes pump the brake pedal with - Downshifting advantage of the higher ground
a light up-and-down motion until Downshifting with an automatic clearance is a better view of the
the vehicle is stopped. transaxle, while driving on slip- road, which allows you to anticipate
pery surfaces can cause an problems. They are not designed for
accident. The sudden change in cornering at the same speeds as
WARNING - ABS tire speed could cause the tires conventional passenger vehicles,
Do not pump the brake pedal on to skid. Be careful when down- any more than low-slung sports vehi-
a vehicle equipped with ABS. shifting on slippery surfaces. cles are designed to perform satis-
factorily in off-road conditions. Due to
this risk, driver and passengers are
strongly recommended to buckle
their seat belts. In a rollover crash,
an unbelted person is more likely to
die than a person wearing a seat
belt. There are steps that a driver can
make to reduce the risk of a rollover.
5 52
If at all possible, avoid sharp turns or E170600AHM

abrupt maneuvers, do not load your WARNING - Rollover
roof rack with heavy cargo, and As with other Sports Utility WARNING
never modify your vehicle in any way. Vehicle (SUV), failure to operate Your vehicle is equipped with
this vehicle correctly may result tires designed to provide safe
in loss of control, an accident or ride and handling capability. Do
vehicle rollover. not use a size and type of tire
• Utility vehicles have a signifi- and wheel that is different from
cantly higher rollover rate the one that is originally
than other types of vehicles. installed on your vehicle. It can
• Specific design characteris- affect the safety and perform-
tics (higher ground clearance, ance of your vehicle, which
narrower track, etc.) give this could lead to steering failure or
vehicle a higher center of rollover and serious injury.
gravity than ordinary vehicles. When replacing the tires, be
sure to equip all four tires with
• A SUV is not designed for cor- the tire and wheel of the same
nering at the same speeds as size, type, tread, brand and
conventional vehicles. load-carrying capacity. If you
• Avoid sharp turns or abrupt nevertheless decide to equip
maneuvers. your vehicle with any tire/wheel
• In a rollover crash, an unbelt- combination not recommended
ed person is significantly by Kia for off road driving, you
more likely to die than a per- should not use these tires for
son wearing a seat belt. Make highway driving.
sure everyone in the vehicle is
properly buckled up.
5 53
E110200AAM-EU
Rocking the vehicle WARNING - Spinning WARNING
If it is necessary to rock the vehicle tires If your vehicle becomes stuck in
to free it from snow, sand, or mud, Do not spin the wheels, espe- snow, mud, sand, etc., then you
first turn the steering wheel right and cially at speeds more than 35 may attempt to rock the vehicle
left to clear the area around your mph (56 km/h). Spinning the free by moving it forward and
front wheels. Then, shift back and wheels at high speeds when the backward. Do not attempt this
forth between 1st (First) and R vehicle is stationary could procedure if people or objects
(Reverse) in vehicles equipped with cause a tire to overheat which are anywhere near the vehicle.
a manual transaxle or R (Reverse) could result in tire damage that During the rocking operation
and any forward gear in vehicles may injure bystanders. the vehicle may suddenly move
equipped with an automatic forward of backward as it
transaxle. Do not race the engine, becomes unstuck, causing
and spin the wheels as little as pos- ✽ NOTICE injury or damage to nearby peo-
sible. If you are still stuck after a few The ESC system (if equipped) ple or objects.
tries, have the vehicle pulled out by a should be turned OFF prior to rock-
tow vehicle to avoid engine overheating the vehicle.
ing and possible damage to the
transaxle.
CAUTION
Prolonged rocking may cause
engine overheating, transaxle
damage or failure, and tire dam-
age.
5 54
• Adjust your mirrors to reduce the

glare from other driver's head-
lights.
• Keep your headlights clean and
properly aimed on vehicles not
equipped with the automatic head-
light aiming feature. Dirty or
improperly aimed headlights will
make it much more difficult to see
at night.
• Avoid staring directly at the head-
OUN056051 OCM053010 lights of oncoming vehicles. You
E110300AUN E110400AUN could be temporarily blinded, and it
Smooth cornering Driving at night will take several seconds for your
Avoid braking or gear changing in Because night driving presents more eyes to readjust to the darkness.
corners, especially when roads are hazards than driving in the daylight,
wet. Ideally, corners should always here are some important tips to
be taken under gentle acceleration. If remember:
you follow these suggestions, tire • Slow down and keep more dis-
wear will be held to a minimum. tance between you and other vehi-
cles, as it may be more difficult to
see at night, especially in areas
where there may not be any street
lights.
5 55
• If your tires are not in good condi- Driving off-road

tion, making a quick stop on wet Drive carefully off-road because your
pavement can cause a skid and vehicle may be damaged by rocks or
possibly lead to an accident. Be roots of trees. Become familiar with
sure your tires are in good shape. the off-road conditions where you
• Turn on your headlights to make it are going to drive before you begin
easier for others to see you. driving.
• Driving too fast through large pud-
dles can affect your brakes. If you E110700AHM
must go through puddles, try to Highway driving
drive through them slowly.
1VQA3003
• If you believe you may have gotten Tires
E110500AUN Adjust the tire inflation pressures to
your brakes wet, apply them lightly
Driving in the rain while driving until normal braking specification. Low tire inflation pres-
Rain and wet roads can make driving operation returns. sures will result in overheating and
dangerous, especially if you’re not possible failure of the tires.
prepared for the slick pavement. E110600AUN
Avoid using worn or damaged tires
Here are a few things to consider which may result in reduced traction
Driving in flooded areas or tire failure.
when driving in the rain:
• A heavy rainfall will make it harder Avoid driving through flooded areas
unless you are sure the water is no
to see and will increase the dis-
higher than the bottom of the wheel ✽ NOTICE
tance needed to stop your vehicle,
so slow down. hub. Drive through any water slowly. Never exceed the maximum tire
Allow adequate stopping distance inflation pressure shown on the
• Keep your windshield wiping because brake performance may be tires.
equipment in good shape. Replace affected.
your windshield wiper blades when
they show signs of streaking or After driving through water, dry the
missing areas on the windshield. brakes by gently applying them sev-
eral times while the vehicle is moving
slowly.
5 56
Fuel, engine coolant and engine

WARNING oil
• Underinflated or overinflated High speed travel consumes more
tires can cause poor handling, fuel than urban motoring. Do not for-
loss of vehicle control, and get to check both the engine coolant
sudden tire failure leading to and engine oil.
accidents, injuries, and even
death. Always check tires for
proper inflation before driv- Drive belt
ing. For proper tire pressures, A loose or damaged drive belt may
refer to “Tires and wheels” in result in overheating of the engine.
section 8.
• Driving on tires with no or
insufficient tread is danger-
ous. Worn-out tires can result
in loss of vehicle control, col-
lisions, injury, and even death.
Worn-out tires should be
replaced as soon as possible
and should never be used for
driving. Always check the tire
tread before driving your car.
For further information and
tread limits, refer to “Tires and
wheels” in section 7.
5 57
WINTER DRIVING
E120100AUN E120101AUN
Snowy or icy conditions Snow tires
To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it If you mount snow tires on your vehi-
may be necessary to use snow tires cle, make sure they are radial tires of
or to install tire chains on your tires. the same size and load range as the
If snow tires are needed, it is neces- original tires. Mount snow tires on all
sary to select tires equivalent in size four wheels to balance your vehicle’s
and type of the original equipment handling in all weather conditions.
tires. Failure to do so may adversely Keep in mind that the traction provid-
affect the safety and handling of your ed by snow tires on dry roads may
vehicle. Furthermore, speeding, not be as high as your vehicle's orig-
1VQA3005 rapid acceleration, sudden brake inal equipment tires. You should drive
E120000ASA applications, and sharp turns are cautiously even when the roads are
Severe weather conditions in the potentially very hazardous practices. clear. Check with the tire dealer for
winter result in greater wear and During deceleration, use engine maximum speed recommendations.
other problems. To minimize the braking to the fullest extent. Sudden
problems of winter driving, you brake applications on snowy or icy WARNING - Snow tire
should follow these suggestions: roads may cause skids to occur. You size
need to keep sufficient distance Snow tires should be equivalent
between the vehicle in operation in in size and type to the vehicle's
front and your vehicle. Also, apply standard tires. Otherwise, the
the brake gently. It should be noted safety and handling of your
that installing tire chains on the tire vehicle may be adversely affect-
will provide a greater driving force, ed.
but will not prevent side skids.
✽ NOTICE Do not install studded tires without

first checking local, state and munic-
Tire chains are not legal in all states. ipal regulations for possible restric-
Check state laws before fitting tire tions against their use.
chains.
5 58
When using tire chains, attach them Chain installation

to the front wheels. When installing chains, follow the
manufacturer's instructions and
CAUTION mount them as tightly as you can.
Drive slowly with chains installed. If
• Make sure the snow chains you hear the chains contacting the
are the correct size and type body or chassis, stop and tighten
for your tires. Incorrect snow them. If they still make contact, slow
chains can cause damage to down until it stops. Remove the
the vehicle body and suspen- chains as soon as you begin driving
sion and may not be covered on cleared roads.
1VQA3007
by your vehicle manufacturer
warranty. Also, the snow chain
E120102AHM-EU
connecting hooks may be WARNING - Mounting
Tire chains damaged from contacting chains
Since the sidewalls of radial tires are vehicle components causing
thinner, they can be damaged by the snow chains to come When mounting snow chains,
mounting some types of snow chains loose from the tire. Make sure park the vehicle on level ground
on them. Therefore, the use of snow the snow chains are SAE away from traffic. Turn on the
tires is recommended instead of class “S” certified. vehicle Hazard Warning flashers
snow chains. Do not mount tire and place a triangular emer-
• Always check chain installa- gency warning device behind
chains on vehicles equipped with tion for proper mounting after
aluminum wheels; snow chains may the vehicle if available. Always
driving approximately 0.3 to place the vehicle in P (Park),
cause damage to the wheels. If snow 0.6 miles (0.5 to 1 km) to
chains must be used, use wire-type apply the parking brake and
ensure safe mounting. turn off the engine before
chains with a thickness of less than Retighten or remount the
0.59 in (15 mm). Damage to your installing snow chains.
chains if they are loose.
vehicle caused by improper snow
chain use is not covered by your
vehicle manufacturers warranty.
5 59
E120200AUN E120400BUN
WARNING - Tire chains Use high quality ethylene gly- Change to "winter weight" oil
• The use of chains may col coolant if necessary
adversely affect vehicle han- Your vehicle is delivered with high In some climates it is recommended
dling. quality ethylene glycol coolant in the that a lower viscosity "winter weight"
• Do not exceed 20 mph (30 cooling system. It is the only type of oil be used during cold weather. See
km/h) or the chain manufac- coolant that should be used because section 8 for recommendations. If
turer’s recommended speed it helps prevent corrosion in the cool- you aren't sure what weight oil you
limit, whichever is lower. ing system, lubricates the water should use, consult an authorized
• Drive carefully and avoid pump and prevents freezing. Be sure Kia dealer.
bumps, holes, sharp turns, to replace or replenish your coolant
and other road hazards, which in accordance with the maintenance E120500AUN
may cause the vehicle to schedule in section 7. Before winter,
have your coolant tested to assure Check spark plugs and igni-
bounce. tion system
that its freezing point is sufficient for
• Avoid sharp turns or locked- the temperatures anticipated during Inspect your spark plugs as
wheel braking. the winter. described in section 7 and replace
them if necessary. Also check all
E120300AUN
ignition wiring and components to be
CAUTION sure they are not cracked, worn or
Check battery and cables damaged in any way.
• Chains that are the wrong size
Winter puts additional burdens on
or improperly installed can
the battery system. Visually inspect
damage your vehicle's brake
the battery and cables as described
lines, suspension, body and
in section 7. The level of charge in
wheels.
your battery can be checked by an
• Stop driving and retighten the authorized Kia dealer or a service
chains any time you hear them station.
hitting the vehicle.
5 60
E120600AUN E120800AAM E121000ASA

To keep locks from freezing Don’t let your parking brake Carry emergency equipment
To keep the locks from freezing, freeze Depending on the severity of the
squirt an approved de-icer fluid or Under some conditions your parking weather, you should carry appropri-
glycerine into the key opening. If a brake can freeze in the engaged ate emergency equipment. Some of
lock is covered with ice, squirt it with position. This is most likely to hap- the items you may want to carry
an approved de-icing fluid to remove pen when there is an accumulation include tire chains, tow straps or
the ice. If the lock is frozen internally, of snow or ice around or near the chains, flashlight, emergency flares,
you may be able to thaw it out by rear brakes or if the brakes are wet. sand, shovel, jumper cables, window
using a heated key. Handle the heat- If there is a risk the parking brake scraper, gloves, ground cloth, cover-
ed key with care to avoid injury. may freeze, apply it only temporarily alls, blanket, etc.
while you put the gear shift lever in P
E120700AUN
(Park, automatic transaxle) or in first
or reverse gear (manual transaxle)
Use approved window washer and block the rear wheels so the
anti-freeze in system vehicle cannot roll. Then release the
To keep the water in the window parking brake.
washer system from freezing, add an
approved window washer anti-freeze E120900AHM
solution in accordance with instruc-
tions on the container. Window wash- Don't let ice and snow accu-
er anti-freeze is available from an mulate underneath
authorized Kia dealer and most auto Under some conditions, snow and
parts outlets. Do not use engine ice can build up under the fenders
coolant or other types of anti-freeze and interfere with the steering. When
as these may damage the paint fin- driving in severe winter conditions
ish. where this may happen, you should
periodically check underneath the
vehicle to be sure the movement of
the front wheels and the steering
components are not obstructed.
5 61
TRAILER TOWING
E140000AFD Remember that trailering is different
If you are considering towing with WARNING - Weight than just driving your vehicle by itself.
your vehicle, you should first check limits Trailering means changes in han-
with your country's Department of Before towing, make sure the dling, durability, and fuel economy.
Motor Vehicles to determine their total trailer weight, GCW (gross Successful, safe trailering requires
legal requirements. combination weight), GVW correct equipment, and it has to be
Since laws vary the requirements for (gross vehicle weight), GAW used properly.
towing trailers, cars, or other types of (gross axle weight) and trailer
vehicles or apparatus may differ. Ask tongue load are all within the This section contains many time-
an authorized Kia dealer for further limits. tested, important trailering tips and
details before towing. safety rules. Many of these are
important for your safety and that of
CAUTION your passengers. Please read this
WARNING - Towing a section carefully before you pull a
trailer Pulling a trailer improperly can trailer.
If you don't use the correct damage your vehicle and result
equipment and/or drive improp- in costly repairs not covered by
erly, you can lose control when your warranty. To pull a trailer Load-pulling components such as
you pull a trailer. For example, if correctly, follow the advice in the engine, transaxle, wheel assem-
the trailer is too heavy, the this section. blies, and tires are forced to work
brakes may not work well - or harder against the load of the added
even at all. You and your pas- weight. The engine is required to
sengers could be seriously or Your vehicle can tow a trailer. To operate at relatively higher speeds
fatally injured. Pull a trailer only identify what the vehicle trailering and under greater loads. This addi-
if you have followed all the capacity is for your vehicle, you tional burden generates extra heat.
steps in this section. should read the information in The trailer also adds considerably to
“Weight of the trailer” that appears wind resistance, increasing the
later in this section. pulling requirements.
5 62
E140100AUN E140200AUN E140300AUN

Hitches Safety chains Trailer brakes
It's important to have the correct You should always attach chains If your trailer is equipped with a brak-
hitch equipment. Crosswinds, large between your vehicle and your trail- ing system, make sure it conforms to
trucks going by, and rough roads are er. Cross the safety chains under the your state’s regulations and that it is
a few reasons why you’ll need the tongue of the trailer so that the properly installed and operating cor-
right hitch. Here are some rules to tongue will not drop to the road if it rectly.
follow: becomes separated from the hitch. If your trailer weight exceeds the
• Will you have to make any holes in Instructions about safety chains may maximum allowed weight without
the body of your vehicle when you be provided by the hitch manufactur- trailer brakes, then the trailer will also
install a trailer hitch? If you do, then er or by the trailer manufacturer. require its own brakes as well. Be
be sure to seal the holes later Follow the manufacturer’s recom- sure to read and follow the instruc-
when you remove the hitch. mendation for attaching safety tions for the trailer brakes so you’ll be
If you don’t seal them, deadly car- chains. Always leave just enough able to install, adjust and maintain
bon monoxide (CO) from your slack so you can turn with your trail- them properly.
exhaust can get into your vehicle, er. And, never allow safety chains to • Don’t tap into or modify your vehi-
as well as dirt and water. drag on the ground. cle's brake system.
• The bumpers on your vehicle are
not intended for hitches. Do not
attach rental hitches or other
WARNING - Trailer
bumper-type hitches to them. Use brakes
only a frame-mounted hitch that Do not use a trailer with its own
does not attach to the bumper. brakes unless you are absolute-
• Kia trailer hitch accessory is avail- ly certain that you have proper-
able at an authorized Kia dealer. ly set up the brake system. This
is not a task for amateurs. Use
an experienced, competent
trailer shop for this work.
5 63
E140400AUN E140401AUN E140403AUN

Driving with a trailer Following distance Backing up
Towing a trailer requires a certain Stay at least twice as far behind the Hold the bottom of the steering
amount of experience. Before setting vehicle ahead as you would when wheel with one hand. Then, to move
out for the open road, you must get driving your vehicle without a trailer. the trailer to the left, just move your
to know your trailer. Acquaint your- This can help you avoid situations hand to the left. To move the trailer to
self with the feel of handling and that require heavy braking and sud- the right, move your hand to the
braking with the added weight of the den turns. right. Always back up slowly and, if
trailer. And always keep in mind that possible, have someone guide you.
the vehicle you are driving is now a E140402AUN
good deal longer and not nearly so
responsive as your vehicle is by
Passing E140404AUN
itself. You’ll need more passing distance Making turns

up ahead when you’re towing a trail- When you’re turning with a trailer,
Before you start, check the trailer
er. And, because of the increased make wider turns than normal. Do
hitch and platform, safety chains,
vehicle length, you’ll need to go this so your trailer won’t strike soft
electrical connector(s), lights, tires
much farther beyond the passed shoulders, curbs, road signs, trees,
and mirror adjustment. If the trailer
vehicle before you can return to your or other objects near the edge of the
has electric brakes, start your vehicle
lane. Due to the added load to the road. Avoid jerky or sudden maneu-
and trailer moving and then apply the
engine when going uphill the vehicle vers. Signal well in advance before
trailer brake controller by hand to be
may also take longer to pass than it turning or lane changes.
sure the brakes are working. This lets
would on flat ground.
you check your electrical connection
at the same time.
During your trip, check occasionally
to be sure that the load is secure,
and that the lights and any trailer
brakes are still working.
5 64
E140405AFD E140406AFD
Turn signals when towing a trailer WARNING Driving on grades
When you tow a trailer, your vehicle Failure to use an approved trail- Reduce speed and shift to a lower
has to have a different turn signal er wiring harness could result gear before you start down a long or
flasher and extra wiring. The green in damage to the vehicle electri- steep downgrade. If you don’t shift
arrows on your instrument panel will cal system and/or personal down, you might have to use your
flash whenever you signal a turn or injury. brakes so much that they would get
lane change. Properly connected, hot and no longer operate efficiently.
the trailer lights will also flash to alert On a long uphill grade, shift down
other drivers you’re about to turn, and reduce your speed to around 45
change lanes, or stop. mph (70 km/h) to reduce the possi-
When towing a trailer, the green bility of engine and transaxle over-
arrows on your instrument panel will heating.
flash for turns even if the bulbs on If your trailer weighs more than the
the trailer are burned out. Thus, you maximum trailer weight without trail-
may think drivers behind you are er brakes and you have an automat-
seeing your signals when, in fact, ic transaxle, you should drive in D
they are not. It’s important to check (Drive) when towing a trailer.
occasionally to be sure the trailer
bulbs are still working. You must also Operating your vehicle in D (Drive)
check the lights every time you dis- when towing a trailer will minimize
connect and then reconnect the heat build up and extend the life of
wires. your transaxle.
Do not connect a trailer lighting sys-
tem directly to your vehicle’s lighting
system. Use only an approved trailer
wiring harness.
An authorized Kia dealer can assist
you in installing the wiring harness.
5 65
E140407AUN-EA 2. If the vehicle has a manual

CAUTION Parking on hills transaxle, place the car in neutral.
• When towing a trailer on steep Generally, if you have a trailer If the vehicle has an automatic
grades (in excess of 6%) pay attached to your vehicle, you should transaxle, place the car in P
close attention to the engine not park your vehicle on a hill. People (Park).
coolant temperature gauge to can be seriously or fatally injured, 3. Set the parking brake and shut off
ensure the engine does not and both your vehicle and the trailer the vehicle.
overheat. can be damaged if they unexpected- 4. Place chocks under the trailer
If the needle of the coolant ly roll downhill. wheels on the down hill side of the
temperature gauge moves wheels.
across the dial towards “H” 5. Start the vehicle, hold the brakes,
(HOT), pull over and stop as WARNING - Parking on
a hill shift to neutral, release the parking
soon as it is safe to do so, and brake and slowly release the
allow the engine to idle until it Parking your vehicle on a hill brakes until the trailer chocks
cools down. You may proceed with a trailer attached could absorb the load.
once the engine has cooled cause serious injury or death,
sufficiently. should the trailer break loose or 6. Reapply the brakes, reapply the
brake stops working. parking brake and shift the vehicle
• You must decide driving to R (Reverse) for manual
speed depending on trailer transaxle or P (Park) for automatic
weight and uphill grade to However, if you ever have to park
your trailer on a hill, here's how to do transaxle.
reduce the possibility of
engine and transaxle over- it: 7. Shut off the vehicle and release
heating. 1. Pull the vehicle into the parking the vehicle brakes but leave the
space. Turn the steering wheel in parking brake set.
the direction of the curb (right if
headed downhill, left if headed up
hill).
5 66
E140500AUN
WARNING - Parking Maintenance when trailer tow- CAUTION
brake ing • Due to higher load during
It can be dangerous to get out Your vehicle will need service more trailer usage, overheating
of your vehicle if the parking often when you regularly pull a trail- might occur in hot days or
brake is not firmly set. er. Important items to pay particular during uphill driving. If the
If you have left the engine run- attention to include engine oil, auto- coolant gauge indicates over-
ning, the vehicle can move sud- matic transaxle fluid, axle lubricant heating, switch off the A/C and
denly. You or others could be and cooling system fluid. Brake con- stop the vehicle in a safe area
seriously or fatally injured. dition is another important item to to cool down the engine.
frequently check. Each item is cov- • When towing check transaxle
ered in this manual, and the Index fluid more frequently.
When you are ready to leave after will help you find them quickly. If
parking on a hill you’re trailering, it’s a good idea to
1. With the manual transaxle in review these sections before you
Neutral or automatic transaxle in P start your trip.
(Park), apply your brakes and hold Don’t forget to also maintain your
the brake pedal down while you: trailer and hitch. Follow the mainte-
• Start your engine; nance schedule that accompanied
your trailer and check it periodically.
• Shift into gear; and Preferably, conduct the check at the
• Release the parking brake. start of each day’s driving. Most
2. Slowly remove your foot from the importantly, all hitch nuts and bolts
brake pedal. should be tight.
3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear
of the chocks.
4. Stop and have someone pick up
and store the chocks.
5 67
lbs. (kg)
E140600BFD
If you do decide to pull a trail- Engine 2.0L/2.4L Gasoline Engine
er
Here are some important points if 2WD 4WD
Item
you decide to pull a trailer:
• Consider using a sway control. You 1000 1000
Without brake system
can ask a hitch dealer about sway Maximum trailer (454) (454)
control. weight 2000 2000
• Do not do any towing with your car With brake system
(907) (907)
during its first 1,200 miles (2,000
km) in order to allow the engine to 200 200
Maximum tongue weight
properly break in. Failure to heed (91) (91)
this caution may result in serious
engine or transaxle damage. 2WD : 2-Wheel drive
• When towing a trailer, be sure to 4WD : 4-Wheel drive
consult an authorized Kia dealer
for further information on additional To identify what the vehicle trailering capacity is for your vehicle, you should read the
requirements such as a towing kit, information in “Weight of the Trailer” that appears later in this section.
etc.
• Always drive your vehicle at a mod-
erate speed (less than 60 mph
(100 km/h)).
• On a long uphill grade, do not
exceed 45 mph (70 km/h) or the
posted towing speed limit,
whichever is lower.
• The chart contains important con-
siderations that have to do with
weight:
5 68
The trailer tongue should weigh a

maximum of 10% of the total loaded
trailer weight, within the limits of the
maximum permissible trailer tongue
load. After you've loaded your trailer,
weigh the trailer and then the tongue,
separately, to see if the weights are
proper. If they aren’t, you may be
able to correct them simply by mov-
ing some items around in the trailer.
Tongue Load Total Trailer Weight Gross Axle Weight Gross Vehicle Weight
C190E01JM C190E02JM
E140601AUN E140602AEN
Weight of the trailer Weight of the trailer tongue
What is the maximum safe weight of The tongue load of any trailer is an
a trailer? It should never weigh more important weight to measure
than the maximum trailer weight with because it affects the total gross
trailer brakes. But even that can be vehicle weight (GVW) of your vehi-
too heavy. cle. This weight includes the curb
It depends on how you plan to use weight of the vehicle, any cargo you
your trailer. For example, speed, alti- may carry in it, and the people who
tude, road grades, outside tempera- will be riding in the vehicle. And if you
ture and how often your vehicle is will tow a trailer, you must add the
used to pull a trailer are all important. tongue load to the GVW because
The ideal trailer weight can also your vehicle will also be carrying that
depend on any special equipment weight.
that you have on your vehicle.
5 69
WARNING - Trailer
• Never load a trailer with more
weight in the rear than in the
front. The front should be
loaded with approximately
60% of the total trailer load;
the rear should be loaded with
approximately 40% of the total
trailer load.
• Never exceed the maximum
weight limits of the trailer or
trailer towing equipment.
Improper loading can result in
damage to your vehicle and/or
personal injury. Check
weights and loading at a com-
mercial scale or highway
patrol office equipped with
scales.
• An improperly loaded trailer
can cause loss of vehicle con-
trol.
5 70
E150103AEN E150105AUN-C1 6. If your vehicle will be towing a trail-

Towing capacity: Steps for determining correct er, load from your trailer will be
Without trailer brakes load limit transferred to your vehicle. Consult
1. Locate the statement "The com- this manual to determine how this
: 1000 lbs (454 kg)
bined weight of occupants and reduces the available cargo and
With trailer brakes luggage load capacity of your
cargo should never exceed XXX
: 2000 lbs (907 kg) kg or XXX lbs.'' on your vehicle's vehicle.
Towing capacity is the maximum placard.
trailer weight including its cargo 2. Determine the combined weight of
weight, your vehicle can tow. the driver and passengers that will
be riding in your vehicle.
E150104AUN 3. Subtract the combined weight of
Cargo capacity: the driver and passengers from
The cargo capacity of your vehicle XXX kg or XXX lbs.
will increase or decrease depending 4. The resulting figure equals the
on the weight and the number of available amount of cargo and lug-
occupants and the tongue load, if gage load capacity. For example, if
your vehicle is equipped with a trail- the "XXX" amount equals 1400
er. lbs. and there will be five 150 lbs.
passengers in your vehicle, the
amount of available cargo and lug-
gage load capacity is 650 lbs.
(1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)
5. Determine the combined weight of
luggage and cargo being loaded
on the vehicle. That weight may
not safely exceed the available
cargo and luggage load capacity
calculated in Step 4.
5 72
Example 1 Example 2 Example 3
A B C A B C A B C
C190F01JM C190F02JM C190F03JM
Item Description Total Item Description Total Item Description Total

Vehicle Capacity 1400 lbs Vehicle Capacity 1400 lbs Vehicle Capacity 1400 lbs
A A A
Weight (635 kg) Weight (635 kg) Weight (635 kg)
Subtract Occupant Subtract Occupant Subtract Occupant
300 lbs 750 lbs 860 lbs
B Weight B Weight B Weight
(136 kg) (340 kg) (390 kg)
150 lbs (68 kg) × 2 150 lbs (68 kg) × 5 172 lbs (78 kg) × 5
Available Cargo and 1100 lbs Available Cargo and 650 lbs Available Cargo and 540 lbs
C C C
Luggage weight (499 kg) Luggage weight (295 kg) Luggage weight (245 kg)
Refer to your vehicle’s tire and loading information label for specific information about your vehicle's capacity weight
and seating positions. The combined weight of the driver, passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle's
capacity weight.
5 73
To find out the actual loads on your

front and rear axles, you need to go (Continued)
to a weigh station and weigh your • Do not load your vehicle any
vehicle.Your dealer can help you with heavier than the GVWR, either
this. Be sure to spread out your load the maximum front or rear
equally on both sides of the center- GAWR and vehicle capacity
line. weight. If you do, parts,
including tires on your vehicle
can break, and it can change
WARNING - Over the way your vehicle handles
loading and braking ability. This could
• Never exceed the GVWR for cause you to lose control and
OEN056020
your vehicle, the GAWR for crash. Also, overloading can
E150200AUN either the front or rear axle shorten the life of your vehi-
Certification label and vehicle capacity weight. cle.
The certification label is located on Exceeding these ratings can
the driver's door sill at the center pil- cause an accident or vehicle
lar. damage. You can calculate the The label will help you decide how
weight of your load by weigh- much cargo and installed equipment
This label shows the maximum ing the items (or people) your vehicle can carry.
allowable weight of the fully loaded before putting them in the
vehicle. This is called the GVWR vehicle. Be careful not to over-
(Gross Vehicle Weight Rating). The load your vehicle. If you carry items inside your vehicle
GVWR includes the weight of the - like suitcases, tools, packages, or
vehicle, all occupants, fuel and (Continued) anything else - they are moving as
cargo. fast as the vehicle. If you have to stop
This label also tells you the maxi- or turn quickly, or if there is a crash,
mum weight that can be supported the items will keep going and can
by the front and rear axles, called cause an injury if they strike the driv-
Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). er or a passenger.
5 74
WARNING CAUTION WARNING - Loose cargo

• Overloading your vehicle can • Overloading your vehicle may Items you carry inside your
cause heat buildup in your cause damage. Repairs would vehicle can strike and injure
vehicle's tires and possible not be covered by your war- occupants in a sudden stop or
tire failure that could lead to a ranty. Do not overload your turn, or in a crash.
crash. vehicle. • Put items in the cargo area of
• Overloading your vehicle can • Using heavier suspension your vehicle. Try to spread the
cause increased stopping dis- components to get added weight evenly.
tances that could lead to a durability might not change • Never stack items, like suit-
crash. your weight ratings. Ask your cases, inside the vehicle
• A crash resulting from poor dealer to help you load your above the tops of the seats.
handling vehicle damage, tire vehicle the right way.
• Do not leave an unsecured
failure, or increased stopping child restraint in your vehicle.
distances could result in seri-
ous injury or death. • When you carry something
inside the vehicle, secure it.
• Do not drive with a seat folded
down unless necessary.
5 75
VEHICLE WEIGHT GLOSSARY

E160000AUN E160300AUN E160700AUN-EU
This section will guide you in the Cargo weight GVWR (Gross vehicle weight
proper loading of your vehicle and/or This figure includes all weight added rating)
trailer, to keep your loaded vehicle to the Base Curb Weight, including This is the maximum allowable
weight within its design rating capa- cargo and optional equipment. weight of the fully loaded vehicle
bility, with or without a trailer. (including all options, equipment,
Properly loading your vehicle will passengers and cargo). The GVWR
E160400AUN
provide maximum return of the vehi- is shown on the certification label
cle design performance. Before load- GAW (Gross axle weight) located on the driver’s door sill.
ing your vehicle, familiarize yourself This is the total weight placed on
with the following terms for determin- each axle (front and rear) - including
ing your vehicle's weight ratings, with vehicle curb weight and all payload.
or without a trailer, from the vehicle's
specifications and the certification
E160500AUN
label:
GAWR (Gross axle weight rat-
E160100AUN
ing)
Base curb weight This is the maximum allowable
weight that can be carried by a single
This is the weight of the vehicle axle (front or rear). These numbers
including a full tank of fuel and all are shown on the certification label.
standard equipment. It does not
include passengers, cargo, or option- The total load on each axle must
al equipment. never exceed its GAWR.
E160200AUN E160600AUN
Vehicle curb weight GVW (Gross vehicle weight)

This is the weight of your new vehicle This is the Base Curb Weight plus
when you picked it up from your deal- actual Cargo Weight plus passen-
er plus any aftermarket equipment. gers.
5 76
What to do in an emergency
Road warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

• Hazard warning flasher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
In case of an emergency while driving. . . . . . . . . . 6-2
• If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing . . . . . . 6-2
• If you have a flat tire while driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
• If engine stalls while driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
If the engine does not start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
• If engine dose not turn over or turns over slowly . . . 6-3
• If engine turns over normally but does not start . . . 6-3
Emergency starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
• Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
• Push-starting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
If the engine overheats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) . . . . . . . 6-7
If you have a flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
• Jack and tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
• Removing and storing the spare tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14 6
• Changing tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21
• Towing service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22
• Removable towing hook. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23
• Emergency towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24
• Tie-down hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26
ROAD WARNING IN CASE OF AN EMER-

It should be used whenever emer- GENCY WHILE DRIVING
gency repairs are being made or F020100AUN-EU
when the vehicle is stopped near the If the engine stalls at a cross-
edge of a roadway. road or crossing
Depress the flasher switch with the
ignition switch in any position. The If the engine stalls at a crossroad or
flasher switch is located in the center crossing, set the shift lever in the N
console switch panel. All turn signal (Neutral) position and then push the
lights will flash simultaneously. vehicle to a safe place.
F020200AUN
• The hazard warning flasher oper-
OSL060001
ates whether your vehicle is run- If you have a flat tire while
F010100ASA
ning or not. driving
Hazard warning flasher • The turn signals do not work when If a tire goes flat while you are driv-
The hazard warning flasher serves the hazard flasher is on. ing:
as a warning to other drivers to exer- • Care must be taken when using 1.Take your foot off the accelerator
cise extreme caution when the hazard warning flasher while pedal and let the vehicle slow
approaching, overtaking, or passing the vehicle is being towed. down while driving straight ahead.
your vehicle. Do not apply the brakes immedi-
ately or attempt to pull off the road
as this may cause a loss of control.
When the vehicle has slowed to
such a speed that it is safe to do
so, brake carefully and pull off the
road. Drive off the road as far as
possible and park on a firm level
ground. If you are on a divided
highway, do not park in the median
area between the two traffic lanes.
6 2
IF THE ENGINE DOES NOT START

2.When the vehicle is stopped, turn F030100AAM
on your emergency hazard flash- If engine doesn't turn over or WARNING
ers, set the parking brake and put turns over slowly If the engine will not start, do
the transaxle in P (Park, automatic 1.If your car has an automatic not push or pull the vehicle to
transaxle) or reverse (manual transaxle, be sure the shift lever is start it. This could result in a
transaxle). in N (Neutral) or P (Park) and the collision or cause other dam-
3.Have all passengers get out of the emergency brake is set. age. In addition, push or pull
vehicle. Be sure they all get out on 2.Check the battery connections to starting may cause the catalytic
the side of the car that is away from be sure they are clean and tight. converter to overload and cre-
traffic. ate a fire hazard.
3.Turn on the interior light. If the light
4.When changing a flat tire, follow dims or goes out when you operate
the instruction provided later in this the starter, the battery is dis- F030200AHM
section. charged. If engine turns over normally
4.Check the starter connections to but does not start
F020300AUN be sure they are securely tight- 1.Check the fuel level.
If the engine stalls while driv- ened. 2.With the ignition switch in the
ing 5.Do not push or pull the vehicle to LOCK position, check all connec-
1.Reduce your speed gradually, start it. See instructions for "Jump tors at the ignition coils and spark
keeping a straight line. Move cau- starting". plugs. Reconnect any that may be
tiously off the road to a safe place. disconnected or loose.
2.Turn on your emergency flashers. 3.Check the fuel line in the engine
3.Try to start the engine again. If your compartment.
vehicle will not start, contact an 4.If the engine still does not start, call
authorized Kia dealer or seek other an authorized Kia dealer or seek
qualified assistance. other qualified assistance.
6 3
EMERGENCY STARTING
F040100AHM-U1
Jumper Cables
Jump starting WARNING - Battery
Jump starting can be dangerous if • Keep all flames or sparks
done incorrectly. Therefore, to avoid away from the battery. The
harm to yourself or damage to your battery produces hydrogen
(-) vehicle or battery, follow these jump gas which may explode if
(+)
(-) starting procedures. If in doubt, we exposed to flame or sparks.
strongly recommend that you have a If these instructions are not
(+) Discharged competent technician or towing serv- followed exactly, serious per-
Booster ice jump start your vehicle.
battery
battery sonal injury and damage to
the vehicle may occur! If you
1VQA4001 are not sure how to follow this
F040000AUN CAUTION procedure, seek qualified
Connect cables in numerical order Use only a 12-volt jumper sys- assistance. Automobile bat-
and disconnect in reverse order. tem. You can damage a 12-volt teries contain sulfuric acid.
starting motor, ignition system, This is poisonous and highly
and other electrical parts corrosive. When jump start-
beyond repair by use of a 24- ing, wear protective glasses
volt power supply (either two and be careful not to get acid
12-volt batteries in series or a on yourself, your clothing or
24-volt motor generator set). on the vehicle.
• Do not attempt to jump start
the vehicle if the discharged
WARNING - Battery battery is frozen or if the elec-
Never attempt to check the electrolyte level is low; the battery
trolyte level of the battery as may rupture or explode.
this may cause the battery to
rupture or explode causing seri-
ous injury.
6 4
F040101ASA Do not allow the jumper cables to F040200AAM-EU

Jump starting procedure contact anything except the correct Push-starting
1.Make sure the booster battery is battery terminals or the correct Vehicles equipped with automatic
12-volt and that its negative termi- ground. Do not lean over the bat- transaxle and manual transaxle vehi-
nal is grounded. tery when making connections. cles equipped with clutch lock sys-
2.If the booster battery is in another tem cannot be push-started.
vehicle, do not allow the vehicles to CAUTION - Battery Follow the directions in this section
come in contact. cables for jump-starting.
3.Turn off all unnecessary electrical Do not connect the jumper
loads. cable from the negative terminal
4.Connect the jumper cables in the of the booster battery to the WARNING
exact sequence shown in the illus- negative terminal of the dis- Never tow a vehicle to start it
tration. First connect one end of a charged battery. This can cause because the sudden surge for-
jumper cable to the positive termi- the discharged battery to over- ward when the engine starts
nal of the discharged battery (1), heat and crack, releasing bat- could cause a collision with the
then connect the other end to the tery acid. tow vehicle.
positive terminal of the booster
battery (2).
Proceed to connect one end of the 5.Start the engine of the vehicle with
other jumper cable to the negative the booster battery and let it run at
terminal of the booster battery (3), 2,000 rpm, then start the engine of
then the other end to a solid, sta- the vehicle with the discharged
tionary, metallic point (for example, battery.
the engine lifting bracket) away
If the cause of your battery discharg-
from the battery (4). Do not con-
ing is not apparent, you should have
nect it to or near any part that
your vehicle checked by an author-
moves when the engine is cranked.
ized Kia dealer.
6 5
IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS

F050000AAM 4.Check to see if the water pump
If your temperature gauge indicates drive belt is missing. If it is not WARNING
overheating, you experience a loss missing, check to see that it is Do not remove the radiator cap
of power, or hear loud pinging or tight. If the drive belt seems to be when the engine is hot. This
knocking, the engine will probably be satisfactory, check for coolant leak- may result in coolant being
too hot. If this happens, you should: ing from the radiator, hoses or blown out of the opening and
under the vehicle. (If the air condi- cause serious burns.
1.Pull off the road and stop as soon tioning had been in use, it is nor-
as it is safe to do so. mal for cold water to be draining
from it when you stop). 6.If you cannot find the cause of the
2.Place the shift lever in P (Park,
automatic transaxle) or Neutral overheating, wait until the engine
(manual transaxle) and set the WARNING temperature has returned to nor-
parking brake. If the air condition- mal. Then, if coolant has been lost,
While the engine is running, carefully add coolant to the reser-
ing is on, turn it off. keep hair, hands and clothing voir to bring the fluid level in the
3.If engine coolant is running out away from moving parts such reservoir up to the halfway mark.
under the vehicle or steam is com- as the fan and drive belts to pre-
ing out from underneath the hood, vent injury. 7.Proceed with caution, keeping
stop the engine. Do not open the alert for further signs of overheat-
hood until the coolant has stopped ing. If overheating happens again,
5.If the water pump drive belt is bro- call an authorized Kia dealer for
running or the steaming has ken or engine coolant is leaking
stopped. If there is no visible loss assistance.
out, stop the engine immediately
of engine coolant and no steam, and call the nearest authorized Kia
leave the engine running and dealer for assistance. CAUTION
check to be sure the engine cool- Serious loss of coolant indi-
ing fan is operating. If the fan is not cates there is a leak in the cool-
running, turn the engine off. ing system and this should be
checked as soon as possible by
an authorized Kia dealer.
6 6
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS)

As an added safety feature, your Your vehicle has also been equipped
vehicle has been equipped with a tire with a TPMS malfunction indicator to
pressure monitoring system (TPMS) indicate when the system is not
that illuminates a low tire pressure operating properly. The TPMS mal-
telltale when one or more of your function indicator is combined with
tires is significantly under-inflated. the low tire pressure telltale. When
Accordingly, when the low tire pres- the system detects a malfunction,
sure telltale illuminates, you should the telltale will flash for approximate-
stop and check your tires as soon as ly one minute and then remain con-
possible, and inflate them to the tinuously illuminated. This sequence
proper pressure. Driving on a signifi- will continue upon subsequent vehi-
OSL060002 cantly under-inflated tire causes the cle start-ups as long as the malfunc-
tire to overheat and can lead to tire tion exists. When the malfunction
(1) Low tire pressure telltale / failure. Under-inflation also reduces indicator is illuminated, the system
TPMS malfunction indicator fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may not be able to detect or signal
may affect the vehicle’s handling and low tire pressure as intended. TPMS
Each tire, including the spare (if pro- stopping ability. malfunctions may occur for a variety
vided), should be checked monthly of reasons, including the installation
when cold and inflated to the inflation of replacement or alternate tires or
pressure recommended by the vehi- Please note that the TPMS is not a wheels on the vehicle that prevent
cle manufacturer on the vehicle plac- substitute for proper tire mainte- the TPMS from functioning properly.
ard or tire inflation pressure label. (If nance, and it is the driver’s responsi- Always check the TPMS malfunction
your vehicle has tires of a different bility to maintain correct tire pres- telltale after replacing one or more
size than the size indicated on the sure, even if under-inflation has not tires or wheels on your vehicle to
vehicle placard or tire inflation pres- reached the level to trigger illumina- ensure that the replacement or alter-
sure label, you should determine the tion of the TPMS low tire pressure nate tires and wheels allow the
proper tire inflation pressure for telltale. TPMS to continue to function proper-
those tires.) ly.
6 7
✽ NOTICE Low tire pressure Then the TPMS malfunction indicator

If the TPMS, Low Tire Pressure telltale and the Low Tire Pressure telltale
indicator do not illuminate for 3 sec- may turn on and illuminate after
onds when the ignition switch is restarting and about 20 minutes of
turned to the ON position, or if they continuous driving before you have
remain illuminated after coming on When the tire pressure monitoring the low pressure tire repaired and
for approximately 3 seconds, take system warning indicators are illumi- replaced on the vehicle.
your car to your nearest authorized nated, one or more of your tires is
Kia dealer and have the system significantly under-inflated. CAUTION
checked. If the telltale illuminates, immediately In winter or cold weather, the
reduce your speed, avoid hard cor- low tire pressure telltale may be
nering and anticipate increased stop- illuminated if the tire pressure
ping distances. You should stop and was adjusted to the recom-
check your tires as soon as possible. mended tire inflation pressure
Inflate the tires to the proper pres- in warm weather. It does not
sure as indicated on the vehicle’s mean your TPMS is malfunction-
placard or tire inflation pressure label ing because the decreased tem-
located on the driver’s side center pil- perature leads to a proportional
lar outer panel. If you cannot reach a lowering of tire pressure.
service station or if the tire cannot
hold the newly added air, replace the When you drive your vehicle
low pressure tire with the spare tire. from a warm area to a cold area
or from a cold area to a warm
area, or the outside temperature
is greatly higher or lower, you
should check the tire inflation
pressure and adjust the tires to
the recommended tire inflation
pressure.
6 8
TPMS (Tire Pressure

WARNING - Low pres- Monitoring System) CAUTION
sure damage malfunction indicator • The TPMS malfunction indica-
Significantly low tire pressure tor may be illuminated if the
makes the vehicle unstable and vehicle is moving around elec-
The TPMS malfunction indicator will tric power supply cables or
can contribute to loss of vehicle illuminate after it blinks for approxi-
control and increased braking radios transmitter such as at
mately one minute when there is a police stations, government
distances. problem with the Tire Pressure
Continued driving on low pres- and public offices, broadcast-
Monitoring System. Have the system ing stations, military installa-
sure tires can cause the tires to checked by an authorized Kia dealer
overheat and fail. tions, airports, or transmitting
as soon as possible to determine the towers, etc. This can interfere
cause of the problem. with normal operation of the
Tire Pressure Monitoring
System (TPMS).
• The TPMS malfunction indica-
tor may be illuminated if snow
chains are used or some sep-
arate electronic devices such
as notebook computer, mobile
charger, remote starter or
navigation etc., are used in the
vehicle. This can interfere with
normal operation of the Tire
Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS).
6 9
Changing a tire with TPMS Even if you replace the low pressure
tire with the spare tire, the Low Tire CAUTION
If you have a flat tire, the Low Tire
Pressure telltale will come on. Have Pressure telltale will remain on until If a original mounted tire is
the flat tire repaired by an authorized the low pressure tire is repaired and replaced with the spare tire, the
Kia dealer as soon as possible or placed on the vehicle. TPMS sensor on the replaced
replace the flat tire with the spare After you replace the low pressure spare wheel should be initiated
tire. tire with the spare tire, the TPMS and the TPMS sensor on the
malfunction indicator may illuminate original mounted wheel should
after a few minutes because the be deactivated. If the TPMS sen-
CAUTION TPMS sensor mounted on the spare sor on the original mounted
NEVER use a puncture-repair- wheel is not initiated. wheel located in the spare tire
ing agent to repair and/or inflate Once the low pressure tire is reinflat- carrier still activates, the tire
a low pressure tire. The tire ed to the recommended pressure pressure monitoring system
sealant can damage the tire and installed on the vehicle or the may not operate properly. Have
pressure sensor. If used, you TPMS sensor mounted on the the tire with TPMS serviced or
will have to replace the tire pres- replaced spare wheel is initiated by replaced by an authorized Kia
sure sensor. an authorized Kia dealer, the TPMS dealer.
malfunction indicator and the low tire
Each wheel is equipped with a tire pressure telltale will extinguish within
pressure sensor mounted inside the a few minutes of driving.
tire behind the valve stem. You must If the indicator is not extinguished
use TPMS specific wheels. It is rec- after a few minutes of driving, please
ommended that you always have visit an authorized Kia dealer.
your tires serviced by an authorized
Kia dealer.
6 10
You may not be able identify a low

tire by simply looking at it. Always WARNING - TPMS WARNING - Protecting
use a good quality tire pressure • The TPMS cannot alert you to TPMS
gauge to measure the tire's inflation severe and sudden tire dam- Tampering with, modifying, or
pressure. Please note that a tire that age caused by external fac- disabling the Tire Pressure
is hot (from being driven) will have a tors such as nails or road Monitoring System (TPMS)
higher pressure measurement than a debris. components may interfere with
tire that is cold (from sitting station- the system's ability to warn the
• If you feel any vehicle instabil-
ary for at least 3 hours and driven driver of low tire pressure con-
ity, immediately take your foot
less than 1 mile (1.6 km) during that ditions and/or TPMS malfunc-
off the accelerator, apply the
3 hour period). tions. Tampering with, modify-
brakes gradually and with
Allow the tire to cool before measur- light force, and slowly move to ing, or disabling the Tire
ing the inflation pressure. Always be a safe position off the road. Pressure Monitoring System
sure the tire is cold before inflating to (TPMS) components may void
the recommended pressure. the warranty for that portion of
A cold tire means the vehicle has the vehicle.
been sitting for 3 hours and driven for
less than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that 3
hour period.
CAUTION
Do not use any tire sealant if
your vehicle is equipped with a
Tire Pressure Monitoring
System. The liquid sealant can
damage the tire pressure sen-
sors.
6 11
This device complies with Part

15 of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1.This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2.This device must accept any inter-
ference received, including inter-
ference that may cause undesired
operation.
WARNING
Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance
could void the user’s authority
to operate the equipment.
6 12
IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE

F070101AAM
Jacking instructions WARNING - Changing
The jack is provided for emergency tires
tire changing only. • Never attempt vehicle repairs
To prevent the jack from “rattling” in the traffic lanes of a public
while the vehicle is in motion, store it road or highway.
properly. • Always move the vehicle com-
Follow jacking instructions to reduce pletely off the road and onto
the possibility of personal injury. the shoulder before trying to
change a tire. The jack should
be used on a firm level
OSL060004 ground. If you cannot find a
F070100AEN firm, level place off the road,
Jack and tools call a towing service company
for assistance.
The jack, jack handle, wheel lug nut
wrench are stored in the luggage • Be sure to use the correct
compartment. front and rear jacking posi-
tions on the vehicle; never
Pull up the luggage box cover to
use the bumpers or any other
reach this equipment.
part of the vehicle for jack
(1) Jack handle support.
(2) Jack (Continued)
(3) Wheel lug nut wrench
6 13
(Continued) ■ Type B
• The vehicle can easily roll off

the jack causing serious
injury or death. No person
should place any portion of
their body under a vehicle that
is supported only by a jack; ■ Type A
use vehicle support stands.
• Do not start or run the engine
while the vehicle is on the
jack. OSL060003 1VQA4022
• Do not allow anyone to remain Removing and storing the F070300AAM-EU-U1
in the vehicle while it is on the spare tire Changing tires
jack.
Turn the tire hold-down wing bolt 1.Park on a level surface and apply
• Make sure any children pres- the parking brake firmly.
ent are in a secure place away counterclockwise.
from the road and from the Store the tire in the reverse order of 2.Place the transaxle shift lever in R
vehicle to be raised with the removal. (Reverse) with manual transaxle or
jack. To prevent the spare tire and tools P (Park) with automatic transaxle.
from “rattling” while the vehicle is in 3.Activate the hazard warning flash-
motion, store them properly. er.
6 14
WARNING - Changing a
tire
• To prevent vehicle movement
while changing a tire, always
set the parking brake fully,
and always block the wheel
diagonally opposite the wheel
being changed.
• We recommend that the
wheels of the vehicle be
1VQA4023 blocked, and that no person OLM069006
4.Remove the wheel lug nut wrench, remain in a vehicle that is 6.Loosen the wheel lug nuts counter-
jack, jack handle, and spare tire being jacked. clockwise one turn each, but do
from the vehicle. not remove any nut until the tire
5.Block both the front and rear of the has been raised off the ground.
wheel that is diagonally opposite
from the jack position.
6 15
9.Loosen the wheel nuts and remove

them with your fingers. Slide the
wheel off the studs and lay it flat so
it cannot roll away. To put the
wheel on the hub, pick up the
spare tire, line up the holes with
the studs and slide the wheel onto
them. If this is difficult, tip the wheel
slightly and get the top hole in the
wheel lined up with the top stud.
Then jiggle the wheel back and
OCM054013 OAM069009 forth until the wheel can slide over
the other studs.
7.Place the jack at the front or rear 8.Insert the jack handle into the jack
jacking position closest to the tire and turn it clockwise, raising the
you are changing. Place the jack at vehicle until the tire just clears the
the designated locations under the ground. This measurement is
frame. approximately 1 in. (30 mm).
Before removing the wheel lug
nuts, make sure the vehicle is sta-
WARNING - Jack ble and that there is no chance for
location movement or slippage.
To reduce the possibility of
injury, be sure to use only the
jack provided with the vehicle
and in the correct jack position;
never use any other part of the
vehicle for jack support.
6 16
10. To install the wheel, hold it on the

WARNING studs, put the wheel nuts on the
Wheels may have sharp edges. studs and tighten them finger
Handle them carefully to avoid tight. Jiggle the tire to be sure it is
possible severe injury. Before completely seated, then tighten
putting the wheel into place, be the nuts as much as possible
sure that there is nothing on the with your fingers again.
hub or wheel (such as mud, tar, 11. Lower the vehicle to the ground
gravel, etc.) that prevents with by turning the wheel nut wrench
the wheel from fitting solidly counterclockwise.
against the hub.
If there is, remove it. If the con- OLM069007
tact of the mounting surface Then position the wrench as shown
between the wheel and hub is in the drawing and tighten the wheel
not good, the wheel nuts could nuts. Be sure the socket is seated
come loose and cause the loss completely over the nut. Do not stand
of a wheel. Loss of a wheel may on the wrench handle or use an
result in loss of control of the extension pipe over the wrench han-
vehicle. This may cause serious dle. Go around the wheel tightening
injury or death. every nut following the numerical
sequence shown in the image until
they are all tight. Then double-check
each nut for tightness. After changing
wheels, have an authorized Kia deal-
er tighten the wheel nuts to their
proper torque as soon as possible.
Wheel nut tightening torque:

65~79 lb·ft (9~11 kg·m)
6 17
If you have a tire gauge, remove the

valve cap and check the air pressure. CAUTION WARNING - Wheel studs
If the pressure is lower than recom- Your vehicle has metric threads If the studs are damaged, they
mended, drive slowly to the nearest on the wheel studs and nuts. may lose their ability to retain
service station and inflate to the cor- Make certain during wheel the wheel. This could lead to the
rect pressure. If it is too high, adjust removal that the same nuts that loss of the wheel and a collision
it until it is correct. Always reinstall were removed are reinstalled - resulting in serious injuries.
the valve cap after checking or or, if replaced, that nuts with
adjusting the tire pressure. If the cap metric threads and the same
is not replaced, dust and dirt may get chamfer configuration are used. To prevent the jack, jack handle,
into the tire valve and air may leak Installation of a non-metric wheel lug nut wrench and spare tire
from the tire. If you lose a valve cap, thread nut on a metric stud or from rattling while the vehicle is in
buy another and install it as soon as vice-versa will not secure the motion, store them properly.
possible. wheel to the hub properly and
After you have changed the wheels, will damage the stud so that it
must be replaced. WARNING - Inadequate
always secure the flat tire in its place spare tire pressure
and return the jack and tools to their Note that most lug nuts do not
proper storage locations. have metric threads. Be sure to Check the inflation pressures
use extreme care in checking as soon as possible after
for thread style before installing installing the spare tire. Adjust
aftermarket lug nuts or wheels. it to the specified pressure, if
If in doubt, consult an author- necessary. Refer to “Tires and
ized Kia dealer. wheels” in section 8.
6 18
F070301AUN-EU When using a compact spare tire,

Important - use of compact spare WARNING observe the following precautions:
tire (if equipped) The compact spare tire is for • Under no circumstances should
Your vehicle is equipped with a com- emergency use only. Do not you exceed 50 mph (80 km/h); a
pact spare tire. This compact spare operate your vehicle on this higher speed could damage the
tire takes up less space than a regu- compact spare at speeds over tire.
lar-size tire. This tire is smaller than a 50 mph (80 km/h). The original • Ensure that you drive slowly
conventional tire and is designed for tire should be repaired or enough for the road conditions to
temporary use only. replaced as soon as is possible avoid all hazards. Any road hazard,
to avoid failure of the spare such as a pothole or debris, could
possibly leading to personal seriously damage the compact
CAUTION injury or death. spare.
• You should drive carefully • Any continuous road use of this tire
when the compact spare is in could result in tire failure, loss of
use. The compact spare The compact spare should be inflat- vehicle control, and possible per-
should be replaced by the ed to 60 psi (420 kPa). sonal injury.
proper conventional tire and
rim at the first opportunity. • Do not exceed the vehicle’s maxi-
✽ NOTICE mum load rating or the load-carry-
• The operation of this vehicle ing capacity shown on the sidewall
is not recommended with Check the inflation pressure after
installing the spare tire. Adjust it to of the compact spare tire.
more than one compact spare
tire in use at the same time. the specified pressure, as necessary. • Avoid driving over obstacles. The
compact spare tire diameter is
smaller than the diameter of a con-
ventional tire and reduces the
ground clearance approximately 1
inch (25 mm), which could result in
damage to the vehicle.
6 19
• Do not take this vehicle through an • The compact spare tire should not
automatic car wash while the com- be used on any other wheels, nor
pact spare tire is installed. should standard tires, snow tires,
• Do not use tire chains on the com- wheel covers or trim rings be used
pact spare tire. Because of the with the compact spare wheel. If
smaller size, a tire chain will not fit such use is attempted, damage to
properly. This could damage the these items or other car compo-
vehicle and result in loss of the nents may occur.
chain. • Do not use more than one compact
• Do not use the compact spare tire spare tire at a time.
on any other vehicle because this • Do not tow a trailer while the com-
tire has been designed especially pact spare tire is installed.
for your vehicle.
• The compact spare tire’s tread life
is shorter than a regular tire.
Inspect your compact spare tire
regularly and replace worn com-
pact spare tires with the same size
and design, mounted on the same
wheel.
6 20
Jack label 1. Model Name

■ Example 2. Maximum allowable load
■ Type A
3. When using the jack, set your
parking brake.
4. When using the jack, stop the
engine.
5. Do not get under a vehicle that is
supported by a jack.
6. The designated locations under
the frame
OHYK064001
7. When supporting the vehicle, the
■ Type B
base plate of jack must be vertical
under the lifting point.
8. Shift into Reverse gear on vehicles
with manual transmission or move
the shift lever to the P position on
vehicles with automatic transmis-
sion.
9. The jack should be used on firm
level ground.
OHYK064002
10. Jack manufacture
❈ The actual Jack label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. For 11. Production date
more detailed specifications, refer to the label attached to the jack.
6 21
TOWING
For trailer towing guidelines informa-
tion, refer to “Trailer towing” in sec- WARNING
tion 5. If your vehicle is equipped with
On 4WD vehicles, your vehicle must side and curtain air bag, set the
be towed with a wheel lift and dollies ignition switch to LOCK or ACC
or flatbed equipment with all the position when the vehicle is
wheels off the ground. being towed.
The side and curtain air bag
CAUTION may deploy when the ignitions
The 4WD vehicle should never is ON, and the rollover sensor
be towed with the wheels on the detects the situation as a
dolly
ground. This can cause serious rollover.
damage to the transaxle or the
4WD system.
dolly On 2WD vehicles, it is acceptable to

OXM069028 tow the vehicle with the rear wheels
F080100AAM-EU
on the ground (without dollies) and
the front wheels off the ground.
Towing service
If any of the loaded wheels or sus-
If emergency towing is necessary, pension components are damaged
we recommend having it done by an or the vehicle is being towed with the
authorized Kia dealer or a commer- front wheels on the ground, use a
cial tow-truck service. Proper lifting towing dolly under the front wheels.
and towing procedures are neces-
sary to prevent damage to the vehi- When being towed by a commercial
cle. The use of wheel dollies or tow truck and wheel dollies are not
flatbed is recommended. used, the front of the vehicle should
always be lifted, not the rear.
6 22
When towing your vehicle in an ■ Front

emergency without wheel dollies :
1.Set the ignition switch in the ACC
position.
2.Place the transaxle shift lever in N
(Neutral).
3.Release the parking brake.
OUN046030
CAUTION OSL060010
Failure to place the transaxle ■ Rear
shift lever in N (Neutral) may
cause internal damage to the
transaxle.
✽ NOTICE
Towing requires additional equip-
OCM054034
ment. See Owner's Manual for tow-
ing capacity, additional instructions
CAUTION and warnings. Always use caution OSL060011
while towing.
• Do not tow the vehicle back- Removable towing hook
wards with the front wheels on (if equipped)
the ground as this may cause
damage to the vehicle. 1.Open the tailgate, and remove the
towing hook from the tool case.
• Do not tow with sling-type
equipment. Use wheel lift or 2.Remove the hole cover pressing
flatbed equipment. the lower part of the cover on the
bumper.
6 23
3.Install the towing hook by turning it ■ Front If towing service is not available in an
clockwise into the hole until it is emergency, your vehicle may be
fully secured. temporarily towed using a cable or
4.Remove the towing hook and chain secured to the emergency tow-
install the cover after use. ing hook under the front (or rear) of
the vehicle. Use extreme caution
when towing the vehicle. A driver
must be in the vehicle to steer it and
operate the brakes.
Towing in this manner may be done
OSL060012
only on hard-surfaced roads for a
■ Rear
short distance and at low speeds.
Also, the wheels, axles, power train,
steering and brakes must all be in
good condition.
• Do not use the tow hooks to pull a
vehicle out of mud, sand or other
conditions from which the vehicle
cannot be driven out under its own
power.
OSL060013 • Avoid towing a vehicle heavier than
F080300AHM-EU the vehicle doing the towing.
Emergency towing • The drivers of both vehicles should
If towing is necessary, have it communicate with each other fre-
done by an authorized Kia dealer quently.
or a commercial tow truck service.
6 24
CAUTION WARNING
• Attach a towing strap to the Use extreme caution when tow-
tow hook. ing the vehicle.
• Using a portion of the vehicle • Avoid sudden starts or erratic
other than the tow hooks for driving maneuvers which
towing may damage the body would place excessive stress
of your vehicle. on the emergency towing
• Only use a cable or chain hook and towing cable or
specifically intended for use chain. The hook and towing
in towing vehicles. Securely cable or chain may break and
fasten the cable or chain to cause serious injury or dam- OXM069009
the towing hook provided. age. • Use a towing strap less than 16
• If the disabled vehicle cannot feet (5 m) long. Attach a white or
be moved, do not forcibly con- red cloth (about 12 inches (30 cm)
• Before emergency towing, check tinue the towing. Contact an wide) in the middle of the strap for
that the hook is not broken or dam- authorized Kia dealer or a easy visibility.
aged. commercial tow truck service • Drive carefully so that the towing
• Fasten the towing cable or chain for assistance. strap is not loose during towing.
securely to the hook. • Tow the vehicle as straight
• Do not jerk the hook. Apply it ahead as possible.
steadily and with even force. • Keep away from the vehicle
• To avoid damaging the hook, do during towing.
not pull from the side or at a verti-
cal angle. Always pull straight
ahead.
6 25
F080301AAM-EU
Emergency towing precautions CAUTION - Automatic
• Turn the ignition switch to ACC so transaxle
the steering wheel isn’t locked. • If the car is being towed with
• Place the transaxle shift lever in N all four wheels on the ground,
(Neutral). it can be towed only from the
front. Be sure that the
• Release the parking bake. transaxle is in neutral. Be sure
• Press the brake pedal with more the steering is unlocked by
force than usual since you will have placing the ignition switch in
reduced brake performance. the ACC position. A driver
• More steering effort will be must be in the towed vehicle OLM069017L
required because the power steer- to operate the steering and
brakes. Tie-down hook
ing system will be disabled. (for flatbed towing, if
• If you are driving down a long hill, • To avoid serious damage to equipped)
the brakes may overheat and brake the automatic transaxle, limit
performance will be reduced. Stop the vehicle speed to 10 mph
often and let the brakes cool off. (15 km/h) and drive less than WARNING
1 mile (1.5 km) when towing. Do not use the tie-down hooks
• Before towing, check the auto- under the front of the vehicle for
matic transaxle fluid leak towing purposes. These hooks
under your vehicle. If the auto- are designed ONLY for trans-
matic transaxle fluid is leak- port tie-down. If the tie-down
ing, a flatbed equipment or hooks are used for towing, the
towing dolly must be used. tie-down hooks or front bumper
will be damaged and this could
lead to serious injury.
6 26
Maintenance
Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 Tires and wheels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-47

Maintenance services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 • Tire care. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-47
• Owner’s responsibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 • Recommended cold tire inflation pressures. . . . . . . . 7-47
• Owner maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 • Checking tire inflation pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48
Owner maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6 • Tire rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-49
• Owner maintenance schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6 • Wheel alignment and tire balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50
Scheduled maintenance service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8 • Tire replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51
• Normal maintenance schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9 • Wheel replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-52
• Maintenance under severe usage conditions . . . . . . . 7-24 • Tire traction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-52
• Tire maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-52
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items . . . . 7-26
• Tire sidewall labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-53
Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30 • Tire terminology and definitions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-57
Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32 • All season tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-59
Brake/clutch fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35 • Summer tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-59
Washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36 • Snow tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-59
Parking brake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37 • Tire chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-59
Air cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37 • Radial-ply tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-60
Climate control air filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39 Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-61
• Inner panel fuse replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-62
Wiper blades. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41
• Engine compartment fuse replacement . . . . . . . . . . . 7-64
Battery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44 • Fuse/relay panel description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-65 7
• Instrument panel fuse panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-66
• Engine compartment fuse panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-67
Light bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-74
• Headlight, position light (DRL), turn signal light,
front fog light bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-75
• Side repeater light bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-79
• Rear combination light bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . 7-80
• Rear turn signal light replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-82
• High mounted stop light replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-82
• License plate light bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-83
• Interior light bulb replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-84
Appearance care. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-85
• Exterior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-85
• Interior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-90
Emission control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-92
California perchlorate notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-95
Maintenance
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
■ GDI engine
1. Engine coolant reservoir

2. Engine oil filler cap
3. Brake/clutch* fluid reservoir
4. Positive battery terminal
5. Negative battery terminal
■ T-GDI engine 6. Fuse box
7. Air cleaner
8. Engine oil dipstick
9. Radiator cap
10. Windshield washer fluid reser-
voir
* if equipped
* The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OSL074101N/OSL071001N
G010000AAM-EU
7 3
Maintenance
MAINTENANCE SERVICES
G020000AHM G020100AUN-EU We recommend you have your vehi-
You should exercise the utmost care Owner’s responsibility cle maintained and repaired by an
to prevent damage to your vehicle authorized Kia dealer. An authorized
and injury to yourself whenever per- Kia dealer meets Kia’s high service
forming any maintenance or inspec- ✽ NOTICE quality standards and receives tech-
tion procedures. Maintenance Service and Record nical support from Kia in order to pro-
Should you have any doubts con- Retention are the owner's responsi- vide you with a high level of service
cerning the inspection or servicing of bility. satisfaction.
your vehicle, we strongly recom-
mend that you have an authorized You should retain documents that G020200AUN-EU
Kia dealer perform this work. show proper maintenance has been Owner maintenance precau-
An authorized Kia dealer has factory performed on your vehicle in accor- tions
trained technicians and genuine Kia dance with the scheduled mainte-
parts to service your vehicle proper- nance service charts shown on the Improper or incomplete service may
ly. For expert advice and quality serv- following pages. You need this infor- result in problems. This section gives
ice, see an authorized Kia dealer. mation to establish your compliance instructions only for the maintenance
with the servicing and maintenance items that are easy to perform.
Inadequate, incomplete or insuffi-
requirements of your vehicle war- As explained earlier in this section,
cient servicing may result in opera-
ranties. several procedures can be done only
tional problems with your vehicle that
could lead to vehicle damage, an Detailed warranty information is pro- by an authorized Kia dealer with spe-
accident, or personal injury. vided in your Warranty & Consumer cial tools.
Information manual.
Repairs and adjustments required as
a result of improper maintenance or
a lack of required maintenance are
not covered.
7 4
Maintenance
Improper owner maintenance dur- WARNING - Maintenance
work Therefore, if you must run the
ing the warranty period may affect engine while working under
warranty coverage. For details, read • Performing maintenance work
the hood, make certain that
the separate Warranty & Consumer on a vehicle can be danger-
you remove all jewelry (espe-
Information manual provided with ous. You can be seriously
cially rings, bracelets, watch-
the vehicle. If you're unsure about injured while performing
es, and necklaces) and all
any servicing or maintenance proce- some maintenance proce-
neckties, scarves, and similar
dure, have it done by an authorized dures. If you lack sufficient
loose clothing before getting
Kia dealer. knowledge and experience or
near the engine or cooling
the proper tools and equip-
fans.
ment to do the work, have it
done by an authorized Kia
dealer.
• Working under the hood with
the engine running is danger-
ous. It becomes even more
dangerous when you wear
jewelry or loose clothing.
These can become entangled
in moving parts and result in
injury.
(Continued)
7 5
Maintenance
OWNER MAINTENANCE
G030000AUN Owner maintenance schedule G030102AAM
The following lists are vehicle checks While operating your vehicle:
G030101AHM
and inspections that should be per- • Note any changes in the sound of
formed by the owner or an author- When you stop for fuel:
the exhaust or any smell of
ized Kia dealer at the frequencies • Check the engine oil level. exhaust fumes in the vehicle.
indicated to help ensure safe, • Check the coolant level in the
dependable operation of your vehi- • Check for vibrations in the steering
coolant reservoir. wheel. Notice any increased steer-
cle. • Check the windshield washer fluid ing effort or looseness in the steer-
Any adverse conditions should be level. ing wheel, or change in its straight-
brought to the attention of your deal- • Look for low or under-inflated tires. ahead position.
er as soon as possible.
• Notice if your vehicle constantly
These Owner Maintenance Checks turns slightly or “pulls” to one side
are generally not covered by war- WARNING when traveling on smooth, level
ranties and you may be charged for Be careful when checking your road.
labor, parts and lubricants used. engine coolant level when the • When stopping, listen and check
engine is hot. Scalding hot for unusual sounds, pulling to one
coolant and steam may blow side, increased brake pedal travel
out under pressure. This could or “hard-to-push” brake pedal.
cause burns or other serious
injury. • If any slipping or changes in the
operation of your transaxle occurs,
check the transaxle fluid level.
• Check the automatic transaxle P
(Park) function.
• Check the parking brake.
• Check for fluid leaks under your
vehicle (water dripping from the air
conditioning system during or after
use is normal).
7 6
Maintenance
G030103AHM G030105AHM-C1
At least monthly: At least once a year:
• Check the coolant level in the • Clean the body and door drain
engine coolant reservoir. holes.
• Check the operation of all exterior • Lubricate the door hinges and
lights, including the stoplights, turn checks, and hood hinges.
signals and hazard warning flash- • Lubricate the door and hood locks
ers. and latches.
• Check the inflation pressures of all • Lubricate the door rubber weather-
tires including the spare. strips.
• Check the air conditioning system.
G030104AHM
• Check the power steering fluid
At least twice a year level.
(i.e., every Spring and Fall): • Inspect and lubricate the automat-
• Check the radiator, heater and air ic transaxle linkage and controls.
conditioning hoses for leaks or • Clean the battery and terminals.
damage.
• Check the brake/clutch fluid level.
• Check the windshield washer
spray and wiper operation. Clean
the wiper blades with clean cloth
dampened with washer fluid.
• Check the headlight alignment.
• Check the muffler, exhaust pipes,
shields and clamps.
• Check the lap/shoulder belts for
wear and function.
• Check for worn tires and loose
wheel lug nuts.
7 7
Maintenance
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICE

G040000AHM-EU If your vehicle is operated under the ✽ NOTICE
Follow the Normal Maintenance above conditions, you should The maintenance schedule for nor-
Schedule if the vehicle is usually inspect, replace or refill more fre- mal condition is based on driving
operated where none of the following quently than the following Normal distance and elapsed time at regular
conditions apply. If any of the follow- Maintenance Schedule. After 120 intervals. However, some compo-
ing conditions apply, follow the months or 150,000 miles continue to nents differ from this schedule.
Maintenance Under Severe Usage follow the prescribed maintenance For the components below, refer to
Conditions. intervals. the notes.
• Repeated short distance driving. - Drive belt
• Driving in dusty conditions or - Engine coolant
sandy areas. - Engine oil and filter
• Extensive use of brakes. - Manual transaxle fluid
- Rear differential oil (4WD)
• Driving in areas where salt or other - Rotate the tires
corrosive materials are being used. - Spark plugs
• Driving on rough or muddy roads. - Transfer case oil (4WD)
• Driving in mountainous areas.
• Extended periods of idling or low
speed operation.
• Driving for a prolonged period in
cold temperatures and/or extreme-
ly humid climates.
• More than 50% driving in heavy
city traffic during hot weather
above 90°F (32°C).
7 8
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE

The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance. Keep
receipts for all vehicle emission services to protect your warranty. Where both mileage and time are shown, the fre-
quency of service is determined by whichever occurs first.
7,500 miles or 6 months (Continued)
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter ❑ Replace engine oil and filter
❑ Inspect air conditioning compressor, air conditioner refrigerant and - GDI (Multi Point Injection) Engine
performance (if equipped) : Every 7,500 miles or 12 months
- T-GDI (Turbo - Gasoline Direct Injection) Engine
❑ Inspect cooling system*1 : At first, replace at 3,000 miles or 6 months, after that, every
❑ Inspect drive shaft and boots - lubricate front and rear driveshaft 5,000 miles or 6 months
u-joint ❑ Add fuel additive *A
❑ Inspect visually the following items. (Every 7,500 miles or 12 months)
1) Battery condition
❑ Rotate tires - including tire pressure and tread wear
2) Brake fluid / clutch(if equipped) fluid
(Every 7,500 miles or 12 months)
3) Brake lines, hoses and connections
4) Brake pedal and operation
*1 lnspect "Water Pump" when replacing the drive belt or timing belt.
5) Chassis/body nuts and bolts
*A If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is rec-
6) Disc brakes and pads(if equipped) ommended. Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with
7) Exhaust pipe and muffler information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
8) Front suspension ball joints ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
9) Lubricate all locks and hinges
10) Parking brakes
11) Steering operation and linkage
12) Suspension mounting bolts
(Continued)
7 9
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)

❑ Inspect air cleaner filter ❑ Add fuel additive *A
❑ Inspect air conditioning compressor, air conditioner refrigerant and (Every 7,500 miles or 12 months)
performance (if equipped) ❑ Rotate tires - including tire pressure and tread wear
❑ Inspect cooling system*1 (Every 7,500 miles or 12 months)
❑ Inspect drive shaft and boots - lubricate front and rear driveshaft
u-joint
22,500 miles or 18 months
❑ Inspect propeller shaft (4WD, if equipped)
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
❑ Inspect visually the following items
- GDI (Multi Point Injection) Engine
: Every 7,500 miles or 12 months
2) Brake fluid / clutch(if equipped) fluid
: At first, replace at 3,000 miles or 6 months, after that, every 5,000
miles or 6 months
6) Disc brakes and pads(if equipped) ❑ Add fuel additive *A
7) Exhaust pipe and muffler (Every 7,500 miles or 12 months)
8) Front suspension ball joints ❑ Rotate tires - including tire pressure and tread wear
9) Lubricate all locks and hinges (Every 7,500 miles or 12 months)
10) Parking brakes
11) Steering operation and linkage *1 lnspect "Water Pump" when replacing the drive belt or timing belt.
12) Suspension mounting bolts *A If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is rec-
❑ Replace climate control air filter (if equipped) ommended. Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with
❑ Replace engine oil and filter informa ion on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
- GDI (Multi Point Injection) Engine ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
miles or 6 months
(Continued)
7 10
Maintenance

❑ Inspect air conditioning compressor, air conditioner refrigerant and ❑ Replace engine oil and filter
performance (if equipped) - GDI (Multi Point Injection) Engine
❑ Inspect cooling system*1 : Every 7,500 miles or 12 months
❑ Inspect drive shaft and boots - lubricate front and rear driveshaft : At first, replace at 3,000 miles or 6 months, after that, every
u-joint 5,000 miles or 6 months
❑ Inspect fuel filter *2 ❑ Add fuel additive *A
❑ Inspect fuel line, hoses and connection (Every 7,500 miles or 12 months)
❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter (if equipped) *2 ❑ Rotate tires - including tire pressure and tread wear
❑ Inspect propeller shaft (4WD, if equipped) (Every 7,500 miles or 12 months)
❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap
❑ Inspect visually the following items *1 lnspect "Water Pump" when replacing he drive belt or timing belt.
1) Battery condition *2 Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but peri-
2) Brake fluid / clutch (if equipped) fluid odic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends on
3) Brake lines, hoses and connections fuel quality. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction,
surging, loss of power, hard starting problem etc, replace the fuel filter imme-
diately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorized Kia
5) Chassis/body nuts and bolts dealer for details.
6) Disc brakes and pads (if equipped) * If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is rec-
A
7) Exhaust pipe and muffler ommended. Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with
8) Front suspension ball joints informa ion on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
9) Lubricate all locks and hinges ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
10) Parking brakes
❑ Replace air cleaner filter
❑ Replace climate control air filter (if equipped)
(Continued)
7 11
Maintenance

❑ Inspect manual transaxle fluid (if equipped) ❑ Inspect visually the following items
(Every 40,000 miles or 48 months) 1) Battery condition
❑ Inspect rear differential oil (4WD) *3 2) Brake fluid / clutch (if equipped) fluid
(Every 40,000 miles or 48 months) 3) Brake lines, hoses and connections
❑ Inspect transfer case oil (4WD) *3 5) Chassis/body nuts and bolts
(Every 40,000 miles or 48 months) 6) Disc brakes and pads (if equipped)
❑ Replace engine oil and filter 7) Exhaust pipe and muffler
- GDI (Multi Point Injection) Engine 8) Front suspension ball joints
: Every 7,500 miles or 12 months 9) Lubricate all locks and hinges
- T-GDI (Turbo - Gasoline Direct Injection) Engine 10) Parking brakes
: At first, replace at 3,000 miles or 6 months, after that, every 11) Steering operation and linkage
5,000 miles or 6 months 12) Suspension mounting bolts
❑ Add fuel additive *A ❑ Replace climate control air filter (if equipped)
(Every 7,500 miles or 12 months) ❑ Replace engine oil and filter
❑ Rotate tires - including tire pressure and tread wear - GDI (Multi Point Injection) Engine
(Every 7,500 miles or 12 months) : Every 7,500 miles or 12 months
: At first, replace at 3,000 miles or 6 months, after that, every
45,000 miles or 36 months 5,000 miles or 6 months
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter ❑ Add fuel additive *A (Every 7,500 miles or 12 months)
❑ Replace spark plugs (iridium coated), (T-GDI engine)
❑ Inspect air conditioning compressor, air conditioner refrigerant and
performance (if equipped) ❑ Rotate tires - including tire pressure and tread wear
❑ Inspect cooling system*1
*1 lnspect "Water Pump" when replacing the drive belt or timing belt.
*3 Transfer case oil and rear differential oil should be changed anytime they have
u-joint been submerged in water.
❑ Inspect propeller shaft (4WD, if equipped) *A If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is rec-
(Continued) ommended. Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with
informa ion on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
7 12
Maintenance

❑ Replace engine oil and filter ❑ Inspect visually the following items
- GDI (Multi Point Injection) Engine 1) Battery condition
: Every 7,500 miles or 12 months 2) Brake fluid / clutch (if equipped) fluid
- T-GDI (Turbo - Gasoline Direct Injection) Engine 3) Brake lines, hoses and connections
: At first, replace at 3,000 miles or 6 months, after that, every 5,000 4) Brake pedal and operation
miles or 6 months 5) Chassis/body nuts and bolts
❑ Add fuel additive *A (Every 7,500 miles or 12 months) 6) Disc brakes and pads (if equipped)
❑ Rotate tires - including tire pressure and tread wear 7) Exhaust pipe and muffler
(Every 7,500 miles or 12 months) 8) Front suspension ball joints
10) Parking brakes
❑ Inspect air conditioning compressor, air conditioner refrigerant and (Continued)
performance (if equipped)
❑ Inspect cooling system*1 *1 lnspect "Water Pump" when replacing the drive belt or timing belt.
❑ Inspect drive belt*5 *2 Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but peri-
odic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends on
(First, 60,000 miles or 72 months fuel quality. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction,
after every 15,000 miles or 24 months) surging, loss of power, hard starting problem etc, replace the fuel filter imme-
❑ Inspect drive shaft and boots - lubricate front and rear driveshaft diately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorized Kia
dealer for details.
u-joint
*4 Inspect for excessive tappet noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if nec-
❑ Inspect fuel filter *2 essary.
❑ Inspect fuel line, hoses and connection *5 The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced
❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter (if equipped) *2 excessively.
ommended. Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with
❑ Inspect valve clearance *4 informa ion on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
(Continued)
7 13
Maintenance

(Continued) 67,500 miles or 54 months
❑ Replace air cleaner filter ❑ Replace engine oil and filter

miles or 6 months
: At first, replace at 3,000 miles or 6 months, after that, every ❑ Add fuel additive *A
5,000 miles or 6 months (Every 7,500 miles or 12 months)
❑ Add fuel additive *A ❑ Rotate tires - including tire pressure and tread wear
(Every 7,500 miles or 12 months) (Every 7,500 miles or 12 months)
information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
7 14
Maintenance

❑ Inspect air cleaner filter 7) Exhaust pipe and muffler
❑ Inspect air conditioning compressor, air conditioner refrigerant and 8) Front suspension ball joints
performance (if equipped) 9) Lubricate all locks and hinges
❑ Inspect cooling system*1 10) Parking brakes
❑ Inspect drive belt*5 12) Suspension mounting bolts
❑ Inspect drive shaft and boots - lubricate front and rear driveshaft ❑ Replace engine oil and filter
u-joint - GDI (Multi Point Injection) Engine
❑ Inspect manual transaxle fluid (if equipped) : Every 7,500 miles or 12 months
(Every 40,000 miles or 48 months) - T-GDI (Turbo - Gasoline Direct Injection) Engine
❑ Inspect propeller shaft (4WD, if equipped) : At first, replace at 3,000 miles or 6 months, after that, every 5,000
miles or 6 months
❑ Inspect rear differential oil (4WD) *3
(Every 40,000 miles or 48 months) ❑ Add fuel additive *A
❑ Inspect transfer case oil (4WD) *3
(Every 40,000 miles or 48 months) ❑ Rotate tires - including tire pressure and tread wear
2) Brake fluid / clutch (if equipped) fluid *1 lnspect "Water Pump" when replacing he drive belt or timing belt.
3) Brake lines, hoses and connections *3 Transfer case oil and rear axle oil should be changed anytime they have been
submerged in water.
*5 The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced
excessively.
6) Disc brakes and pads (if equipped)
(Continued) ommended. Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
7 15
Maintenance

❑ Replace engine oil and filter ❑ Inspect visually the following items
- GDI (Multi Point Injection) Engine 1) Battery condition
: Every 7,500 miles or 12 months 2) Brake fluid / clutch (if equipped) fluid
- T-GDI (Turbo - Gasoline Direct Injection) Engine 3) Brake lines, hoses and connections
: At first, replace at 3,000 miles or 6 months, after that, every 4) Brake pedal and operation
5,000 miles or 6 months 5) Chassis/body nuts and bolts
❑ Add fuel additive *A 6) Disc brakes and pads (if equipped)
(Every 7,500 miles or 12 months) 7) Exhaust pipe and muffler
8) Front suspension ball joints
10) Parking brakes
(Continued)
performance (if equipped) *1 lnspect "Water Pump" when replacing the drive belt or timing belt.
❑ Inspect cooling system*1 *2 Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but peri-
❑ Inspect drive belt*5
fuel quality. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction,
(Every 15,000 miles or 24 months) surging, loss of power, hard starting problem etc, replace the fuel filter imme-
❑ Inspect drive shaft and boots - lubricate front and rear driveshaft diately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorized Kia
u-joint dealer for details.
❑ Inspect fuel filter *2 excessively.
❑ Inspect fuel line, hoses and connection *A If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is rec-
❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter (if equipped) *2 ommended. Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with
(Continued)
7 16
Maintenance

(Continued) 97,500 miles or 78 months
❑ Replace air cleaner filter ❑ Replace engine oil and filter
❑ Replace climate control air filter (if equipped) - GDI (Multi Point Injection) Engine
miles or 6 months
: At first, replace at 3,000 miles or 6 months, after that, every ❑ Add fuel additive *A
5,000 miles or 6 months (Every 7,500 miles or 12 months)
❑ Add fuel additive *A ❑ Rotate tires - including tire pressure and tread wear
(Every 7,500 miles or 12 months) (Every 7,500 miles or 12 months)
❑ Rotate tires - including tire pressure and tread wear ommended. Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with
(Every 7,500 miles or 12 months) informa ion on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
7 17
Maintenance

❑ Inspect air cleaner filter ❑ Replace climate control air filter (if equipped)
❑ Inspect air conditioning compressor, air conditioner refrigerant and ❑ Replace engine oil and filter
performance (if equipped) - GDI (Multi Point Injection) Engine
❑ Inspect cooling system*1 : Every 7,500 miles or 12 months
❑ Add fuel additive *A
u-joint
❑ Replace spark plugs (iridium coated), (MPI engine)
❑ Inspect visually the following items (Every 100,000 miles or 120 months)
2) Brake fluid / clutch (if equipped) fluid
5) Chassis/body nuts and bolts *1 lnspect "Water Pump" when replacing he drive belt or timing belt.
6) Disc brakes and pads (if equipped) *5 The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced
7) Exhaust pipe and muffler excessively.
8) Front suspension ball joints *A If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is rec-
10) Parking brakes
(Continued)
7 18
Maintenance

*3 Transfer case oil and rear axle oil should be changed anytime they have been
submerged in water.
❑ Inspect manual transaxle fluid (if equipped) *A If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is rec-
(Every 40,000 miles or 48 months) ommended. Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with
❑ Inspect rear differential oil (4WD) *3 ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
❑ Inspect transfer case oil (4WD) *3
miles or 6 months
7 19
Maintenance

❑ Inspect air conditioning compressor, air conditioner refrigerant and ❑ Replace air cleaner filter
performance (if equipped) ❑ Replace climate control air filter (if equipped)
❑ Inspect cooling system*1 ❑ Replace engine coolant*6
❑ Inspect drive belt*5 (First, 120,000 miles or 120 months
(Every 15,000 miles or 24 months) after every 30,000 miles or 24 months)
❑ Inspect drive shaft and boots - lubricate front and rear driveshaft ❑ Replace engine oil and filter
u-joint - GDI (Multi Point Injection) Engine
❑ Inspect fuel filter *2 - T-GDI (Turbo - Gasoline Direct Injection) Engine
❑ Inspect fuel line, hoses and connection : At first, replace at 3,000 miles or 6 months, after that, every
❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter (if equipped) *2 5,000 miles or 6 months
❑ Inspect propeller shaft (4WD, if equipped) ❑ Add fuel additive *A (Every 7,500 miles or 12 months)
❑ Inspect valve clearance *4 ❑ Rotate tires - including tire pressure and tread wear
❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap (Every 7,500 miles or 12 months)
1) Battery condition *1 lnspect "Water Pump" when replacing he drive belt or timing belt.
2) Brake fluid / clutch (if equipped) fluid *2 Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but peri-
3) Brake lines, hoses and connections fuel quality. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction,
4) Brake pedal and operation surging, loss of power, hard starting problem etc, replace the fuel filter imme-
5) Chassis/body nuts and bolts diately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorized Kia
6) Disc brakes and pads (if equipped) dealer for details.
7) Exhaust pipe and muffler *4 Inspect for excessive tappet noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if nec-
essary.
9) Lubricate all locks and hinges excessively.
10) Parking brakes *6 When replacing coolant, use only a qualified coolant additive for your vehicle
11) Steering operation and linkage and never mix hard water in the coolant filled at the factory.
12) Suspension mounting bolts An improper coolant mixture can result in serious malfunction or engine damage.
(Continued) *A If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is rec-
7 20
Maintenance

❑ Replace engine oil and filter 5) Chassis/body nuts and bolts
- GDI (Multi Point Injection) Engine 6) Disc brakes and pads (if equipped)
: Every 7,500 miles or 12 months 7) Exhaust pipe and muffler
- T-GDI (Turbo - Gasoline Direct Injection) Engine 8) Front suspension ball joints
: At first, replace at 3,000 miles or 6 months, after that, every 9) Lubricate all locks and hinges
5,000 miles or 6 months 10) Parking brakes
❑ Add fuel additive *A 11) Steering operation and linkage
(Every 7,500 miles or 12 months) 12) Suspension mounting bolts
❑ Rotate tires - including tire pressure and tread wear ❑ Replace climate control air filter (if equipped)
(Every 7,500 miles or 12 months) ❑ Replace engine oil and filter
135,000 miles or 108 months - T-GDI (Turbo - Gasoline Direct Injection) Engine
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter
performance (if equipped)
u-joint *1 lnspect "Water Pump" when replacing he drive belt or timing belt.
❑ Inspect propeller shaft (4WD, if equipped) *5 The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced
❑ Inspect visually the following items excessively.
1) Battery condition *A If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is rec-
2) Brake fluid / clutch (if equipped) fluid ommended. Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with
(Continued)
7 21
Maintenance

❑ Replace engine oil and filter ❑ Inspect propeller shaft (4WD, if equipped)
- GDI (Multi Point Injection) Engine ❑ Inspect rear differential oil (4WD)*3
: Every 7,500 miles or 12 months (Every 40,000 miles or 48 months)
❑ Inspect transfer case oil (4WD)*3
(Continued)
❑ Rotate tires - including tire pressure and tread wear *1 lnspect "Water Pump" when replacing he drive belt or timing belt.
(Every 7,500 miles or 12 months) *2 Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but peri-
fuel quality. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction,
surging, loss of power, hard starting problem etc, replace the fuel filter imme-
150,000 miles or 120 months diately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorized Kia
❑ IInspect air conditioning compressor, air conditioner refrigerant and dealer for details.
performance (if equipped) *3 Transfer case oil and rear axle oil should be changed anytime they have been
submerged in water.
❑ Inspect drive belt*5 excessively.
(Every 15,000 miles or 24 months) *A If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is rec-
❑ Inspect drive shaft and boots - lubricate front and rear driveshaft ommended. Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with
u-joint
❑ Inspect fuel filter *2
❑ Inspect fuel line, hoses and connection
❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter (if equipped)*2
❑ Inspect manual transaxle fluid (if equipped)
(Continued)
7 22
Maintenance

(Continued) No check, No service required
❑ Inspect visually the following items ❑ Automatic transaxle fluid (if equipped)
2) Brake fluid / clutch (if equipped) fluid *6 When replacing coolant, use only a qualified coolant additive for your vehicle
3) Brake lines, hoses and connections and never mix hard water in the coolant filled at the factory.
4) Brake pedal and operation An improper coolant mixture can result in serious malfunction or engine damage.
5) Chassis/body nuts and bolts *A If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is rec-
6) Disc brakes and pads (if equipped)
7) Exhaust pipe and muffler
10) Parking brakes
❑ Replace air cleaner filter
❑ Replace engine coolant*6 (Every 30,000 miles or 24 months)
7 23
Maintenance
G040200AAM-EU
MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS
The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions. Refer
to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals.
R : Replace I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary
MAINTENANCE MAINTENANCE DRIVING
MAINTENANCE ITEM
OPERATION INTERVALS CONDITION
ENGINE OIL AND FILTER (GDI ENGINE) R EVERY 3,750 miles OR 6 MONTHS A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, K
ENGINE OIL AND FILTER (T-GDI ENGINE) R EVERY 3,000 miles OR 3 MONTHS A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, K
AIR CLEANER FILTER R MORE FREQUENTLY C, E
SPARK PLUGS R MORE FREQUENTLY A, B, H, I, K
DISC BRAKE/ PADS, CALIPERS AND ROTORS I MORE FREQUENTLY C, D, G, H
STEERING GEAR BOX, LINKAGE & BOOTS/ LOWER
I MORE FREQUENTLY C, D, E, F, G, H, I
ARM BALL JOINT, UPPER ARM BSALL JOINT
DRIVE SHAFTS AND BOOTS I EVERY 7,500 miles OR 6 MONTHS C, D, E, F, G, H

MANUAL TRANSAXLE OIL* R EVERY 80,000 miles A, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID* R EVERY 60,000 miles A, C, E, F, G, H, I
TRANSFER CASE OIL (4WD)* R EVERY 80,000 miles C, D, E, G, H, I, J
REAR DIFFERENTIAL OIL (4WD)* R EVERY 80,000 miles C, D, E, G, H, I, J
PROPELLER SHAFT* I EVERY 10,000 miles C, E
CL MATE CONTROL AIR FILTER
R MORE FREQUENTLY C, E
(FOR EVAPORATOR AND BLOWER UNIT)
* : if equipped
7 24
Maintenance
SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONS

A - Repeatedly driving shorts distanse of less than 5 E - Driving in sandy areas
miles in normal temperature or less than 10 miles in F - Driving in heavy traffic area over 90°F (32°C)
freezing temperature G - Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road
B - Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long H - Towing a Trailer, or using a camper, or roof rack
distances I - Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or
C - Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or vehicle towing
salt-spread roads J - Driving over 100 MPH
D - Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materi- K - Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions
als or in very cold weather
7 25
Maintenance
EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS

G050100AHM G050300AUN G050600AUN
Engine oil and filter Fuel filter (cartridge) Vapor hose and fuel filler cap
The engine oil and filter should be A clogged filter can limit the speed at The vapor hose and fuel filler cap
changed at the intervals specified in which the vehicle may be driven, should be inspected at those inter-
the maintenance schedule. If the damage the emission system and vals specified in the maintenance
vehicle is being driven in severe con- cause multiple issues such as hard schedule. Make sure that a new
ditions, more frequent oil and filter starting. If an excessive amount of vapor hose or fuel filler cap is cor-
changes are required. foreign matter accumulates in the rectly replaced.
fuel tank, the filter may require
G050200AUN
replacement more frequently. G050700AUN
Drive belts After installing a new filter, run the Vacuum crankcase ventilation
engine for several minutes, and hoses
Inspect all drive belts for evidence of check for leaks at the connections.
cuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil Fuel filters should be installed by an Inspect the surface of hoses for evi-
saturation and replace if necessary. authorized Kia dealer. dence of heat and/or mechanical
Drive belts should be checked peri- damage. Hard and brittle rubber,
odically for proper tension and cracking, tears, cuts, abrasions, and
adjusted as necessary. G050400AUN-EU excessive swelling indicate deterio-
Fuel lines, fuel hoses and con- ration. Particular attention should be
nections paid to examine those hose surfaces
nearest to high heat sources, such
Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and as the exhaust manifold.
connections for leakage and dam-
age. Have an authorized Kia dealer
replace any damaged or leaking
parts immediately.
7 26
Maintenance
Inspect the hose routing to assure G051000AHM G051400AUN

that the hoses do not come in con- Valve clearance (if equipped) Automatic transaxle fluid
tact with any heat source, sharp Inspect for excessive valve noise (if equipped)
edges or moving component which and/or engine vibration and adjust if Automatic transaxle fluid should not
might cause heat damage or necessary. An authorized Kia dealer be checked under normal usage
mechanical wear. Inspect all hose should perform the operation. conditions.
connections, such as clamps and
couplings, to make sure they are But in severe conditions, the fluid
secure, and that no leaks are pres- G051100AHM should be changed at an authorized
ent. Hoses should be replaced Cooling system Kia dealer in accordance to the
immediately if there is any evidence scheduled maintenance at the begin-
Check the cooling system compo- ning of this section.
of deterioration or damage. nents, such as the radiator, coolant
reservoir, hoses and connections for
G050800AUN leakage and damage. Replace any ✽ NOTICE
Air cleaner filter damaged parts. Automatic transaxle fluid color is
basically red.
A Genuine Kia air cleaner filter is As the vehicle is driven, the auto-
recommended when the filter is G051200AUN
matic transaxle fluid will begin to
replaced. Coolant look darker.
The coolant should be changed at It is normal condition and you
G050900AUN the intervals specified in the mainte- should not judge the need to replace
Spark plugs nance schedule. the fluid based upon the changed
color.
Make sure to install new spark plugs
of the correct heat range.
7 27
Maintenance
G051300AUN G051700AUN
CAUTION Manual transaxle fluid Parking brake
The use of a non-specified fluid (if equipped) Inspect the parking brake system
could result in transaxle mal- Inspect the manual transaxle fluid including the parking brake lever (or
function and failure. according to the maintenance sched- pedal) and cables.
Use only specified automatic ule.
transaxle fluid. (Refer to
G051900AUN
“Recommended lubricants and G051500AUN
capacities” in section 8.) Brake discs, pads, calipers
Brake hoses and lines and rotors
Visually check for proper installation, Check the pads for excessive wear,
chafing, cracks, deterioration and discs for run out and wear, and
any leakage. Replace any deteriorat- calipers for fluid leakage.
ed or damaged parts immediately.
G052000AUN
G051600AAM Exhaust pipe and muffler
Brake/Clutch (if equipped) Visually inspect the exhaust pipes,
fluid muffler and hangers for cracks, dete-
Check the brake fluid level in the rioration, or damage. Start the
brake fluid reservoir. The level should engine and listen carefully for any
be between “MIN” and “MAX” marks exhaust gas leakage. Tighten con-
on the side of the reservoir. Use only nections or replace parts as neces-
hydraulic brake fluid conforming to sary.
DOT 3 or DOT 4 specification.
7 28
Maintenance
G052100AUN G052400AUN
Suspension mounting bolts Drive shafts and boots
Check the suspension connections Check the drive shafts, boots and
for looseness or damage. Retighten clamps for cracks, deterioration, or
to the specified torque. damage. Replace any damaged
parts and, if necessary, repack the
G052200AUN
grease.
Steering gear box, linkage &
boots/lower arm ball joint G052500AUN
With the vehicle stopped and engine Air conditioning refrigerant

off, check for excessive free-play in Check the air conditioning lines and
the steering wheel. connections for leakage and dam-
Check the linkage for bends or damage.
age. Check the dust boots and ball
joints for deterioration, cracks, or
damage. Replace any damaged
parts.
7 29
Maintenance
ENGINE OIL
GDI engine 2.Start the engine and allow it to
reach normal operating tempera- CAUTION
ture. • Do not overfill the engine oil. It
3.Turn the engine off and wait for a may damage the engine.
few minutes (about 5 minutes) for • Do not spill engine oil, when
the oil to return to the oil pan. adding or changing engine oil.
4.Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean, If you drop the engine oil on
and re-insert it fully. the engine room, wipe it off
immediately.
OSL074102N
T-GDI engine
WARNING - Radiator
hose
Be very careful not to touch the
radiator hose when checking or
adding the engine oil as it may
be hot enough to burn you.
5.Pull the dipstick out again and

check the level. The level should be
between F and L.
OSL071003N
❈ The actual feature may differ from the
illustration.
G060100AHM-EU
Checking the engine oil level
1.Be sure the vehicle is on level
ground.
7 30
Maintenance
GDI engine Use only the specified engine oil.

(Refer to “Recommended lubricants
and capacities” in section 8.)
G060200BHM-EU
Changing the engine oil and
filter
Have engine oil and filter changed by
an authorized Kia dealer according
OSL074103N
T-GDI engine
to the Maintenance Schedule at the
beginning of this section.
CALIFORNIA PROPO-
SITION 65 WARNING
Engine oil contains chemicals
known to the State of California
to cause cancer, birth defects
and reproductive harm. Used
OSL071004N engine oil may cause irritation
or cancer of the skin if left in
contact with the skin for pro-
illustration. longed periods of time. Always
protect your skin by washing
If it is near or at L, add enough oil to your hands thoroughly with
bring the level to F. Do not overfill. soap and warm water as soon
as possible after handling used
Use a funnel to help prevent oil oil.
from being spilled on engine com-
ponents.
7 31
Maintenance
ENGINE COOLANT
G070000AHM
The high-pressure cooling system (Continued) WARNING
has a reservoir filled with year round • Turn the engine off and wait The electric motor
antifreeze coolant. The reservoir is until it cools down. Use (cooling fan) is con-
filled at the factory. extreme care when removing trolled by engine
Check the antifreeze protection and the radiator cap. Wrap a thick coolant temperature,
coolant level at least once a year, at towel around it, and turn it refrigerant pressure
the beginning of the winter season, counterclockwise slowly to and vehicle speed. It may some-
and before traveling to a colder cli- the first stop. Step back while times operate even when the
mate. the pressure is released from engine is not running. Use
the cooling system. When you extreme caution when working
are sure all the pressure has near the blades of the cooling
G070100AHM been released, press down on fan so that you are not injured
Checking the coolant level the cap, using a thick towel, by a rotating fan blades. As the
and continue turning counter- engine coolant temperature
clockwise to remove it. decreases, the electric motor
WARNING • Even if the engine is not oper- will automatically shut off. This
Removing radiator ating, do not remove the radi- is a normal condition.
cap ator cap or the drain plug If your vehicle is equipped with
while the engine and radiator GDI, the electric motor (cooling
are hot. Hot coolant and fan) may operate untill you dis-
steam may still blow out connect the negative battery
• Never attempt to remove the under pressure, causing seri-
radiator cap while the engine cable.
ous injury.
is operating or hot. Doing so
might lead to cooling system
and engine damage. Also, hot
coolant or steam could cause
serious personal injury.
(Continued)
7 32
Maintenance
G070101AHM For mixture percentage, refer to the

Recommended engine coolant following table.
• When adding coolant, use only
deionized water or soft water for
your vehicle and never mix hard Mixture Percentage (volume)
Ambient
water in the coolant filled at the fac- Temperature
tory. An improper coolant mixture
Antifreeze Water
can result in serious malfunction or
engine damage. 5°F (-15°C) 35 65
• The engine in your vehicle has alu- -13°F (-25°C) 40 60
minum engine parts and must be
-31°F (-35°C) 50 50
OSL070006 protected by an ethylene-glycol-
Check the condition and connections based coolant to prevent corrosion -49°F (-45°C) 60 40
of all cooling system hoses and and freezing.
heater hoses. Replace any swollen • DO NOT USE alcohol or methanol
or deteriorated hoses. coolant or mix them with the spec-
The coolant level should be filled ified coolant.
between F and L marks on the side • Do not use a solution that contains
of the coolant reservoir when the more than 60% antifreeze or less
engine is cool. than 35% antifreeze, which would
If the coolant level is low, add enough reduce the effectiveness of the
distilled (deionized) water to provide solution.
protection against freezing and cor-
rosion. Bring the level to F, but do not
overfill. If frequent additions are
required, see an authorized Kia deal-
er for a cooling system inspection.
7 33
Maintenance
G070200AHM
Changing the coolant WARNING - Coolant
Have the coolant changed by an • Do not use radiator coolant or
authorized Kia dealer according to antifreeze in the washer fluid
the Maintenance Schedule at the reservoir.
beginning of this section. • Radiator coolant can severely
obscure visibility when
sprayed on the windshield
CAUTION and may cause loss of vehicle
Put a thick cloth around the control or damage the paint
radiator cap before refilling the and body trim.
OSL072007 coolant in order to prevent the
coolant from overflowing into
engine parts such as the alter-
WARNING nator.
Radiator cap
Do not remove the radiator cap

when the engine and radiator
are hot. Scalding hot coolant
and steam may blow out under
pressure causing serious
injury.
7 34
Maintenance
BRAKE/CLUTCH (IF EQUIPPED) FLUID

If the level is low, add fluid to the
MAX level. The level will fall with WARNING - Brake /
accumulated mileage. This is a nor- clutch* fluid
mal condition associated with the When changing and adding
wear of the brake linings and/or brake/clutch* fluid, handle it
clutch disc (if equipped). If the fluid carefully. Do not let it come in
level is excessively low, have the contact with your eyes. If
brake/clutch* system checked by an brake/clutch* fluid should come
authorized Kia dealer. in contact with your eyes,
immediately flush them with a
Use only the specified brake/clutch* large quantity of fresh tap
OLM079008 fluid. (Refer to “Recommended lubri- water. Have your eyes examined
G080100AAM cants and capacities” in section 8.) by a doctor as soon as possi-
Checking the brake/clutch* ble.
fluid level Never mix different types of fluid.
Check the fluid level in the reservoir
periodically. The fluid level should be
between MAX and MIN marks on the WARNING - Loss of
side of the reservoir. brake/clutch* fluid
Before removing the reservoir cap In the event the brake/clutch*
and adding brake/clutch* fluid, clean system requires frequent addi-
the area around the reservoir cap tions of fluid, the vehicle should
thoroughly to prevent brake/clutch* be inspected by an authorized
fluid contamination. Kia dealer.
* if equipped
7 35
Maintenance
WASHER FLUID
CAUTION WARNING - Coolant
Do not allow brake/clutch* fluid • Do not use radiator coolant or
to contact the vehicle's body antifreeze in the washer fluid
paint, as paint damage will reservoir.
result. • Radiator coolant can severely
Brake/clutch* fluid, which has obscure visibility when
been exposed to open air for an sprayed on the windshield
extended time should never be and may cause loss of vehicle
used as its quality cannot be control or damage to paint
guaranteed. It should be dis- and body trim.
posed of properly. Don't put in OSL074104N
• Windshield washer fluid
the wrong kind of fluid. A few G120100AUN-C1
agents contain some amounts
drops of mineral-based oil, such Checking the washer fluid of alcohol and can be flamma-
as engine oil, in your level ble under certain circum-
brake/clutch* system can dam- stances. Do not allow sparks
age brake/clutch* system parts. Check the fluid level in the washer
fluid reservoir and add fluid if neces- or flame to contact the washer
sary. Plain water may be used if fluid or the washer fluid reser-
washer fluid is not available. voir. Damage to the vehicle or
However, use washer solvent with occupants could occur.
antifreeze characteristics in cold cli- • Windshield washer fluid is
mates to prevent freezing. poisonous to humans and
animals. Do not drink and
avoid contacting windshield
washer fluid. Serious injury or
death could occur.
7 36
Maintenance
PARKING BRAKE AIR CLEANER
OLM059014 OSL050012 OLM079012
Checking the parking brake Type B G160100AAM
Check the stroke of the parking Filter replacement

Type A
brake by counting the number of It must be replaced when necessary,
Check whether the stroke is within
“clicks’’ heard while fully applying it and should not be washed.
specification when the parking brake
from the released position. Also, the You can clean the filter when inspect-
pedal is depressed with 44 lb, 196 N
parking brake alone should securely ing the air cleaner element.
(20 kg) of force. Also, the parking
hold the vehicle on a fairly steep
brake alone should securely hold the Clean the filter by using compressed
grade. If the stroke is more or less
vehicle on a fairly steep grade. If the air.
than specified, have the parking
stroke is more or less than specified,
brake adjusted by an authorized Kia
have the parking brake adjusted by
dealer.
an authorized Kia dealer.
Stroke : 4~5 notch
Stroke : 5~6 “clicks’’ at a force of
44 lbs, 196 N (20 kg).
7 37
Maintenance
CAUTION
• Do not drive with the air clean-
er removed; this will result in
excessive engine wear.
• When removing the air cleaner
filter, be careful that dust or
dirt does not enter the air
intake, or damage may result.
• Use a Kia genuine part. Use of
non-genuine parts could dam-
OLM079013 OLM079014 age the air flow sensor.
1. Loosen the air cleaner cover 2. Wipe the inside of the air cleaner.
attaching clips and open the cover. 3. Replace the air cleaner filter.
4. Lock the cover with the cover
attaching clips.
Replace the filter according to the

Maintenance Schedule.
If the vehicle is operated in extreme-
ly dusty or sandy areas, replace the
element more often than the usual
recommended intervals. (Refer to
“Maintenance under severe usage
conditions” in this section.)
7 38
Maintenance
CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER (IF EQUIPPED)

Filter inspection
The climate control air filter should
be replaced according to the mainte-
nance schedule. If the vehicle is
operated in severely air-polluted
cities or on dusty rough roads for a
long period, it should be inspected
more frequently and replaced earlier.
When you replace the climate control
air filter, replace it performing the fol-
lowing procedure, and be careful to
avoid damaging other components. OSL070015 OSL070016
1. Open the glove box and remove 2. With the glove box open, remove
the support strap (1). the stoppers on both sides.
7 39
Maintenance
OSL070017 OSL070018
3. Remove the climate control air fil- 4. Replace the climate control air fil-
ter case while pressing the lock on ter.
the right of the cover. 5. Reassemble in the reverse order
of disassembly.
✽ NOTICE
When replacing the climate control
air filter install it properly.
Otherwise, the system may produce
noise and the effectiveness of the fil-
ter may be reduced.
7 40
Maintenance
WIPER BLADES
Contamination of either the wind- G180200AUN
shield or the wiper blades with for- Blade replacement
eign matter can reduce the effective- When the wipers no longer clean
ness of the windshield wipers. adequately, the blades may be worn
Common sources of contamination or cracked, and require replacement.
are insects, tree sap, and hot wax
treatments used by some commer-
cial car washes. If the blades are not CAUTION
wiping properly, clean both the win- To prevent damage to the wiper
dow and the blades with a good arms or other components, do
cleaner or mild detergent, and rinse not attempt to move the wipers
1JBA5122 thoroughly with clean water. manually.
G180100AUN
Blade inspection CAUTION
CAUTION
✽ NOTICE To prevent damage to the wiper
blades, do not use gasoline, The use of a non-specified
Commercial hot waxes applied by wiper blade could result in
automatic car washes have been kerosene, paint thinner, or other
solvents on or near them. wiper malfunction and failure.
known to make the windshield diffi-
cult to clean.
7 41
Maintenance
1LDA5023 1JBA7037 1JBA7038

Front windshield wiper blade 2. Compress the clip and slide the 3. Lift it off the arm.
1. Raise the wiper arm and turn the blade assembly downward. 4. Install the blade assembly in the
wiper blade assembly to expose reverse order of removal.
the plastic locking clip.
CAUTION
Do not allow the wiper arm to
fall against the windshield,
since it may chip or crack the
windshield.
7 42
Maintenance
OHM078062 OHM078063
Rear window wiper blade 2. Install the new blade assembly by
1. Raise the wiper arm and pull out inserting the center part into the
the wiper blade assembly. slot in the wiper arm until it clicks
into place.
3. Make sure the blade assembly is
installed firmly by trying to pull it
slightly.
To prevent damage to the wiper arms
or other components, have an
authorized Kia dealer replace the
wiper blade.
7 43
Maintenance
BATTERY
WARNING - Battery dan- (Continued)

gers If any electrolyte gets
Always read the follow- into your eyes, flush
ing instructions carefully your eyes with clean
when handling a battery. water for at least 15 min-
utes and get immediate
Keep lighted cigarettes medical attention.
and all other flames or If electrolyte gets on
sparks away from the your skin, thoroughly
battery. wash the contacted area.
OSL074105N Hydrogen, a highly com- If you feel pain or burn-
G190100AAM bustible gas, is always ing sensation, get med-
For best battery service present in battery cells ical attention immediate-
and may explode if ignit- ly.
• Keep the battery securely mounted.
ed. Wear eye protection
Keep batteries out of the when charging or work-
• Keep the battery top clean and dry. ing near a battery.
reach of children
• Keep the terminals and connec- because batteries con- Always provide ventila-
tions clean, tight, and coated with tain highly corrosive tion when working in an
petroleum jelly or terminal grease. SULFURIC ACID. Do not enclosed space.
• Rinse any spilled electrolyte from allow battery acid to An inappropriately dis-
the battery immediately with a contact your skin, eyes, posed battery can be
solution of water and baking soda. clothing or paint finish. harmful to the environ-
Pb
• If the vehicle is not going to be (Continued) ment and human health.
used for an extended time, discon- Dispose the battery
nect the battery cables. according to your local
law(s) or regulation.
(Continued)
7 44
Maintenance
G190200AUN
(Continued) CALIFORNIA PROPO- Battery recharging
• When lifting a plastic-cased SITION 65 WARNING
battery, excessive pressure Your vehicle has a maintenance-free,
Battery posts, terminals, and calcium-based battery.
on the case may cause battery
related accessories contain • If the battery becomes discharged
acid to leak, resulting in per-
lead and lead compounds, in a short time (because, for exam-
sonal injury. Lift with a battery
chemicals known to the State of ple, the headlights or interior lights
carrier or with your hands on
California to cause cancer, birth were left on while the vehicle was
opposite corners.
defects and reproductive harm. not in use), recharge it by slow
• Never attempt to recharge the Batteries also contain other
battery when the battery charging (trickle) for 10 hours.
chemicals known to the State of
cables are connected. California to cause cancer. • If the battery gradually discharges
• The electrical ignition system Wash hands after handling. because of high electric load while
works with high voltage. the vehicle is being used, recharge
Never touch these compo- it at 20-30A for two hours.
nents with the engine running
or the ignition switched on. CAUTION
Failure to follow the above If you connect unauthorized
warnings can result in serious electronic devices to the bat-
bodily injury or death. tery, the battery may be dis-
charged. Never use unautho-
rized devices.
7 45
Maintenance
G190300AAM
WARNING - Recharging (Continued) Reset items
battery 1. Turn off the battery charger
main switch. Items should be reset after the bat-
When recharging the battery, tery has been discharged or the bat-
observe the following precau- 2. Unhook the negative clamp tery has been disconnected.
tions: from the negative battery ter-
minal. • Auto up/down window
• The battery must be removed (See section 4)
from the vehicle and placed in 3. Unhook the positive clamp
from the positive battery ter- • Sunroof (See section 4)
an area with good ventilation.
minal. • Trip computer (See section 4)
• Do not allow cigarettes,
sparks, or flame near the bat- • Climate control system
tery. (See section 4)
• Watch the battery during • Clock (See section 4)
WARNING
charging, and stop or reduce • Audio (See section 4)
the charging rate if the battery • Before performing mainte-
cells begin gassing (boiling) nance or recharging the bat-
violently or if the temperature tery, turn off all accessories
of the electrolyte of any cell and stop the engine.
exceeds 120°F (49°C). • The negative battery cable
• Wear eye protection when must be removed first and
checking the battery during installed last when the battery
charging. is disconnected.
• Disconnect the battery charg-
er in the following order.
(Continued)
7 46
Maintenance
TIRES AND WHEELS

G200100AUN
Tire care CAUTION
For proper maintenance, safety, and • Underinflation also results in
maximum fuel economy, you must excessive wear, poor handling
always maintain recommended tire and reduced fuel economy.
inflation pressures and stay within Wheel deformation also is
the load limits and weight distribution possible. Keep your tire pres-
recommended for your vehicle. sures at the proper levels. If a
tire frequently needs refilling,
have it checked by an author-
G200200AUN-EU ized Kia dealer.
Recommended cold tire infla- OLM089008N • Overinflation produces a
tion pressures harsh ride, excessive wear at
All specifications (sizes and pres-
All tire pressures (including the sures) can be found on a label the center of the tire tread, and
spare) should be checked when the attached to the driver’s side center a greater possibility of dam-
tires are cold. “Cold Tires” means the pillar. age from road hazards.
vehicle has not been driven for at
least three hours or driven less than
one mile (1.6 km). WARNING - Tire under-
inflation
Recommended pressures must be
maintained for the best ride, vehicle Severe underinflation can lead
handling, and minimum tire wear. to severe heat build-up, causing
blowouts, tread separation and
For recommended inflation pressure, other tire failures that can result
refer to “Tire and wheels” in section in the loss of vehicle control
8. leading to severe injury or
death. This risk is much higher
on hot days and when driving
for long periods at high speeds.
7 47
Maintenance
G200300AUN
CAUTION CAUTION - Tire pressure Checking tire inflation pres-
• Warm tires normally exceed Always observe the following: sure
recommended cold tire pres- • Check tire pressure when the Check your tires once a month or
sures by 4 to 6 psi (28 to 41 tires are cold. (After vehicle more.
kPa). Do not release air from has been parked for at least
warm tires to adjust the pres- Also, check the tire pressure of the
three hours or hasn't been spare tire.
sure or the tires will be under- driven more than one mile (1.6
inflated. km) since startup.)
• Be sure to reinstall the tire • Check the pressure of your G200301AUN
inflation valve caps. Without spare tire each time you check How to check
the valve cap, dirt or moisture the pressure of other tires. Use a good quality gauge to check
could get into the valve core tire pressure. You can not tell if your
and cause air leakage. If a • Never overload your vehicle.
Be careful not to overload a tires are properly inflated simply by
valve cap is missing, install a looking at them. Radial tires may
new one as soon as possible. vehicle luggage rack if your
vehicle is equipped with one. look properly inflated even when
they're underinflated.
• Worn, old tires can cause acci-
dents. If your tread is badly Check the tire's inflation pressure
WARNING - Tire worn, or if your tires have when the tires are cold. - "Cold"
Inflation been damaged, replace them. means your vehicle has been sitting
Overinflation or underinflation for at least three hours or driven no
can reduce tire life, adversely more than 1 mile (1.6 km).
affect vehicle handling, and
lead to sudden tire failure. This
could result in loss of vehicle
control and potential injury.
7 48
Maintenance
Remove the valve cap from the tire G200400AUN

valve stem. Press the tire gauge firm- WARNING Tire rotation
ly onto the valve to get a pressure • Inspect your tires frequently To equalize tread wear, it is recom-
measurement. If the cold tire inflation for proper inflation as well as mended that the tires be rotated
pressure matches the recommended wear and damage. Always use every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or
pressure on the tire and loading a tire pressure gauge. sooner if irregular wear develops.
information label, no further adjust-
• Tires with too much or too lit- During rotation, check the tires for
ment is necessary. If the pressure is
tle pressure wear unevenly correct balance.
low, add air until you reach the rec-
causing poor handling, loss of When rotating tires, check for uneven
ommended amount.
vehicle control, and sudden wear and damage. Abnormal wear is
If you overfill the tire, release air by tire failure leading to acci-
pushing on the metal stem in the usually caused by incorrect tire pres-
dents, injuries, and even sure, improper wheel alignment, out-
center of the tire valve. Recheck the death. The recommended cold
tire pressure with the tire gauge. Be of-balance wheels, severe braking or
tire pressure for your vehicle severe cornering. Look for bumps or
sure to put the valve caps back on can be found in this manual
the valve stems. They help prevent bulges in the tread or side of tire.
and on the tire label located Replace the tire if you find either of
leaks by keeping out dirt and mois- on the driver's side center pil-
ture. these conditions. Replace the tire if
lar. fabric or cord is visible. After rotation,
• Worn tires can cause acci- be sure to bring the front and rear tire
dents. Replace tires that are pressures to specification and check
worn, show uneven wear, or lug nut tightness.
are damaged. Refer to “Tire and wheels” in section
• Remember to check the pres- 8.
sure of your spare tire. Kia
recommends that you check
the spare every time you
check the pressure of the
other tires on your vehicle.
7 49
Maintenance
Without a spare tire Disc brake pads should be inspected G200500AUN

for wear whenever tires are rotated. Wheel alignment and tire bal-
ance
✽ NOTICE The wheels on your vehicle were
Rotate radial tires that have an aligned and balanced carefully at the
asymmetric tread pattern only from factory to give you the longest tire life
front to rear and not from right to and best overall performance.
left. In most cases, you will not need to
have your wheels aligned again.
S2BLA790A However, if you notice unusual tire
Directional tires (if equipped)
WARNING wear or your vehicle pulling one way
• Do not use the compact spare or the other, the alignment may need
tire (if equipped) for tire rota- to be reset.
tion. If you notice your vehicle vibrating
• Do not mix bias ply and radial when driving on a smooth road, your
ply tires under any circum- wheels may need to be rebalanced.
stances. This may cause
unusual handling characteris-
tics that could result in death, CAUTION
severe injury, or property Improper wheel weights can
CBGQ0707A damage. damage your vehicle's alu-
minum wheels. Use only
approved wheel weights.
7 50
Maintenance
Tread wear indicator WARNING - Replacing (Continued)

tires • Using tires and wheels other
than the recommended sizes
To reduce the chance of serious
could cause unusual handling
or fatal injuries from an acci-
characteristics and poor vehi-
dent caused by tire failure or
cle control, resulting in a seri-
loss of vehicle control:
ous accident.
• Replace tires that are worn,
• Wheels that do not meet Kia’s
show uneven wear, or are
specifications may fit poorly
damaged. Worn tires can
and result in damage to the
cause loss of braking effec-
OEN076053 vehicle or unusual handling
tiveness, steering control, and
and poor vehicle control.
G200600AHM-EU traction.
Tire replacement • The ABS works by comparing
• Do not drive your vehicle with
the speed of the wheels. The
If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wear too little or too much pressure
tire size affects wheel speed.
indicator will appear as a solid band in your tires. This can lead to
When replacing tires, all 4
across the tread. This shows there is uneven wear and tire failure.
tires must use the same size
less than 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) of tread • When replacing tires, never originally supplied with the
left on the tire. Replace the tire when mix radial and bias-ply tires vehicle. Using tires of a differ-
this happens. on the same car. You must ent size can cause the
Do not wait for the band to appear replace all tires (including the ABS(Anti-lock Brake System)
across the entire tread before replac- spare) if moving from radial to and ESC(Electronic Stability
ing the tire. bias-ply tires. Control) to work irregularly.
(Continued)
7 51
Maintenance
G200601AUN G200700BUN G200800AHM

Compact spare tire replacement Wheel replacement Tire traction
A compact spare tire has a shorter When replacing the metal wheels for Tire traction can be reduced if you
tread life than a regular size tire. any reason, make sure the new drive on worn tires, tires that are
Replace it when you can see the wheels are equivalent to the original improperly inflated or on slippery
tread wear indicator bars on the tire. factory units in diameter, rim width road surfaces. Tires should be
The replacement compact spare tire and offset. replaced when tread wear indicators
should be the same size and design appear. Slow down whenever there
tire as the one provided with your is rain, snow or ice on the road to
new vehicle and should be mounted WARNING reduce the possibility of losing con-
on the same compact spare tire A wheel that is not the correct trol of the vehicle.
wheel. The compact spare tire is not size may adversely affect wheel
designed to be mounted on a regular and bearing life, braking and
size wheel, and the compact spare G200900AUN
stopping abilities, handling
tire wheel is not designed for mount- characteristics, ground clear- Tire maintenance
ing a regular size tire. ance, body-to-tire clearance, In addition to proper inflation, correct
snow chain clearance, wheel alignment helps to decrease
speedometer and odometer cal- tire wear. If you find a tire is worn
ibration, headlight aim and unevenly, have your dealer check the
bumper height. wheel alignment.
When you have new tires installed,
make sure they are balanced. This
will increase vehicle ride comfort and
tire life. Additionally, a tire should
always be rebalanced if it is removed
from the wheel.
7 52
Maintenance
1
G201002AHM 98 - Load Index, a numerical code
2. Tire size designation associated with the maximum
5,6 load the tire can carry.
A tire’s sidewall is marked with a tire
7 size designation. You will need this H - Speed Rating Symbol. See the
information when selecting replace- speed rating chart in this section
4 ment tires for your vehicle. The fol- for additional information.
lowing explains what the letters and
numbers in the tire size designation
2
mean. Wheel size designation
3
Example tire size designation: Wheels are also marked with impor-
tant information that you need if you
1 (These numbers are provided as an ever have to replace one. The follow-
I030B04JM
example only; your tire size designa- ing explains what the letters and
G201000AUN
tor could vary depending on your numbers in the wheel size designa-
Tire sidewall labeling vehicle.) tion mean.
This information identifies and P235/55R18 98H
describes the fundamental charac-
teristics of the tire and also provides Example wheel size designation:
the tire identification number (TIN) P - Applicable vehicle type (tires 7.0JX18
for safety standard certification. The marked with the prefix “P’’ are
TIN can be used to identify the tire in intended for use on passenger
vehicles or light trucks; however, 7.0 - Rim width in inches.
case of a recall.
not all tires have this marking). J - Rim contour designation.
235 - Tire width in millimeters. 18 - Rim diameter in inches.
G201001AUN
55 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s section
1. Manufacturer or brand name height as a percentage of its
Manufacturer or Brand name is width.
shown. R - Tire construction code (Radial).
18 - Rim diameter in inches.
7 53
Maintenance
Tire speed ratings G201003AHM
The chart below lists many of the dif- 3. Checking tire life (TIN : Tire WARNING - Tire age
ferent speed ratings currently being Identification Number) Tires degrade over time, even
used for passenger car tires. The Any tires that are over 6 years old, when they are not being used.
speed rating is part of the tire size based on the manufacturing date, Regardless of the remaining
designation on the sidewall of the (including the spare tire) should be tread, we recommend that tires
tire. This symbol corresponds to that replaced by new ones. You can find be replaced after approximately
tire's designed maximum safe oper- the manufacturing date on the tire six (6) years of normal service.
ating speed. sidewall (possibly on the inside of the Heat caused by hot climates or
wheel), displaying the DOT Code. frequent high loading condi-
Speed The DOT Code is a series of num- tions can accelerate the aging
Rating Maximum Speed bers on a tire consisting of numbers process. Failure to follow this
Symbol and English letters. The manufactur- warning can result in sudden
S 112 mph (180 km/h) ing date is designated by the last four tire failure, which could lead to
T 118 mph (190 km/h) digits (characters) of the DOT code. a loss of control and an acci-
H 130 mph (210 km/h) dent involving serious injury or
DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOO death.
V 149 mph (240 km/h)
Z Above 149 mph (240 km/h) The front part of the DOT means a
plant code number, tire size and
tread pattern and the last four num-
bers indicate week and year manu-
factured.
For example:
DOT XXXX XXXX 1613 represents
that the tire was produced in the 16th
week of 2013.
7 54
Maintenance
G201004AEN G201006AUN Tread wear

4. Tire ply composition and mate- 6. Maximum load rating The tread wear grade is a compara-
rial This number indicates the maximum tive rating based on the wear rate of
The number of layers or plies of rub- load in kilograms and pounds that the tire when tested under controlled
ber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire can be carried by the tire. When conditions on a specified govern-
manufacturers also must indicate the replacing the tires on the vehicle, ment test course. For example, a tire
materials in the tire, which include always use a tire that has the same graded 150 would wear one-and-a-
steel, nylon, polyester, and others. load rating as the factory installed half times (1½) as well on the gov-
The letter "R" means radial ply con- tire. ernment course as a tire graded 100.
struction; the letter "D" means diago- The relative performance of tires
nal or bias ply construction; and the G2010007AEN-EU depends upon the actual conditions
letter "B" means belted-bias ply con- of their use, however, and may
struction. 7. Uniform tire quality grading
depart significantly from the norm
Quality grades can be found where due to variations in driving habits,
applicable on the tire sidewall service practices and differences in
G201005AUN
between tread shoulder and maxi- road characteristics and climate.
5. Maximum permissible inflation mum section width.
pressure These grades are molded on the
For example: side-walls of passenger vehicle tires.
This number is the greatest amount TREADWEAR 200 The tires available as standard or
of air pressure that should be put in
TRACTION AA optional equipment on your vehicle
the tire. Do not exceed the maximum
TEMPERATURE A may vary with respect to grade.
permissible inflation pressure. Refer
to the Tire and Loading Information
label for recommended inflation
pressure.
7 55
Maintenance
Traction - AA, A, B & C Temperature -A, B & C

The traction grades, from highest to The temperature grades are A (the WARNING - Tire
lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those highest), B and C representing the temperature
grades represent the tire’s ability to tire’s resistance to the generation of The temperature grade for this
stop on wet pavement as measured heat and its ability to dissipate heat tire is established for a tire that
under controlled conditions on spec- when tested under controlled condi- is properly inflated and not
ified government test surfaces of tions on a specified indoor laboratory overloaded. Excessive speed,
asphalt and concrete. A tire marked test wheel. underinflation, or excessive
C may have poor traction perform- Sustained high temperature can loading, either separately or in
ance. cause the material of the tire to combination, can cause heat
degenerate and reduce tire life, and build-up and possible sudden
excessive temperature can lead to tire failure. This can cause loss
WARNING of vehicle control and serious
sudden tire failure. The grade C cor-
The traction grade assigned to responds to a level of performance injury or death.
this tire is based on straight- which all passenger car tires must
ahead braking traction tests, meet under the Federal Motor
and does not include accelera- Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109.
tion, cornering, hydroplaning, Grades B and A represent higher
or peak traction characteristics. levels of performance on the labora-
tory test wheel than the minimum
required by law.
7 56
Maintenance
G201100AAM Cold Tire Pressure: The amount of Intended Outboard Sidewall: The
Tire terminology and definitions air pressure in a tire, measured in side of an asymmetrical tire, that
Air Pressure: The amount of air pounds per square inch (psi) or kilo- must always face outward when
inside the tire pressing outward on pascals (kPa) before a tire has built mounted on a vehicle.
the tire. Air pressure is expressed in up heat from driving. Kilopascal (kPa): The metric unit for
pounds per square inch (psi) or kilo- Curb Weight: This means the weight air pressure.
pascal (kPa). of a motor vehicle with standard and Load Index: An assigned number
Accessory Weight: This means the optional equipment including the ranging from 1 to 279 that corre-
combined weight of optional acces- maximum capacity of fuel, oil and sponds to the load carrying capacity
sories. Some examples of optional coolant, but without passengers and of a tire.
accessories are, automatic cargo.
transaxle, power seats, and air con- Maximum Inflation Pressure: The
DOT Markings: A code molded into maximum air pressure to which a
ditioning. the sidewall of a tire signifying that cold tire may be inflated. The maxi-
Aspect Ratio: The relationship of a the tire is in compliance with the U.S. mum air pressure is molded onto the
tire's height to its width. Department of Transportation motor sidewall.
Belt: A rubber coated layer of cords vehicle safety standards. The DOT
code includes the Tire Identification Maximum Load Rating: The load
that is located between the plies and rating for a tire at the maximum per-
the tread. Cords may be made from Number (TIN), an alphanumeric des-
ignator which can also identify the missible inflation pressure for that
steel or other reinforcing materials. tire.
tire manufacturer, production plant,
Bead: The tire bead contains steel brand and date of production. Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight:
wires wrapped by steel cords that The sum of curb weight; accessory
hold the tire onto the rim. GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
weight; vehicle capacity weight; and
Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire in GAWR FRT: Gross Axle Weight production options weight.
which the plies are laid at alternate Rating for the Front Axle.
Normal Occupant Weight: The
angles less than 90 degrees to the GAWR RR: Gross Axle Weight number of occupants a vehicle is
centerline of the tread. Rating for the Rear axle. designed to seat multiplied by 150
pounds (68 kg).
7 57
Maintenance
Occupant Distribution: Designated Speed Rating: An alphanumeric Vehicle Maximum Load on the
seating positions. code assigned to a tire indicating the Tire: Load on an individual tire due to
Outward Facing Sidewall: The side maximum speed at which a tire can curb and accessory weight plus
of a asymmetrical tire that has a par- operate. maximum occupant and cargo
ticular side that faces outward when Traction: The friction between the weight.
mounted on a vehicle. The outward tire and the road surface. The Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire:
facing sidewall bears white lettering amount of grip provided. Load on an individual tire that is
or bears manufacturer, brand, and/or Tread: The portion of a tire that determined by distributing to each
model name molding that is higher or comes into contact with the road. axle its share of the curb weight,
deeper than the same moldings on accessory weight, and normal occu-
the inner facing sidewall. Treadwear Indicators: Narrow pant weight and driving by 2.
bands, sometimes called "wear
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A tire bars," that show across the tread of a Vehicle Placard: A label permanent-
used on passenger cars and some tire when only 2/32 inch of tread ly attached to a vehicle showing the
light duty trucks and multipurpose remains. original equipment tire size and rec-
vehicles. ommended inflation pressure.
UTQGS: Uniform Tire Quality
Recommended Inflation Pressure: Grading Standards, a tire information
Vehicle manufacturer's recommend- system that provides consumers with
ed tire inflation pressure and shown ratings for a tire's traction, tempera-
on the tire placard. ture and treadwear. Ratings are
Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire in determined by tire manufacturers
which the ply cords that extend to the using government testing proce-
beads are laid at 90 degrees to the dures. The ratings are molded into
centerline of the tread. the sidewall of the tire.
Rim: A metal support for a tire and Vehicle Capacity Weight: The num-
upon which the tire beads are seat- ber of designated seating positions
ed. multiplied by 150 lbs. (68 kg) plus the
Sidewall: The portion of a tire rated cargo and luggage load.
between the tread and the bead.
7 58
Maintenance
All season tires Snow tires Tire chains

Kia specifies all season tires on If you equip your car with snow tires, Tire chains, if necessary, should be
some models to provide good per- they should be the same size and installed on the front wheels.
formance for use all year round, have the same load capacity as the Be sure that the chains are installed
including snowy and icy road condi- original tires. Snow tires should be in accordance with the manufactur-
tions. All season tires are identified installed on all four wheels; other- er's instructions.
by ALL SEASON and/or M+S (Mud wise, poor handling may result.
and Snow) on the tire sidewall. Snow To minimize tire and chain wear, do
Snow tires should carry 4 psi (28 not continue to use tire chains when
tires have better snow traction than kPa) more air pressure than the
all season tires and may be more they are no longer needed.
pressure recommended for the stan-
appropriate in some areas. dard tires on the tire label on the dri-
ver's side of the center pillar, or up to
the maximum pressure shown on the
Summer tires tire sidewall, whichever is less.
Kia specifies summer tires on some Do not drive faster than 75 mph (120
models to provide superior perform- km/h) when your vehicle is equipped
ance on dry roads. Summer tire per- with snow tires.
formance is substantially reduced in
snow and ice. Summer tires do not
have the tire traction rating M+S
(Mud and Snow) on the tire side wall.
if you plan to operate your vehicle in
snowy or icy conditions. Kia recom-
mends the use of snow tires or all
season tires on all four wheels.
7 59
Maintenance
Radial-ply tires Longer wearing tires can be more

WARNING - Snow or ice Radial-ply tires provide improved susceptible to irregular tread wear. It
• When driving on roads cov- tread life, road hazard resistance and is very important to follow the tire
ered with snow or ice, drive at smoother high speed ride. The radi- rotation interval shown in this section
less than 20 mph (30 km/h). al-ply tires used on this vehicle are of to achieve the tread life potential of
belted construction, and are selected these tires. Cuts and punctures in
• Use the SAE “S” class or wire
to complement the ride and handling radial-ply tires are repairable only in
chains.
characteristics of your vehicle. the tread area, because of sidewall
• If you hear noise caused by flexing. Consult your tire dealer for
chains contacting the body, Radial-ply tires have the same load
carrying capacity, as bias-ply or bias radial-ply tire repairs.
retighten the chain to avoid
contact with the vehicle body. belted tires of the same size, and use
the same recommended inflation
• To prevent body damage, pressure. Mixing of radial-ply tires
retighten the chains after driv- with bias-ply or bias belted tires is
ing 0.3~0.6 miles (0.5~1.0 km). not recommended. Any combina-
• Do not use tire chains on tions of radial-ply and bias-ply or bias
vehicles equipped with alu- belted tires when used on the same
minum wheels. In unavoidable vehicle will seriously deteriorate
circumstance, use a wire type vehicle handling. The best rule to fol-
chain. low is: Identical radial-ply tires should
• Use wire chains less than 0.59 always be used as a set of four.
inches (15 mm) to prevent
damage to the chain’s con-
nection.
7 60
Maintenance
Low aspect ratio tire

CAUTION CAUTION
(if equipped)
Because the sidewall of the low • It is not easy to recognize the
Low aspect ratio tires, whose aspect aspect ratio tire is shorter than tire damage with your own
ratio is lower than 50, are provided the normal, the wheel and tire of eyes. But if there is the slight-
for sporty looks. the low aspect ratio tire is easi- est hint of tire damage, even
Because the low aspect ratio tires er to be damaged. So, follow the though you cannot see the tire
are optimized for handling and brak- instructions below. damage with your own eyes,
ing, it may be more uncomfortable to - When driving on a rough road have the tire checked or
ride in and there is more noise com- or off road, drive cautiously replaced because the tire
pare with normal tires. because tires and wheels may damage may cause air leak-
be damaged. And after driving, age from the tire.
inspect tires and wheels. • If the tire is damaged by driv-
- When passing over a pothole, ing on a rough road, off road,
speed bump, manhole, or curb pothole, manhole, or curb
stone, drive slowly so that the stone, it will not be covered by
tires and wheels are not dam- the warranty.
aged. • You can find out the tire infor-
- If the tire is impacted, we rec- mation on the tire sidewall.
ommend that you inspect the
tire condition or contact an
- To prevent damage to the tire,
inspect the tire condition and
pressure every 3,000km.
7 61
Maintenance
FUSES
Blade type A vehicle’s electrical system is pro-
tected from electrical overload dam- WARNING - Fuse
age by fuses. replacement
This vehicle has 3 fuse panels, one • Never replace a fuse with any-
Normal Blown
located in the driver’s side panel bol- thing but another fuse of the
ster, the other in the engine compart- same rating.
Cartridge type
ment near the battery. • A higher capacity fuse could
If any of your vehicle’s lights, acces- cause damage and possibly a
sories, or controls do not work, check fire.
the appropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse • Never install a wire or alu-
has blown, the element inside the minum foil instead of the
fuse will melt. proper fuse - even as a tem-
Normal Blown If the electrical system does not porary repair. It may cause
Fusible link work, first check the driver’s side extensive wiring damage and
fuse panel. a possible fire.
Before replacing a blown fuse, dis-
connect the negative battery cable.
Always replace a blown fuse with CAUTION
Normal Blown one of the same rating. Do not use a screwdriver or any
If the replacement fuse blows, this other metal object to remove
indicates an electrical problem. Avoid fuses because it may cause a
using the system involved and imme- short circuit and damage the
diately consult an authorized Kia system.
dealer.
Three kinds of fuses are used: blade
Normal Blown
type for lower amperage rating, car- ✽ NOTICE
tridge type, and multi fuse for higher The actual fuse/relay panel label
OLM079051N amperage ratings. may differ from equipped items.
G210000AAM
7 62
Maintenance
CAUTION
• When replacing a blown fuse
or relay with a new one, make
sure the new fuse or relay fits
tightly into the clips The
incomplete fastening fuse or
relay may cause the vehicle
wiring and electric systems
damage and a possible fire.
• Do not remove fuses, relays
and terminals fastened with OSL070019 OLM079021
bolts or nuts. The fuses, relays G210100AAM 3.Pull the suspected fuse straight
and terminals may be fas- Inner panel fuse replacement out. Use the removal tool provided
tened incompletely, and it may on the engine compartment fuse
cause a possible fire. If fuses, 1.Turn the ignition switch and all
other switches off. panel cover.
relays and terminals fastened
with bolts or nuts are blown, 2.Open the fuse panel cover. 4.Check the removed fuse; replace it
we recommend that you con- if it is blown.
sult with an authorized Kia Spare fuses are provided in the
dealer. engine compartment fuse panel.
• Do not input any other objects 5.Push in a new fuse of the same rat-
except fuses or relays into ing, and make sure it fits tightly in
fuse/relay terminals such as a the clips.
driver or wiring. It may cause If it fits loosely, consult an authorized
contact failure and system Kia dealer.
malfunction.
7 63
Maintenance
If you do not have a spare, use a ✽ NOTICE

fuse of the same rating from a circuit • If the memory fuse is pulled out
you may not need for operating the from the fuse panel, the warning
vehicle, such as the power outlet chime, audio, clock and interior
fuse. lamps, etc., will not operate. Some
items must be reset after replace-
If the headlights or other electrical ment. Refer to “Battery” in this
components do not work and the section.
fuses are OK, check the fuse panel • Even though the memory fuse is
in the engine compartment. If a fuse pulled out, the battery can still be
is blown, it must be replaced. discharged by operation of the
OSL070022 headlights or other electrical
G210101AHM-C1 devices.
Memory fuse
Your vehicle is equipped with a mem-
ory fuse to prevent battery discharge
if your vehicle is parked without
being operated for prolonged peri-
ods. Use the following procedures
before parking the vehicle for pro-
longed periods.
1.Turn off the engine.
2.Turn off the headlights and tail
lights.
3.Open the driver’s side panel cover
and pull out the memory fuse.
7 64
Maintenance
3.Check the removed fuse; replace it

if it is blown. To remove or insert
the fuse, use the fuse puller in the
engine compartment fuse panel.
4.Push in a new fuse of the same rat-
ing, and make sure it fits tightly in
the clips.
If it fits loosely, consult an author-
ized Kia dealer.
OLM079023 CAUTION OLM079052N

G210200AHM After checking the fuse panel in G210201AAM
❈ The actual feature may differ from the the engine compartment, Main fuse and multi fuse
illustration. securely install the fuse panel
cover. If not, electrical failures If the main fuse and multi fuse is
may occur from water contact. blown, it must be removed as follows:
Engine compartment fuse 1.Disconnect the negative battery
replacement cable.
1.Turn the ignition switch and all 2.Remove the nuts shown in the pic-
other switches off. ture above.
2.Remove the fuse panel cover by 3.Replace the fuse with a new one of
pressing the tab and pulling the the same rating.
cover up. 4.Reinstall in the reverse order of
removal.
✽ NOTICE
If the multi fuse is blown, consult an
7 65
Maintenance
Fuse/relay panel description

Inside the fuse/relay panel covers,
you can find the fuse/relay label
describing fuse/relay name and
capacity.
✽ NOTICE
Not all fuse panel descriptions in
this manual may be applicable to
your vehicle. It is accurate at the
time of printing. When you inspect
the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer
to the fuse panel label.
7 66
Maintenance
OSL070026
Instrument panel fuse panel
✽ NOTICE
The actual fuse/relay panel label
may differ from equipped items.
OSL074201N
7 67
Maintenance
OLM079027N
Engine compartment fuse

panel
✽ NOTICE
OSL074202N
7 68
Maintenance
OLM079053N
Battery fuse terminal
✽ NOTICE
7 69
Maintenance
Inner fuse panel

Fuse Name Fuse rating Protected component
POWER AUDIO 20A Audio
CONNECTOR RF_ANT 7.5A RF Receiver
A/BAG 15A SRS Control Module, Passenger Occupant Detection Sensor, Telltale & SBR Lamp
S/HEATER FRT 15A Driver/Passenger Seat Warmer Switch
S/HEATER RR 15A Rear Seat Warmer LH/RH
A/CON 7.5A A/C Control Module (Auto)
HTD MIRR 7.5A A/C Control Module, Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror
Driver/Passenger Seat Warmer Switch, Driver CCS Control Module, Instrument Cluster, Tire
CLUSTER 10A
Pressure Monitoring Module, Audio, Alternator, BCM, A/C Control Module, Telltale & SBR Lamp
IG2 A 10A BCM, Smart Key Control Module, IPS Control Module (IG2)
WIPER RR 15A Rear Wiper Motor, Multifunction Switch (Wiper), ICM Relay Box (Rear Wiper Relay)
Cluster Ionizer, A/C Control Module, Rain Sensor, Sunroof Motor, Electro Chromic Mirror,
IG2 B 10A
E/R Fuse & Relay Box (Blower Relay)
POWER OUTLET 2 20A Rear Power Outlet, Front Power Outlet LH, Front Cigarette Lighter
A/BAG IND 10A Instrument Cluster (A/Bag IND.)
SMART KEY 2 10A Smart Key Control Module
Front Wiper Motor, Multifunction Switch (Wiper), E/R Fuse & Relay Box (Front Wiper (Low) Relay,
WIPER FRT 25A
Wiper (Rain Sensor) Relay)
POWER OUTLET 1 15A Front Power Outlet RH
SMART KEY 1 10A BCM, Smart Key Control Module
ACC 10A Audio, Amp, Sunroof Control Module, Power Outside Mirror Switch
Burglar Alarm Relay (With Burglar Alarm), E/R Fuse & Relay Box (Start Relay : W/O Burglar Alarm
START 10A
& Smart Key), Smart Key Control Module (W/O Burglar Alarm & With Smart Key)
MODULE IG1 10A EPS Control Module, ATM Shift Lever ILL., 4WD ECM, Stop Lamp Switch, IPS Control Module (IG1)
UH_BOX 20A E/R Fuse & Relay Box (ECU 2 7.5A, ABS 7.5A, TCU 2 7.5A)
7 70
Maintenance

BCM, Map Lamp, Room Lamp, Driver/Passenger Vanity Lamp, Electro Chromic Mirror,
ROOM LP 10A Luggage Lamp, Ignition Key ILL. & Door Warning Switch, Tire Pressure Monitoring Module,
Instrument Cluster (MCU, IND.), A/C Control Module, IPS Control Module (B+)
PDM B 10A Start/Stop Button Switch, FOB Holder, Smart Key Control Module
DR LOCK 15A Door Lock Relay, Door Unlock Relay, Tail Gate Relay, ICM Relay Box (Two Turn Unlock Relay)
HAZARD 15A BCM
FOG LP RR 10A (Not Used)
PDM A 25A Smart Key Control Module
ATM K/LOCK 7.5A ATM Shift Lever, Key Solenoid
CORNERING LAMP 10A (Not Used)
SEAT VENT 15A Driver CCS Seat Warmer
P/WDW RH 25A Power Window Main Switch, Passenger Power Window Switch, Rear Power Window Switch RH
P/WDW LH 25A Rear Power Window Switch LH, Power Window Main Switch
SAFETY POWER
20A Driver Safety Power Window Module
WINDOW
P/SEAT(DRV) 20A Driver Seat Manual Switch
Multipurpose Check Connector, Data Link Connector, Driver CCS Switch,
MODULE B+ 10A
Rear Parking Assist Buzzer
SUNROOF 15A Sunroof Motor, Sunroof Control Module
AMP 25A Amp
7 71
Maintenance
Engine compartment fuse panel

MDPS 80A EPS Control Module
B+1 60A I/P Junction Box (PDM A 25A, DR LOCK 15A, HAZARD 15A, IPS 4~7)
ABS 2 40A ESC Module
EMS 40A EMS Box (TCU 1 15A, ECU 30A, A/CON 10A, F/PUMP 15A)
ABS 1 40A ESC Module
MULTI
BLOWER 40A Blower Relay
FUSE
I/P Junction Box (P/SEAT(DRV) 20A, SAFETY POWER WINDOW 20A, PDM B 10A, ATM
B+3 60A K/LOCK 7.5A, SEAT VENT 15A, Power Connector (AUDIO 20A, RF_ANT 7.5A),
ROOM LP 10A)
I/P Junction Box (Power Window Relay, SUNROOF 15A, AMP 25A, MODULE B+ 10A,
B+2 60A
IPS 0~3, IPS 8~10)
C/FAN (MPI engine) 40A Cooling Fan (High) Relay, Cooling Fan (Low) Relay
C/FAN (T-GDI engine) 50A Cooling Fan (High) Relay, Cooling Fan (Low) Relay
RR HTD 40A Rear Defogger Relay
IG 1 30A PDM Relay Box (IGN1/ACC Relay : With Smart Key), Ignition Switch (W/O Smart Key)
IG 2 40A PDM Relay Box (IGN2 Relay : With Smart Key), Ignition Switch (W/O Smart Key)
HORN 15A Horn Relay
DEICER 15A Front Wiper Deicer Relay
FUSE STOP LP 10A Stop Lamp Switch, Smart Key Control Module, ICM Relay Box (DBC Relay)
4WD 20A 4WD ECU
AMS 10A Battery Sensor
TCU 2 (MPI engine) 7.5A Transaxle Range Switch
TCU 2 (T-GDI engine) 7.5A Transaxle Range Switch, Vacuum Switch, Vacuum Pump Relay
ABS 7.5A ESC Module, ICM Relay Box (DBC Relay), Multi Switch
ECU 2 7.5A ATM P/N Relay, PCM, Multifunction Switch (Remote Control)
V_PUMP (T-GDI engine) 20A Vacuum Pump Relay
7 72
Maintenance
Engine compartment main fuse panel (EMS Box)

F/PUMP 15A Fuel Pump Relay
Fuel Pump Relay, PCM, Oxygen Sensor (Up)/(Down),
SENSOR 4 15A
E/R Fuse & Relay Box (Cooling Fan (High)/(Low) Relay)
SENSOR 3 10A A/CON Relay, Injector #1~#4
SENSOR 2 10A (Not Used)
TCU 1 15A PCM
A/CON 10A A/CON Relay
Immobilizer Module, Crankshaft Position Sensor, Camshaft Position Sensor #1/#2, Oil Control Valve
SENSOR 1 (MPI engine) 10A
#1/#2Canister Purge Control Solenoid Valve, Variable Intake Solenoid Valve, Canister Close Valve
Immobilizer Module, Crankshaft Position Sensor, Camshaft Position Sensor #1/#2, Oil Control Valve
SENSOR 1 (T-GDI engine) 10A #1/#2Canister Purge Control Solenoid Valve, Variable Intake Solenoid Valve, Canister Close Valve,
RCV
ECU 1 20A Ignition Coil #1~#4, Condenser
ECU 30A Engine Control Relay
7 73
Maintenance
LIGHT BULBS
G220000AHM Use only the bulbs of the specified
wattage. CAUTION
WARNING - Working on If you don’t have necessary
the lights CAUTION tools, the correct bulbs and the
Prior to working on the light, expertise, consult an authorized
Be sure to replace the burned- Kia dealer. In many cases, it is
firmly apply the parking brake, out bulb with one of the same
ensure that the ignition switch difficult to replace vehicle light
wattage rating. Otherwise, it bulbs because other parts of the
is turned to the LOCK position may cause damage to the fuse
and turn off the lights to avoid vehicle must be removed before
or electric wiring system. you can get to the bulb. This is
sudden movement of the vehi-
cle and burning your fingers or especially true if you have to
receiving an electric shock. remove the headlight assembly
to get to the bulb(s).
Removing/installing the head-
light assembly can result in
damage to the vehicle.
7 74
Maintenance
✽ NOTICE (1) Front turn signal light

After driving in heavy rain or wash- (2) Headlight (High)
ing, headlight and taillight lenses (3) Headlight (Low)
could appear frosty. This condition (4) Side marker
is caused by the temperature differ-
ence between the lamp inside and (5) Front fog light (if equipped)
outside. This is similar to the con- (6) Position light,
densation on your windows inside DRL and Position light
your vehicle during rain and doesn’t (if equipped)
indicate a problem with your vehi-
cle. If the water leaks into the lamp
bulb circuitry, have the vehicle OSL072029A
checked by an authorized Kia deal- G220100AHM-EU
er. Headlight, position light (DRL),
turn signal light, and front fog
light bulb replacement
7 75
Maintenance
(Continued)
• Always handle them carefully,
and avoid scratches and abra-
sions. If the bulbs are lit, avoid
contact with liquids. Never
touch the glass with bare
hands. Residual oil may cause
the bulb to overheat and burst
when lit. A bulb should be
operated only when installed
in a headlight.
OHD076046 OLM079030
G220101AUN
• If a bulb becomes damaged or
cracked, replace it immediate- 1.Open the hood.
Headlight bulb (High) ly and carefully dispose of it. 2.Remove the headlight bulb cover
• Wear eye protection when by turning it counterclockwise.
WARNING - Halogen changing a bulb. Allow the 3.Disconnect the headlight bulb
bulbs bulb to cool down before han- socket-connector.
• Halogen bulbs contain pres- dling it. 4.Unsnap the headlight bulb retain-
surized gas that will produce ing wire by depressing the end and
flying pieces of glass if bro- pushing it upward.
ken. 5.Remove the bulb from the head-
(Continued) light assembly.
6.Install a new headlight bulb and
snap the headlight bulb retaining
wire into position by aligning the
wire with the groove on the bulb.
7 76
Maintenance
7.Connect the headlight bulb socket- 4.Install the socket in the assembly
connector. by aligning the tabs on the socket
8.Install the headlight bulb cover by with the slots in the assembly.
turning it clockwise. Push the socket into the assembly
and turn the socket clockwise.
Headlight bulb (Low)
1.Open the hood.
2.Remove the headlight bulb cover
by turning it counterclockwise.
3.Disconnect the headlight bulb
OLM079046
socket-connector.
4.Remove the bulb from the head- Turn signal light/Position light
light assembly. 1.Remove the socket from the
5.Install a new headlight bulb. assembly by turning the socket
counterclockwise until the tabs on
6.Connect the headlight bulb socket- the socket align with the slots on
connector. the assembly.
7.Install the headlight bulb cover by 2.Remove the bulb from the socket
turning it clockwise. by pressing it in and rotating it
the bulb align with the slots in the
socket. Pull the bulb out of the
socket
3.Insert a new bulb by inserting it into
the socket and rotating it until it
locks into place.
7 77
Maintenance
6.Connect the power connector to

the socket.
7.Reinstall the front bumper under
cover.
✽ NOTICE
If the headlight aiming adjustment
is necessary after the headlight
assembly is reinstalled, consult an
OSL070054L OSL070053L
DRL and position light (LED type) Front fog light bulbs (if equipped)
1.Open the hood. 1.Remove the front bumper under
2.Loosen the retaining bolts and cover.
remove the headlight assembly 2.Reach your hand into the back of
from the body of the vehicle. the front bumper.
3.Disconnect the power connector 3.Disconnect the power connector
from the back of the headlight from the socket.
assembly. 4.Remove the bulb-socket from the
4.Remove the lamp assembly. housing by turning the socket
5.Reinstall a new lamp assembly in counter clockwise until the tabs on
the reverse order of removal. the socket align with the slots on
the housing.
5.Install the new bulb-socket into the
housing by aligning the tabs on the
socket with the slots in the hous-
ing. Push the socket into the hous-
ing and turn the socket clockwise.
7 78
Maintenance
OSL070049L OSL070051L OSL070045
Side repeater light replace- 3.Remove the lamp assembly and Type B
ment disconnect the power connector. 1.Remove the light assembly from
Type A 4.Install a new lamp. the vehicle by prying the lens and
5.Reinstall the light assembly in the pulling the assembly out.
1.Using a flat-blade screwdriver,
gently pry the mirror from the reverse order of removal. 2.Disconnect the bulb electrical con-
assembly. nector.
2.Loosen the light assembly retain- 3.Separate the socket and the lens
ing screws with a Phillips screw- parts by turning the socket coun-
driver. terclockwise until the tabs on the
socket align with the slots on the
lens part.
4.Remove the bulb by pulling it
straight out.
5.Insert a new bulb in the socket.
6.Reassemble the socket and the
lens part.
7 79
Maintenance
7.Connect the bulb electrical con- ■ Type A

nector.
8.Reinstall the light assembly to the
body of the vehicle.
OSL074033 OSL070034
■ Type B
OSL074105 OSL070035
Rear combination light bulb Outside light

replacement 1.Open the tailgate.
(1) Stop and tail light 2.Loosen the light assembly retain-
(2) Tail light ing screws with a philips head
screwdriver.
(3) Back-up light
3.Remove the rear combination light
(4) Side marker
assembly from the body of the
(5) Rear turn signal light vehicle.
7 80
Maintenance
7.Install the socket in the assembly

by aligning the tabs on the socket
with the slots in the assembly.
Push the socket into the assembly
and turn the socket clockwise.
8.Reinstall the light assembly to the
body of the vehicle.
OSL074036 OSL070037
4.Remove the socket from the Inside light
assembly by turning the socket 1.Open the tailgate.
the socket align with the slots on 2.Remove the service cover.
the assembly. 3.Remove the socket from the
5.Remove the bulb from the socket assembly by turning the socket
by pressing it in and rotating it counterclockwise until the tabs on
counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on
the bulb align with the slots in the the assembly.
socket. Pull the bulb out of the 4.Remove the bulb from the socket
socket. by pressing it in and rotating it
6.Insert a new bulb by inserting it into counterclockwise until the tabs on
the socket and rotating it until it the bulb align with the slots in the
locks into place. socket. Pull the bulb out of the
socket.
7 81
Maintenance
OSL070039
OSL074038 OSL070058N
5.Insert a new bulb by inserting it into Rear turn signal light replace-
the socket and rotating it until it ment
locks into place.
1.Remove the mounting screws of
6.Install the socket in the assembly the rear bumper guard with a
by aligning the tabs on the socket phillips screwdriver.
with the slots in the assembly.
Push the socket into the assembly 2.Reach your hand into the back of
and turn the socket clockwise. the rear bumper guard.
7.Install the service cover by putting 3.Replace with a new bulb. OSL070046
it into the service hole. 4.Reinstall the socket and rear High mounted stop light
bumper guard in the reverse order replacement
of removal.
1.Open the tailgate.
2.Using the flat-blade screwdriver,
gently pry the center cover of the
rear tailgate trim.
3.Disconnect the bulb electrical con-
nector.
7 82
Maintenance
■ Bulb type ■ LED type
OSL070047 OSL070040
4.Loosen the bulb socket retaining License plate light bulb
screws. replacement
5.• LED type (if equipped) 1.Loosen the lens retaining screws
Install a new LED assembly. with a phillips head screwdriver.
• Bulb type (if equipped) 2.Remove the lens.
1) Remove the bulb socket by 3.Remove the bulb by pulling it
pressing the both sides locking straight out.
tab. 4.Install a new bulb.
2) Remove the bulb from the 5.Reinstall the lens securely with the
socket by pulling it. lens retaining screws.
3) Install a new bulb.
6.Install the socket in the reverse
order of removal.
7 83
Maintenance
Map lamp Glove box lamp (if equipped) Interior light bulb replacement
1.Using a flat-blade screwdriver,
gently pry the lens from the interior
light housing.
2.Remove the bulb by pulling it
straight out.
WARNING
Prior to working on the Interior
Room lamp Luggage lamp Lights, ensure that the “OFF”
button is depressed to avoid
burning your fingers or receiv-
ing an electric shock.
3.Install a new bulb in the socket.

4.Align the lens tabs with the interior
light housing notches and snap the
lens into place.
OSL070041/OSL070052L Vanity mirror lamp (if equipped)

CAUTION
Be careful not to dirty or dam-
age the lens, lens tab, and plas-
tic housings.
OSL070044/OSL070043/OSL070042
7 84
Maintenance
APPEARANCE CARE
Exterior care G230102BUN
Finish maintenance CAUTION
G230101AUN
Washing • Do not use strong soap, chem-
Exterior general caution
To help protect your vehicle’s finish ical detergents or hot water,
It is very important to follow the label and do not wash the vehicle in
directions when using any chemical from rust and deterioration, wash it
thoroughly and frequently at least direct sunlight or when the
cleaner or polish. Read all warning body of the vehicle is warm.
and caution statements that appear once a month with lukewarm or cold
water. • Be careful when washing the
on the label.
If you use your vehicle for off-road side windows of your vehicle.
driving, you should wash it after each Especailly, with high-pressure
off-road trip. Pay special attention to water. Water may leak through
the removal of any accumulation of the windows and wet the inte-
salt, dirt, mud, and other foreign rior.
materials. Make sure the drain holes • To prevent damage to the
in the lower edges of the doors and plastic parts and lamps, do
rocker panels are kept clear and not clean with chemical sol-
clean. vents or strong detergents.
Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,
industrial pollution and similar
deposits can damage your vehicle’s WARNING - Wet brakes
finish if not removed immediately. After washing the vehicle, test
Even prompt washing with plain the brakes while driving slowly
water may not completely remove all to see if they have been affected
these deposits. A mild soap, safe for by water. If braking performance
use on painted surfaces, may be is impaired, dry the brakes by
used. applying them lightly while
After washing, rinse the vehicle thor- maintaining a slow forward
oughly with lukewarm or cold water. speed.
Do not allow soap to dry on the fin-
ish.
7 85
Maintenance
Waxing
Wax the vehicle when water will no CAUTION
longer bead on the paint. • Wiping dust or dirt off the
Always wash and dry the vehicle body with a dry cloth will
before waxing. Use a good quality scratch the finish.
liquid or paste wax, and follow the • Do not use steel wool, abra-
manufacturer’s instructions. Wax all sive cleaners, acid detergents
metal trim to protect it and to main- or strong detergents contain-
tain its luster. ing high alkaline or caustic
Removing oil, tar, and similar materi- agents on chrome-plated or
als with a spot remover will usually anodized aluminum parts.
OJB037800
strip the wax from the finish. Be sure This may result in damage to
to re-wax these areas even if the rest the protective coating and
of the vehicle does not yet need wax- cause discoloration or paint
CAUTION deterioration.
• Water washing in the engine ing.
compartment including high
G230103AUN
pressure water washing may
cause the failure of electrical Finish damage repair
circuits located in the engine Deep scratches or stone chips in the
compartment. painted surface must be repaired
• Never allow water or other liq- promptly. Exposed metal will quickly
uids to come in contact with rust and may develop into a major
electrical/electronic compo- repair expense.
nents inside the vehicle as
this may damage them.
7 86
Maintenance
✽ NOTICE G230105ASA
If your vehicle is damaged and Underbody maintenance WARNING

requires any metal repair or Corrosive materials used for ice and After washing the vehicle, test
replacement, be sure the body shop snow removal and dust control may the brakes while driving slowly
applies anti-corrosion materials to collect on the underbody. If these to see if they have been affected
the parts repaired or replaced. materials are not removed, acceler- by water. If braking performance
ated rusting can occur on underbody is impaired, dry the brakes by
G230104AUN
parts such as the fuel lines, frame, applying them lightly while
floor pan and exhaust system, even maintaining a slow forward
Bright-metal maintenance though they have been treated with speed.
• To remove road tar and insects, rust protection.
use a tar remover, not a scraper or Thoroughly flush the vehicle under-
other sharp object. body and wheel openings with luke-
• To protect the surfaces of bright- warm or cold water once a month,
metal parts from corrosion, apply a after off-road driving and at the end
coating of wax or chrome preser- of each winter. Pay special attention
vative and rub to a high luster. to these areas because it is difficult
• During winter weather or in coastal to see all the mud and dirt. It will do
areas, cover the bright metal parts more harm than good to wet down
with a heavier coating of wax or the road grime without removing it.
preservative. If necessary, coat the The lower edges of the doors, rocker
parts with non-corrosive petroleum panels, and frame members have
jelly or other protective compound. drain holes that should not be
allowed to clog with dirt; trapped
water in these areas can cause rust-
ing.
7 87
Maintenance
Aluminum or chrome wheel main- G230107AHM High-corrosion areas

tenance Corrosion protection If you live in an area where your vehi-
The aluminum or chrome wheels are Protecting your vehicle from corro- cle is regularly exposed to corrosive
coated with a clear protective finish. sion materials, corrosion protection is
• Do not use any abrasive cleaner, By using the most advanced design particularly important. Some of the
polishing compound, solvent, or and construction practices to combat common causes of accelerated cor-
wire brushes on aluminum or corrosion, we produce vehicles of rosion are road salts, dust control
chrome wheels. They may scratch the highest quality. However, this is chemicals, ocean air and industrial
or damage the finish. only part of the job. To achieve the pollution.
• Clean the wheel when it has long-term corrosion resistance your
cooled. vehicle can deliver, the owner's
cooperation and assistance is also
• Use only a mild soap or neutral required.
detergent, and rinse thoroughly
with water. Also, be sure to clean
the wheels after driving on salted Common causes of corrosion
roads. This helps prevent corro- The most common causes of corro-
sion. sion on your vehicle are:
• Avoid washing the wheels with • Road salt, dirt and moisture that is
high-speed car wash brushes. allowed to accumulate underneath
• Do not use any alkaline or acid the vehicle.
detergent. It may damage and cor- • Removal of paint or protective
rode the aluminum or chrome coatings by stones, gravel, abra-
wheels coated with a clear protec- sion or minor scrapes and dents
tive finish. which leave unprotected metal
exposed to corrosion.
7 88
Maintenance
Moisture breeds corrosion To help prevent corrosion • When cleaning underneath the
Moisture creates the conditions in You can help prevent corrosion from vehicle, give particular attention to
which corrosion is most likely to getting started by observing the fol- the components under the fenders
occur. For example, corrosion is lowing: and other areas that are hidden
accelerated by high humidity, partic- from view. Do a thorough job; just
ularly when temperatures are just dampening the accumulated mud
above freezing. In such conditions, Keep your vehicle clean rather than washing it away will
the corrosive material is kept in con- The best way to prevent corrosion is accelerate corrosion rather than
tact with the vehicle’s surface by to keep your vehicle clean and free prevent it. Water under high pres-
moisture that evaporate slowly. of corrosive materials. Attention to sure and steam are particularly
the underside of the vehicle is partic- effective in removing accumulated
Mud is particularly corrosive
ularly important. mud and corrosive materials.
because it dries slowly and holds
moisture in contact with the vehicle. • When cleaning lower door panels,
Although the mud appears to be dry, rocker panels and frame members,
• If you live in a high-corrosion area
it can still retain the moisture and be sure that drain holes are kept
— where road salts are used, near
promote corrosion. open so that moisture can escape
the ocean, areas with industrial
and not be trapped inside to accel-
High temperatures can also acceler- pollution, acid rain, etc.—, you
erate corrosion.
ate corrosion of parts that are not should take extra care to prevent
properly ventilated so the moisture corrosion. In winter, hose off the
can be dispersed. For all these rea- underside of your vehicle at least Keep your garage dry
sons, it is particularly important to once a month and be sure to clean
Don't park your vehicle in a damp,
keep your vehicle clean and free of the underside thoroughly when
poorly ventilated garage. This cre-
mud or accumulations of other mate- winter is over.
ates a favorable environment for cor-
rials. This applies not only to the vis-
rosion. This is particularly true if you
ible surfaces but particularly to the
wash your vehicle in the garage or
underside of the vehicle.
drive it into the garage when it is still
wet or covered with snow, ice or
mud. Even a heated garage can con-
tribute to corrosion unless it is well
ventilated so moisture is dispersed.
7 89
Maintenance
Keep paint and trim in good Interior care G230202AUN

condition G230201BHM
Cleaning the upholstery and inte-
rior trim
Scratches or chips in the finish Interior general precautions
should be covered with "touch-up" Vinyl
Prevent chemicals such as perfume,
paint as soon as possible to reduce cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand clean- Remove dust and loose dirt from
the possibility of corrosion. If bare er, and air freshener from contacting vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum
metal is showing through, the atten- the interior parts because they may cleaner. Clean vinyl surfaces with a
tion of a qualified body and paint cause damage or discoloration. If vinyl cleaner.
shop is recommended. they do contact the interior parts,
wipe them off immediately. Fabric
Bird droppings : Bird droppings are Remove dust and loose dirt from fab-
highly corrosive and may damage ric with a whisk broom or vacuum
painted surfaces in just a few hours. CAUTION
cleaner. Clean with a mild soap solu-
Always remove bird droppings as Never allow water or other liq- tion recommended for upholstery or
soon as possible. uids to come in contact with carpets. Remove fresh spots imme-
electrical/electronic compo- diately with a fabric spot cleaner. If
nents inside the vehicle as this fresh spots do not receive immediate
Don't neglect the interior may damage them. attention, the fabric can be stained
Moisture can collect under the floor and its color can be affected. Also, its
mats and carpeting and cause corro- fire-resistant properties can be
sion. Check under the mats periodi- CAUTION reduced if the material is not proper-
cally to be sure the carpeting is dry. ly maintained.
Use particular care if you carry fertil- When cleaning leather products
izers, cleaning materials or chemi- (steering wheel, seats etc.), use
cals in the vehicle. neutral detergents or low alco-
hol content solutions. If you use
These should be carried only in high alcohol content solutions
proper containers and any spills or or acid/alkaline detergents, the
leaks should be cleaned up, flushed color of the leather may fade or
with clean water and thoroughly the surface may get stripped off.
dried.
7 90
Maintenance
G230203AUN
CAUTION Cleaning the lap/shoulder belt
Using anything but recommend- webbing
ed cleaners and procedures Clean the belt webbing with any mild
may affect the fabric’s appear- soap solution recommended for
ance and fire-resistant proper- cleaning upholstery or carpet. Follow
ties. the instructions provided with the
soap. Do not bleach or re-dye the
webbing because this may weaken
it.
G230204AHM
Cleaning the interior window
glass
If the interior glass surfaces of the
vehicle become fogged (that is, cov-
ered with an oily, greasy or waxy
film), they should be cleaned with a
glass cleaner. Follow the directions
on the glass cleaner container.
CAUTION
Do not scrape or scratch the
inside of the rear window. This
may result in damage of the rear
window defroster grid.
7 91
Maintenance
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM

G270000AHM-EU Caution for the Inspection and G270100AUN
The emission control system of your Maintenance Test (With Electronic 1. Crankcase emission control
vehicle is covered by a written limited Stability Control (ESC) system) system
warranty. Please see the warranty • To prevent the vehicle from mis- The positive crankcase ventilation
information contained in the firing during dynamometer test- system is employed to prevent air
Warranty & Maintenance booklet in ing, turn the Electronic Stability pollution caused by blow-by gases
your vehicle. Control (ESC) system off by being emitted from the crankcase.
Your vehicle is equipped with an pressing the ESC switch. This system supplies fresh filtered air
emission control system to meet all • After dynamometer testing is to the crankcase through the air
applicable emission regulations. completed, turn the ESC system intake hose. Inside the crankcase,
There are three emission control back on by pressing the ESC the fresh air mixes with blow-by
systems, as follows. switch again. gases, which then pass through the
PCV valve into the induction system.
(1) Crankcase emission control sys-
tem G270200AUN
(2) Evaporative emission control sys- 2. Evaporative emission con-

tem trol (including ORVR:
(3) Exhaust emission control system Onboard Refueling Vapor
Recovery) system
In order to assure the proper function The Evaporative Emission Control
of the emission control systems, it is System is designed to prevent fuel
recommended that you have your vapors from escaping into the atmos-
vehicle inspected and maintained by phere.
an authorized Kia dealer in accor- (The ORVR system is designed to
dance with the maintenance sched- allow the vapors from the fuel tank to
ule in this manual. be loaded into a canister while refu-
eling at the gas station, preventing
the escape of fuel vapors into the
atmosphere.)
7 92
Maintenance
G270201AUN G270300AUN G270302AUN-EU

Canister 3. Exhaust emission control Engine exhaust gas precautions
Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel system (carbon monoxide)
tank are absorbed and stored in the The Exhaust Emission Control • Carbon monoxide can be present
onboard canister. When the engine is System is a highly effective system with other exhaust fumes.
running, the fuel vapors absorbed in which controls exhaust emissions Therefore, if you smell exhaust
the canister are drawn into the surge while maintaining good vehicle per- fumes of any kind inside your vehi-
tank through the purge control sole- formance. cle, have it inspected and repaired
noid valve. immediately. If you ever suspect
exhaust fumes are coming into
G270301AUN
G270202AHM your vehicle, drive it only with all
Vehicle modifications the windows fully open. Have your
Purge Control Solenoid Valve
This vehicle should not be modified. vehicle checked and repaired
(PCSV) immediately.
Modification of your vehicle could
The purge control solenoid valve is affect its performance, safety or
controlled by the Engine Control durability and may even violate gov-
Module (ECM); when the engine ernmental safety and emissions reg- WARNING - Exhaust
coolant temperature is low during ulations. Engine exhaust gases contain
idling, the PCSV closes so that evap- carbon monoxide (CO). Though
In addition, damage or performance
orated fuel is not taken into the colorless and odorless, it is
problems resulting from any modifi-
engine. After the engine warms up dangerous and could be lethal if
cation may not be covered under
during ordinary driving, the PCSV inhaled. Follow the instructions
warranty.
opens to introduce evaporated fuel to on this page to avoid CO poi-
the engine. may not be covered under warranty. soning.
• If you use unauthorized electronic
devices, it may cause the vehicle to
operate abnormally, wire damage,
battery discharge or fire. For your
safety, do not use unauthorized
electronic devices.
7 93
Maintenance
• Do not operate the engine in con- G270303AAM

CALIFORNIA PROPO- fined or closed areas (such as Operating precautions for catalyt-
SITION 65 WARNING garages) any more than what is ic converters (if equipped)
Engine exhaust and a wide vari- necessary to move the vehicle in or
ety of automobile components out of the area.
and parts, including compo- • When the vehicle is stopped in an
WARNING - Fire
nents found in the interior fur- open area for more than a short • A hot exhaust system can
nishings in a vehicle, contain or time with the engine running, ignite flammable items under
emit chemicals known to the adjust the ventilation system (as your vehicle. Do not park, idle
State of California to cause can- needed) to draw outside air into the or drive the vehicle over or
cer and birth defects and repro- vehicle. near flammable objects, such
ductive harm. In addition, cer- as grass, vegetation, paper,
• Never sit in a parked or stopped
tain fluids contained in vehicles leaves, etc.
vehicle for any extended time with
and certain products of compo- the engine running. • The exhaust system and cat-
nent wear contain or emit chem- alytic system are very hot
• When the engine stalls or fails to
icals known to the State of while the engine is running or
start, excessive attempts to restart
California to cause cancer and immediately after the engine
the engine may cause damage to
birth defects or other reproduc- is turned off. Keep away from
the emission control system.
tive harm. the exhaust system and cat-
alytic, you may get burned.
Also, do not remove the heat
sink around the exhaust sys-
tem, do not seal the bottom of
the vehicle or do not coat the
vehicle for corrosion control.
It may present a fire risk under
certain conditions.
7 94
Maintenance
CALIFORNIA PERCHLO-
Your vehicle is equipped with a cat- Failure to observe these precautions RATE NOTICE
alytic converter emission control could result in damage to the catalyt- G280000AEN
device. ic converter and to your vehicle. Perchlorate Material-special han-
Therefore, the following precautions Additionally, such actions could void dling may apply, See
must be observed: your warranties. www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/p
• Use only UNLEADED FUEL for erchlorate.
gasoline engines.
• Do not operate the vehicle when Notice to California Vehicle
there are signs of engine malfunc- Dismantlers:
tion, such as misfire or a noticeable Perchlorate containing materials,
loss of performance. such as air bag inflators, seatbelt
• Do not misuse or abuse the pretensioners and keyless remote
engine. Examples of misuse are entry batteries, must be disposed of
coasting with the ignition off and according to Title 22 California Code
descending steep grades in gear of Regulations Section 67384.10 (a).
with the ignition off.
• Do not operate the engine at high
idle speed for extended periods (5
minutes or more).
• Do not modify or tamper with any
part of the engine or emission con-
trol system. All inspections and
adjustments must be made by an
• Avoid driving with a extremely low
fuel level. Running out of fuel could
cause the engine to misfire, dam-
aging the catalytic converter.
7 95
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Bulb wattage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Tires and wheels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Recommended lubricants and capacities . . . . . . . 8-4
• Recommended SAE viscosity number . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Vehicle identification number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Vehicle certification label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Tire specification and pressure label . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Engine number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Refrigerant label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Consumer assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
Electrical equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11
Reporting safety defects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12
Online factory authorized manuals . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13
8
Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects
DIMENSIONS BULB WATTAGE

I010000AAM-EU I030000AAM-EU
Item in (mm) Light Bulb Wattage

Overall length 174.8 (4440) Headlights (Low) 55
Overall width 73.0 (1855) Headlights (High) 55
Overall height 64.4 (1635) / 64.8 (1645)*1 Front turn signal light s / Position lights 28/8
63.7 (1618)*2/ 63.4 (1611)*3/ Front turn signal lights* 28
Front tread DRL and front position light* LED
63.0 (1600)*4
Side turn signal* LED or 5
63.7 (1619)*2/ 63.5 (1612)*3/
Rear tread Front fog lights* 27
63.0 (1601)*4
Side marker 5
Wheelbase 103.9 (2640) Stop and tail lights 28/8
*1 with roof rack Tail lights 5
*2 with 215/70R16 tire Rear turn signal lights 27
*3 with 225/60R17 tire Back-up lights 16
*4 with 235/55R18 tire High mounted stop light 5 or LED
License plate lights 5
Map lamps* 6
Room lamps 10
Glove box lamp* 5
Luggage lamp* 10
Vanity mirror lamps* 5
* If equipped
8 2
RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES

To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality.
The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.
These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.
Lubricant Volume Classification
Engine oil *1 *2
(drain and rdfill)

4.86 US qt. (5.0 l) API Service SM*3, ILSAC GF-4 or above
recommended
(or equivalent)
GDI 1.90~2.01 US qt. (1.8~1.9 l)
Manual transaxle fluid API GL-4, SAE 75W/85
T-GDI 2.20~2.32 US qt. (2.1~2.2 l)
MICHANG ATF SP-IV
GDI 7.50 US qt.(7.1 l) SK ATF SP-IV
NOCA ATF SP-IV
Automatic transaxle fluid
Kia genuine ATF SP-IV
T-GDI 8.24 US qt.(7.8 l) or other brands meeting the
above specification approved by Kia motors corp.
MT 7.19 US qt. (6.8 l) Mixture of antifreeze and distilled water
Coolant GDI 7.08 US qt. (6.7 l) (Ethylene glycol base coolant for aluminum
AT
T-GDI 7.08~7.19 US qt. (6.7~6.8 l) radiator)
Brake fluid 0.7~0.8 US qt. (0.7~0.8 l) FMVSS116 DOT-3 or DOT-4
* Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page.
1
*2 Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contr bute to fuel economy by reducing
the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving, but in a year’s
time, they can offer significant cost and energy savings.
*3 If the API service SM engine oil is not available in your country, you are able to use API service SL.
MT : Manual transaxle
AT : Automatic transaxle
8 4
Lubricant Volume Classification

HYPOID GEAR OIL API GL-5, SAE 75W/90
Rear differential oil (4WD) 0.69 US qt. (0.65 l)
(SHELL SPIRAX X or equivalent)
HYPOID GEAR OIL API GL-5, SAE 75W/90
Transfer case oil (4WD) 0.63 US qt. (0.6 l)
(SHELL SPIRAX X or equivalent)
Fuel 15.32 US gal. (58 l) Refer to “Fuel requirements” in section 1
8 5
I040000AAM-EU Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has When choosing an oil, consider the
Recommended SAE viscosity an effect on fuel economy and cold range of temperature your vehicle
number weather operating (engine start and will be operated in before the next oil
engine oil flowability). Lower viscosi- change. Proceed to select the rec-
CAUTION ty engine oils can provide better fuel ommended oil viscosity from the
economy and cold weather perform- chart.
Always be sure to clean the area
ance, however, higher viscosity
around any filler plug, drain
engine oils are required for satisfac-
plug, or dipstick before check-
tory lubrication in hot weather. Using
ing or draining any lubricant.
oils of any viscosity other than those
This is especially important in
recommended could result in engine
dusty or sandy areas and when
damage.
the vehicle is used on unpaved
roads. Cleaning the plug and
dipstick areas will prevent dirt Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers
and grit from entering the °C -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50
Temperature
engine and other mechanisms (°F) -10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
that could be damaged. 20W-50
Engine Oil 15W-40
(T-GDI engine) 10W-30
5W-30, 5W-40
Engine Oil 10W-30

(GDI engine) *1 5W-20, 5W-30
*1 For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the

engine oil of a viscosity grade SAE 5W-20 (API SM / ILSAC
GF-4). However, if the engine oil is not available in your
country, select the proper engine oil using the engine oil vis-
cosity chart.
8 6
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN) VEHICLE CERTIFICATION

LABEL
Frame number VIN Label
OLM089001 OEN086004N OLM089002N

H010000AAM The VIN is also on a plate attached H020000AUN
The vehicle identification number to the top of the dashboard. The The vehicle certification label
(VIN) is the number used in register- number on the plate can easily be attached on the driver’s side center
ing your vehicle and in all legal mat- seen through the windshield from pillar gives the vehicle identification
ters pertaining to its ownership, etc. outside. number (VIN).
The number is punched on the floor
under the front passenger seat. To
check the number, open the carpet
flap.
8 7
TIRE SPECIFICATION AND ENGINE NUMBER REFRIGERANT LABEL

PRESSURE LABEL GDI engine
OSL084003
T-GDI engine
OSL073100
OLM089008N The refrigerant label is located on

H030000APB the underside of the hood.
The tires supplied on your new vehi- The label contains the following infor-
cle are chosen to provide the best mation :
performance for normal driving. • Type of refrigerant
The tire label located on the driver's • Amount of refrigerant
side center pillar gives the tire pres-
sures recommended for your vehicle.
OSL081003N
illustration.
H04000AUN
The engine number is stamped on
the engine block as shown in the
drawing.
8 8
CONSUMER ASSISTANCE (U.S. ONLY)

H050000AUN Emergency roadside assistance
Roadside Assistance is provided on all new current
model year Kia Vehicles from the date the vehicle is deliv- Kia's toll free Roadside Assistance hot line is staffed 24
ered to the first retail buyer or otherwise put into use (in- hours a day, 365 days a year and is accessible by dialing
service date), whichever is earlier, for a period of 60 1-800-333-4Kia (4542).
months or 60,000 miles, whichever is earlier, subject to Please note that you must provide your Vehicle
the terms, conditions and exclusions set forth in the Kia Identification Number (VIN) to verify coverage at the time
Warranty and Consumer Information Manual applicable of your call. The VIN can be found on the dash of your
to your model year vehicle. vehicle on the driver’s side, on the door jamb of the dri-
KMA reserves the right to limit or deny services or other ver’s door, your vehicle’s registration or proof of insur-
benefits to any owner or driver when, in KMA's judgment, ance card.
the claims and/or service requests are excessive in fre- Kia utilizes a network of over 17,000 roadside assistance
quency or type of occurrence. providers. Should you accidentally run out of fuel, require
a battery jump, or need help changing a tire, a Kia
Roadside Assistance Representative will dispatch some-
Toll free consumer assistance one to deliver a small quantity of gas, change a flat tire
Kia's toll-free Consumer Assistance hot line is staffed with your inflated spare, or arrange a battery jump to
from 5:00 AM to 6:00 PM PST, Monday through Friday allow you to proceed to your destination. We have access
and is accessible by dialing 1-800-333-4Kia (4542). to a network of over 10,000 locksmiths to help you should
For more information regarding assistance available, you become locked out of your Kia.
please refer to your Kia Warranty & Consumer In the event that mechanical difficulty renders your vehi-
Information Manual. cle undriveable due to a warranty-related concern, Kia’s
Roadside Assistance Representative will arrange to
transport your vehicle to the nearest Kia dealer or to an
alternative service location.
8 9
Your vehicle must be accessible to our dispatch transport Trip interruption

vehicle, as determined by our driver, to receive this serv- Trip interruption expense benefits are provided in the
ice. In the event that Kia does not have a dealer or an event that a warranty-related disablement occurs more
alternative service location available in a particular loca- than 150 miles from your home, and the repairs require
tion, Kia will work with a reputable local service facility to more than 24 hours to complete. Reasonable reimburse-
ensure that you receive prompt service. Warranty repairs ment is included for meals, lodging, or rental car expens-
are performed at no cost. es. Trip interruption coverage is limited to $100 per day
subject to a three day maximum limit per incident. You
✽ NOTICE must contact the Kia Roadside Assistance Center to
Roadside Assistance benefits are not available for any obtain pre-authorization of expenses. Once the Kia
Kia vehicle that has ever been or should be issued a “sal- Roadside Assistance Center gives authorization for trip
vage” title or similar “branded” title under any state’s interruption benefits, they will assist you in making the
law or has been declared a “total loss” or equivalent by necessary arrangements. Insurance deductibles,
a financial institution or insurance company. expenses, and claims paid by your insurance company or
other providers are not eligible for reimbursement.
Fleet vehicles are excluded from reimbursement under
Kia’s Trip Interruption Policy.
Registering your vehicle in a foreign country

If you plan to register your vehicle in a foreign country,
you should confirm that it conforms to the regulations in
that country. Even if you successfully register the vehicle
in a foreign country, you may experience the following
problems and should therefore consider the possibility of
having to deal with them:
8 10
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT (U.S. ONLY)

1. The fuel specified for your vehicle may be unavailable. H060000AUN
If other than the specified fuel is used, it could cause The electrical system of your vehicle is designed to per-
damage to the engine, the fuel injection system, and form under all reasonably expected operating conditions.
other fuel-related parts which may not be covered However, before any additional electrical equipment is
under your New Vehicle Emissions Limited Warranty. installed in your vehicle, consult an Authorized Kia
2. We must, therefore, clearly state that when you leave Dealer, in order to ensure that you do not void your war-
the country in which you purchased your Kia new and ranty.
register it in another country, problems arising from the Certain electrical equipment, or the way in which it is
use of fuel other than the specified fuel are not subject installed, may adversely affect the operation of your vehi-
to manufacturer’s warranty. Because vehicles like cle, including such systems as the engine control system,
yours may not be marketed in the new country of reg- the audio system and the electrical charging system and
istration, parts, servicing techniques and tools neces- thus potentially void all or part of your warranty.
sary to maintain and repair your vehicle may be We assume no responsibility for any expense you may
unavailable. incur or for any malfunction of your vehicle or any of its
Even if vehicles like yours are sold there, mechanical components or systems that may result from the installa-
specifications required by the government may vary tion of additional electrical equipment that is not supplied,
enough from the country of purchase to cause addi- or recommended for installation by, Kia.
tional problems.
3. There may not be an Authorized Kia Dealer in the area Installation of a mobile two-way radio system
in which you plan to register your vehicle. You may
additionally experience difficulty in obtaining services If a mobile two-way radio system is installed improperly,
in a foreign country for any number of reasons. or if an excessively powerful type of system is used, other
electronic systems may be adversely affected. To avoid
Further, we cannot assume any responsibility for prob- damage to your vehicle, consult an Authorized Kia Dealer
lems that result from unsatisfactory service or lack of concerning the proper equipment and installation.
service outside of the United States.
8 11
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS (U.S.

Kia motor vehicles are designed and manufactured to ONLY)
meet or exceed all applicable safety standards. H070000AUN
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could
For your safety, however, we strongly urge you to read cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should
and follow all directions in this Owner's Manual, particu- immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety
larly the information under the headings "NOTICE", Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Kia
"CAUTION" and "WARNING". Motors America, Inc.
If, after reading this manual, you have any questions If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an
regarding the operation of your vehicle, safety issues and investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a
defects please contact your Kia's toll-free Consumer group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy cam-
Assistance hot line as below: paign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in indi-
vidual problems between you, your dealer, or Kia Motors
America, Inc.
National Consumer Affairs Manager
Kia Motors America, Inc. To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety
P.O. Box 52410 Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-
Irvine, CA 92619-2410 9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to:
Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Ave, SE., West
1-800-333-4Kia (4542)
Building, Washington, DC 20590. You can also obtain
other information about motor vehicle safety from
http://www.safercar.gov.
8 12
ONLINE FACTORY AUTHORIZED MANUALS (U.S. ONLY)

The following publications are available on
www.KiaTechinfo.com at no charge.
Service manual:
This manual covers maintenance and recommended pro-
cedures for repair to engine and chassis components. It
is written for the Journeyman mechanic, but is simple
enough for most mechanically inclined owners to under-
stand.
Electrical troubleshooting manual:

This manual complements the Service Manual by provid-
ing indepth troubleshooting information for each electrical
circuit in your vehicle.
Owner's manual:
This manual describes the overall features and operating
procedures for the vehicle.
8 13
Index
I
Index
A B
Active ECO system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-49 Back-up warning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-77
Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint system. . . . 3-46 Back-up warning system precautions . . . . . . . . . . . 4-79
Air bag warning label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-76 Non-operational conditions of back-up
Air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49 warning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-78
Curtain air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-67 Operation of the back-up warning system . . . . . . . . 4-77
Driver's and passenger's front air bag . . . . . . . . . . . 3-59 Self-diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-80
How does the air bag system operate. . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47 Battery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44
Occupant Detection System (ODS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53 Before driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Side impact air bag. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-64 Brake system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
SRS care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-73 Anti-lock brake system (ABS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33
SRS components and functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50 Downhill brake control (DBC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40
Air cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37 Electronic stability control (ESC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35
Appearance care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-85 Hill-start assist control (HAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40
Exterior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-85 Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31
Interior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-90 Power brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
Audio system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-127 Vehicle stability management (VSM) . . . . . . . . . . . 5-39
Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-127 Brake/clutch fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35
Aux, USB and iPod® port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-129 Bulb wattage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-161
SIRIUS® Satellite Radio information . . . . . . . . . . 4-151 C
Steering wheel audio control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-128
Automatic climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-106 California perchlorate notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-95
Automatic transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16 Child restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37
Automatic transaxle operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16 Using a child restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39
Climate control air filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40
I 2
Index
Consumer assistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9 ENGINE START/STOP button position . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Cruise control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44 Illuminated ENGINE START/STOP button . . . . . . . 5-8
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items . . . . . . . 7-26
D Exterior features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-125
Roof rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-125
Defroster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-95 Exterior overview I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2 Exterior overview II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Door locks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17
Child-protector rear door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21 F
Inside the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
Other door lock/unlock features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20 Four wheel drive (4WD). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
Outside the vehicle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17 Fuel filler lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32
Fuel requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
E Do not use methanol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Economical operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-50 Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol . . . . . . . . 1-3
Electrical equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11 Operation in foreign countries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Emergency starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-61
Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 Engine compartment fuse panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-67
Push-starting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 Engine compartment fuse replacement . . . . . . . . . . 7-64
Emergency tailgate safety release. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23 Fuse/relay panel description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-65
Emission control system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-92 Inner panel fuse replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-62
Engine compartment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 Instrument panel fuse panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-66
Engine compartment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32 H
Engine number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30 Hazard warning flasher. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-81
Engine start/stop button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30
I 3
Index
How to use this manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-121
Sunvisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-120
I Interior light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-92
Glove box lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-94
If the engine does not start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 Interior light welcome function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-93
If engine dose not turn over or turns over slowly . . . 6-3 Luggage lamp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-94
If engine turns over normally but does not start . . . . 6-3 Map lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-93
If the engine overheats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 Room lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-92
If you have a flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13 Vanity mirror lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-94
Changing tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14 Interior overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Jack and tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
Removing and storing the spare tire . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14 K
In case of an emergency while driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
If engine stalls while driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 Key positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing . . . . . . 6-2 Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
If you have a flat tire while driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 Key operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Instrument cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54 Record your key number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55
Instrument panel illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55 L
Warnings and indicators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-62
Instrument panel overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 Light bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-74
Interior features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-120 Headlight, position light (DRL), turn signal light,
Cargo security screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-124 front fog light bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-75
Clothes hanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-122 High mounted stop light replacement . . . . . . . . . . . 7-82
Cup holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-120 Interior light bulb replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-84
Digital clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-122 License plate light bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-83
Floor mat anchors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-123 Rear combination light bulb replacement . . . . . . . . 7-80
Luggage net holder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-123 Rear turn signal light replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-82
I 4
Index
Side repeater light bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-79
Lighting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-82
P
Battery saver function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-82 Panoramic sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35
Daytime running light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-87 Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37
Front fog light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-87
Headlight escort function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-82
Headlight welcome function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-82 R
High beam operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-85 Rear-camera display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-80
Lighting control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-83 Recommended lubricants and capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
Turn signals and lane change signals. . . . . . . . . . . . 4-86 Recommended SAE viscosity number. . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Refrigerant label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
M Remote keyless entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
Maintenance services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 Remote keyless entry system operations . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Owner maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 Transmitter precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Owner’s responsibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 Reporting safety defects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12
Manual climate control system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-96 Road warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Manual transaxle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13 Hazard warning flasher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Manual transaxle operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44
Inside rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44
S
Outside rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-51 Scheduled maintenance service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Maintenance under severe usage conditions . . . . . . 7-24
O Normal maintenance schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
Seat belts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
Online factory authorized manuals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13 Care of seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
Owner maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6 Pre-tensioner seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
Owner maintenance schedule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6 Seat belt precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
I 5
Index
Seat belt restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21 Glove box cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-118
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Luggage box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-119
Front seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Sunglass holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-118
Rear seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Smart key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8 T
Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
Smart key functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9 Tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
Smart key precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10 Theft-alarm system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
Special driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-52 Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Driving at night . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-55 Tire specification and pressure label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Driving in flooded areas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-56 Tires and wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-47,8-3
Driving in the rain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-56 All season tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-59
Driving off-road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-56 Checking tire inflation pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48
Hazardous driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-52 Radial-ply tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-60
Highway driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-56 Recommended cold tire inflation pressures. . . . . . . 7-47
Reducing the risk of a rollover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-52 Snow tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-59
Rocking the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-54 Summer tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-59
Smooth cornering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-55 Tire care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-47
Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 Tire chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-59
Steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39 Tire maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-52
Electronic power steering (EPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39 Tire replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51
FLEX Steer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42 Tire rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-49
Heated steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40 Tire sidewall labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-53
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41 Tire terminology and definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-57
Tilt and telescoping steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40 Tire traction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-52
Storage compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-117 Wheel alignment and tire balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50
Center console storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-117 Wheel replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-52
Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-117 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22
I 6
Index
Emergency towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24
Removable towing hook. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23
W
Tie-down hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26 Washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36
Towing service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25
Trailer towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-62 Windshield defrosting and defogging. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-113
Winter driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-58
V Wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41
Wipers and washers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-88
Vehicle break-in process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Vehicle certification label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Vehicle data collection and event data recorders . . . . . . 1-6
Vehicle handling instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Vehicle identification number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Vehicle load limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-71
Certification label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-74
Tire and loading information label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-71
Vehicle weight glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-76
Base curb weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-76
Cargo weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-76
GAW (Gross axle weight) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-76
GAWR (Gross axle weight rating). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-76
GVW (Gross vehicle weight). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-76
GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating) . . . . . . . . . . . 5-76
Vehicle curb weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-76
I 7

2014 Kia Sportage 82

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

2014 Kia Sportage 82

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

2014 Kia Sportage 82

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Kia, THE COMPANY

Thank you for becoming the owner of a new Kia vehicle.

All information contained in this Owner’s Manual is accurate at the

Your vehicle at a glance 2

Safety features of your vehicle 3

Features of your vehicle

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects 8

How to use this manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 1

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

"E85" fuel is an alternative fuel com- A020105AUN Do not use methanol

VEHICLE HANDLING VEHICLE BREAK-IN

VEHICLE DATA COLLECTION AND EVENT DATA RECORDERS

Exterior overview I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

1. Hood ......................................................4-30 5. Outside rearview mirror..........................4-52

9. Door ......................................................4-17 13. Rear wiper blade ................................7-43

1. Door lock/unlock button ....................4-18

INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW

1. Lighting controls / Turn signals.........4-83

1. Engine coolant reservoir ..................7-32

2nd row seat

WARNING - Loose WARNING - Driver WARNING

(Continued) WARNING - Rear seat- (Continued)

Adjust the seat before driving, and

• Do not put a cigarette lighter Front seat adjustment - manu-

Front seat adjustment - power

Seat height (for driver’s seat) C010104AHM

Pull the rear portion of the control Front headrest

Removal and installation 3. Press the headrest release button ■ Type A

OSL034071 To reinstall the headrest :

3. Adjust the headrest to the appro-

• Each time you push the button, the

OFF → HIGH( ) → LOW( )

• Each time you press the button,

so may damage the surface of excess heating or burns. The

WARNING WARNING - Cargo

1.Insert the rear seat belt buckle in

Folding the rear seat

WARNING - Uprighting CAUTION - Damaging WARNING - Cargo

OSL030017 OSL030018 OSL030019

Adjusting the height up and Removal Rear seat armrest

CAUTION WARNING - Seat heater

(Continued) WARNING (Continued)

If the driver's seat belt is disconnect-

The seat belt automatically adjusts to

Front seat To adjust the height of the seat belt

C020106AUN It automatically adjusts to the proper

There will be an audible “click” when

OSL030063N 1KMN3453 OSL030024

When the vehicle stops suddenly, or

C020301AHM If the shoulder belt portion slightly C020302AKM

CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM

WARNING (Continued) (Continued)

Rearward-facing child restraint system For safety reasons, we recommend

Since all passenger seat belts move

WARNING - Child seat

OEN036102 OEN036103 OEN036104

To remove the child restraint, press

When the seat belt is allowed to

WARNING WARNING - Child

Follow the child seat manufacturer’s